Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:




















Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here
September 21 2018 | From: JonRappoport

Every few years, a new virus shows up that, experts tell us, can wipe out half the world in six months... and then it doesn’t happen.




I could give you several examples. In this piece, let’s harken back to SARS, the vague flu lookalike that suddenly showed up in 2003 and was going to decimate the Earth.

Related: Has everyone forgotten? The massive “Zika scare” was a fake science HOAX pushed by the entire establishment media… not a single retraction ever published

When SARS hit, the World Health Organization (WHO) put the world on notice not to fly into Toronto. The city lost billions of tourism dollars.

The fabled “coronavirus,” touted as the cause of SARS, was evil and covert and unique. So said ten WHO labs, which took over all official research on the “plague.”

But on May 1, 2003, Dr. Frank Plummer, head of the WHO lab in Winnipeg, issued a blockbuster to a SARS summit in Canada. He was now finding the coronavirus in ZERO percent of SARS cases.

Weeks before, Plummer had said eighty percent of patients showed the virus, then that had dropped to sixty, forty, thirty, and now it was ZERO.



Related:
Who’s Behind The Zika Virus Outbreak & Fearmongering?

You have to understand that even eighty percent is not sufficient to call the virus the cause of any disease condition.

But ZERO?

Yes, they all have the disease, the same disease, and we have the virus behind it all. The virus is present in ZERO percent of cases.

And the doctor saying this is a consummate insider, the chief honcho at Canada’s WHO lab. WHO being the agency, along with the CDC, that is in charge of all research on SARS.

Understand, given the fact that SARS is supposedly composed of a list of vague symptoms - cough, fever, fatigue, lung infection - the coronavirus is the only thing that is tying these cases together - AND WHEN THAT VIRUS PROVED TO BE MEANINGLESS, all the cases were set adrift, so to speak, joining the ranks of regular old flu and lung infection.

And the SARS death rate was low, so low the whole thing turned out to be a dud. A phony dud.



Related:
Deconstructing The Ebola Agenda & Is the Bilderberg Group Behind Ebola? + The Effective Treatment For The Bioweapon That Is Ebola

Of course, no one at the CDC or WHO admitted this. These people are experts at “moving on.” And they’re adept at writing history to revise facts and cover their backsides.

But a whole parade of fake pandemics - and attendant dire warnings - does, over time, achieve one objective: it conditions people to accept the lie that vaccines are the best solution to illness.

And that’s no small feat. It’s especially important when you consider the fact that the CDC, which is tasked with overseeing vaccine safety and efficacy, buys and sells $4 billion worth of vaccines a year. This is BUSINESS we’re talking about, and in order to promote business, PR people cook up all sorts of schemes.

Pandemics, even if they don’t pan out, are clever propaganda.

Also, the horror story of GERMS that can cause plagues anywhere in the world at the drop of a hat - the ceaseless drumbeat of germs, germs, and more germs - obscures all sorts of environmental causes of illness and death.



Related:
How To Kill a Whole Lot of People: Scripps Scientists Publish How They Made H7N9 Virus More Transmissible

For example, toxic chemicals produced by major and favored corporations.

“It’s the virus” is the greatest cover story on planet Earth.

Don’t forget that one.

Oh - you want to know the official figures on SARS? 8,000 cases worldwide, 774 deaths, between 2002 and 2003. No cases on the record since 2004.

By any standard, that’s a DUD. But go ahead, read the official accounts and histories. See if you can find one clear admission that the whole thing was nonsense. Good luck.

Remember, it’s not the pandemic that’s important. It’s the warning about the pandemic. That’s what moves product off the shelves…


Related Articles:

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

CDC “Spider” Scientists Attack The CDC, Blow The Lid Off & Robert F Kennedy Jr: CDC An “Edifice Of Faud”

Conspiracy: This Is Why Brazil Is Ground Zero For The Latest Bio-Engineered Pandemic


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For
September 20 2019 | From: Collective-Evolution / Various

Religion is a controversial topic, and I’d like to preface this article by saying that it is not my aim to belittle or diminish anyone’s beliefs.



My problem is not with faith but with religion as an organization, which has been used as a means of control, to pit people against each other, and to incite terror and war.

Related: Earliest Known Gospel Commentary: “Don’t Take The Gospels Literally”

Religion in this context serves the purposes of many various global elitist agendas.

Religion is also confusing, to say the least; within several different religions exist different ‘sects,’ each with their own teachings and version of the ‘truth’ and how to live one’s life.

Within Christianity alone, there are multiple versions of the Bible, and teachings that contradict one another. What one religion says in one part of the world may directly oppose what another says in a different part of the world. 

This alone is a recipe for feelings of confusion and isolation for anybody who is seeking ‘the truth.’ If various religions preach different ways of life and truths, they all can’t be correct, can they? I guess that’s why they call it faith
.

Below is a video of Jon Shelby Spong, a retired American bishop of the Episcopal Church, discussing these problems.



Related: The Opiate Of The Masses: When Religion Becomes An Addiction

He argues that religion is a business and it is used as a control mechanism (and he’s not the first insider to do so). We can see this happening most clearly in the rise of Islamophobia.

Islam has been turned into a scapegoat, a target at which we can direct all our fears and anger, and an excuse to invade other countries and create a more intense global national security state.

But the truth is, Islam has nothing to do with violence or terrorism. These manufactured fears are all part and parcel of ‘false flag’ terrorism, which you can read more about here if you are unfamiliar with the concept.

In the video, Spong affirms that “religion is always in the control business, and that’s something people don’t really understand. It’s in the guilt producing control business.”





He then goes on to describe the problem with religion as an organization:


“Every church I know claims that we are the true church, and they have some ultimate authority...

The idea that the truth of God can be bound in any human system by any human creed by any human book, is almost beyond imagination for me.

God is not a Christian, God is not a Jew or a Muslim or a Hindu a Buddhist; all of those are human systems which human beings have created to try to help us walk into the mystery of God.”

He is describing the difference between faith and religion. I myself have explored multiple religions, and have discovered teachings within all of them that deeply resonate with me. I’ve also found teachings that don’t resonate at all. I don’t believe one religion has all the answers.

Using fear to coax people into a certain way of life or belief system, just like the Bishop mentions above, seems to be common practice in nearly every religion, and that certainly doesn’t resonate with me.

The history of the church itself is problematic. Whether it be the church’s role in the First Nations Genocide here in Canada, or the European crusades, the church has a history of forcing their views upon others and of condemning science and new discoveries.

Furthermore, as the Bishop says above, people need to accept responsibility for the world. If we simply leave global change in the hands of God, we remove our own responsibility and agency in this world.



Related: Religion: How It Was Employed As A Control System To Divide & Conquer

If we want to change the world, WE have to do it. After the Paris terrorist attacks, the Dalai Lamai expressed this as well, arguing that it’s not enough to just pray. We must take responsibility for our planet.

We are also dealing with texts that are very old, and considering there are multiple versions of various texts, all of which have likely been manipulated, changed, and distorted over the years, I find it difficult to accept any one without question.

Another point that turns me away from religion is hypocrisy. Many people claim ties to their faith yet know very little about its tenets, and fail to follow what they claim to believe in. This is commonly seen within the ‘spiritual’ movement as well, which can be seen as another form of religion in itself.

When it comes to religion, I believe you have to do your own research; you have to read the books and examine the teachings for yourself.

Use your own head and find what resonates with you instead of allowing yourself to be indoctrinated and letting someone else do your thinking for you.



Related: What Christianity Looked Like Before The Birth of Jesus Christ

These texts are open to interpretation; it’s up to you to find meaning in them and apply it to your life. You can still believe in God and not be religious.

Religion is a manmade construct, and I think if God were to suddenly appear somewhere, he or she would have no idea what religion even was.

Religions as organizations are going to have to change. New discoveries are constantly being made that are challenging long-held belief systems.

We cannot grow if we refuse to have an open mind and accept new possibilities about the nature of reality, and it’s childish to hold on to old belief systems just because they are familiar.

I personally believe in the soul and other non-material phenomena, as well the idea that life does not end here on Earth, and I believe there is enough evidence in various forms, aside from my own intuition and gut feeling, to support this stance.



Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual
“Initiations” On The Path

What about you? What do you believe? What it all boils down to, for me, is respect.

We must learn to respect each other’s viewpoints about ‘what is.’ We need to work with each other and accept our differences so we can focus on helping the planet, our shared home.


“It’s a mark of an educated person to be able to entertain an idea without accepting it.”

What do you think about religion and what Spong is saying in this video? Do you agree or disagree?


Related Articles:

City Council Scraps Christmas Concert Because Muslims, Sikhs “May Not Feel Included”

Antisemitic beliefs spreading among evangelical Christians in America

NZ Massacre Reveals Mainstream Media’s Double Standard In Covering Religious Attacks & The Christchurch
Shooting And The Normalization Of Anti-Muslim Terrorism



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Head Of World Meteorological Organization Slams Climate Extremists, In Unprecedented Move & NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels
September 19 2019 | From: EpochTimes / NaturalNews / Zerohedge / Various

The head of the world’s foremost weather science organization issued a surprise rebuke to climate alarmists in remarks published on Sept. 6, marking what may be, according to some experts, one of the most significant developments in the climate debate in decades.



Petteri Taalas, the secretary-general of the World Meteorological Organization (WMO), told the Talouselämä magazine in Finland that he disagrees with doomsday climate extremists who call for radical action to prevent a purported apocalypse.

Related: The Ultimate Scam: How Al Gore Became The World’s First Carbon Billionaire” By Profiting Off Irrational
Climate Fears


“Now, we should stay calm and ponder what is really the solution to this problem,” Taalas said. “It is not going to be the end of the world. The world is just becoming more challenging. In parts of the globe, living conditions are becoming worse, but people have survived in harsh conditions.”

The remarks came as a “total surprise,” especially coming from Taalas, who has himself made alarmist statements about the climate, according to Benny Peiser, the director of the Global Warming Policy Foundation in London.


“I think they’re beginning to realize that the whole agenda has been hijacked by extremists and undermining the economy and the social stability of European countries,” Peiser told The Epoch Times.

Taalas said that establishment meteorological scientists are under increasing assault from radical climate alarmists, who are attempting to move the mainstream scientific community in a radical direction.

He expressed specific concern with some of the solutions promoted by climate alarmists, including calls for couples to have no more children.



Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

“While climate skepticism has become less of an issue, we are being challenged from the other side. Climate experts have been attacked by these people and they claim that we should be much more radical. They are doomsters and extremists. They make threats,” Taalas said.


“The latest idea is that children are a negative thing. I am worried for young mothers, who are already under much pressure. This will only add to their burden.”

According to Myron Ebell, the chair of the Cooler Heads Coalition - an organization that challenges climate alarmism - Taalas’s remarks are significant because he heads the WMO.



Related: Carbon Dioxide “Pollutant” Myth Totally Debunked In Must-See Science Video

The WMO is one of the two organizations that founded the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in 1988.

Since being formed, the IPCC has become the leading institution worldwide to promote the theory that human activity contributes to global warming.


It’s a major international organization. It has a lot of credibility, and for the head of it to say that the alarmists have gone too far is important, or potentially important,Ebell said.

“We’ll have to see what the impact is and also what the blowback is,” he said. “Because, in the past, when people have stepped out of line in a more realistic or skeptical direction, the alarmist establishment has been pretty effective - and often in a very brutal way - in punishing or forcing people back into line.”

While Taalas limited his examples in the climate debate to Finland, some of the extremism Ebell references is akin to the rhetoric employed by climate alarmists in the United States.



Related: UN IPCC Scientist Blows Whistle On Lies About Climate, Sea Level

Democratic socialist Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez has become one of the key faces of that movement. The New York congresswoman regularly promotes the theory that the world will enter an irreversible downward spiral toward apocalypse unless the United States takes radical action to eliminate carbon dioxide emissions in 12 years.

The deadline that Ocasio-Cortez references comes from a special report by the IPCC, which states that “global warming is likely to reach 1.5°C between 2030 and 2052 if it continues to increase at the current rate.” The report concludes that risks of long-lasting or irreversible impact on the earth’s ecosystems are higher if warming breaches the 1.5-degree mark by 2030.

Taalas pointed out that climate extremists are selectively picking out facts from the IPCC reports to fit their narrative.


The IPCC reports have been read in a similar way to the Bible: you try to find certain pieces or sections from which you try to justify your extreme views. This resembles religious extremism, Taalas said.

Greenpeace co-founder Patrick Moore called Taalas’s remarks the “biggest crack in the alarmist narrative for a long time.”


The meteorologists are real scientists and probably fed up with Greta, Mann, Gore, & AOC catastrophists. Good on him,Moore wrote on Twitter on Sept. 7.

AOC is the acronym commonly used to refer to Ocasio-Cortez. The three others named in the message are Michael Mann, a climatologist; Greta Thunberg, a 16-year-old Swedish student; and former Vice President Al Gore.

The vast majority of the climate models the IPCC uses as the basis for its predictions have incorrectly forecast higher temperatures repeatedly.

According to an analysis by the Cato Institute, 105 of the 108 models predicted a higher surface temperature for the period between 1998 and 2014 than the temperature actually recorded.

According to an analysis by the Cato Institute, 105 of the 108 models predicted higher surface temperatures for the period between 1998 and 2014 than were actually recorded.

The IPCC has previously admitted that climate models can’t be used to accurately predict long-term changes in the climate.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth


In sum, a strategy must recognise what is possible. In climate research and modeling, we should recognise that we are dealing with a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore that the long-term prediction of future climate states is not possible,the IPCC’s 2018 report states.

Peiser said he sent Taalas’s comments to a list of 5,000 media contacts, but none have picked up the story. Peiser’s nonprofit posted the first translation of the comments, some of which were adopted for this article after verification.

“I think people are utterly shocked by the language that he is using,” Peiser said.

“He talks about a religious cult. He talks about people being extremists and doomsters. It’s quite staggering. The language that he uses and the signal that he’s sending out is ‘We are afraid of these extremists. They are destroying our society.’”


Related Articles:

Climate Change Narrative Driven by Agenda of Political Control: Myron Ebell

Sacked for speaking out about Climate Change - Professor Peter Ridd

Nature Rules

Christopher Monckton: Now They’re coming after the Roast Beef of Old England

Obama’s New Mansion Could Soon Be Underwater – Obama Admin Research

Scientist Proposes Cannibalism to “Save the Climate” on Swedish TV

NASA Admits That Climate Change Occurs Because Of Changes In Earth’s Solar Orbit, And Not Because Of SUVs And Fossil Fuels

For more than 60 years, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) has known that the changes occurring to planetary weather patterns are completely natural and normal.



But the space agency, for whatever reason, has chosen to let the man-made global warming hoax persist and spread, to the detriment of human freedom.

Related: Project SCoPEx: Bill Gates pursuing a plan to carry out planetary genocide under the guise of halting “climate change”

It was the year 1958, to be precise, when NASA first observed that changes in the solar orbit of the earth, along with alterations to the earth’s axial tilt, are both responsible for what climate scientists today have dubbed as “warming” (or “cooling,” depending on their agenda).

In no way, shape, or form are humans warming or cooling the planet by driving SUVs or eating beef, in other words.

But NASA has thus far failed to set the record straight, and has instead chosen to sit silently back and watch as liberals freak out about the world supposedly ending in 12 years because of too much livestock, or too many plastic straws.

In the year 2000, NASA did publish information on its Earth Observatory website about the Milankovitch Climate Theory, revealing that the planet is, in fact, changing due to extraneous factors that have absolutely nothing to do with human activity.

But, again, this information has yet to go mainstream, some 19 years later, which is why deranged, climate-obsessed leftists have now begun to claim that we really only have 18 months left before the planet dies from an excess of carbon dioxide (CO2).



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

The truth, however, is much more along the lines of what Serbian astrophysicist Milutin Milankovitch, after whom the Milankovitch Climate Theory is named, proposed about how the seasonal and latitudinal variations of solar radiation that hit the earth in different ways, and at different times, have the greatest impact on earth’s changing climate patterns.

The below two images (by Robert Simmon, NASA GSFC) help to illustrate this, with the first showing earth at a nearly zero orbit, and the second showing earth at a 0.07 orbit.


This orbital change is depicted by the eccentric, oval shape in the second image, which has been intentionally exaggerated for the purpose of showing the massive change in distance that occurs between the earth and the sun, depending on whether it is at perihelion or aphelion.

“Even the maximum eccentricity of the Earth’s orbit – 0.07 – it would be impossible to show at the resolution of a web page,” notes the Hal Turner Radio Show. “Even so, at the current eccentricity of .017, the Earth is 5 million kilometers closer to Sun at perihelion than at aphelion.”

For more related news about climate change and global warming from an independent, non-establishment perspective, be sure to check out ClimateScienceNews.com.


The Biggest Factor Affecting Earth’s Climate is the Sun

As for earth’s obliquity, or its change in axial tilt, the below two images (Robert Simmon, NASA GSFC) show the degree to which the earth can shift on both its axis and its rotational orientation.

At the higher tilts, earth’s seasons become much more extreme, while at lower tilts they become much more mild.

A similar situation exists for earth’s rotational axis, which depending on which hemisphere is pointed at the sun during perihelion, can greatly impact the seasonal extremes between the two hemispheres. Based on these different variables, Milankovitch was able to come up with a comprehensive mathematical model that is able to compute surface temperatures on earth going way back in time, and the conclusion is simple:

Earth’s climate has always been changing, and is in a constant state of flux due to no fault of our own as human beings.

When Milankovitch first put forward his model, it went ignored for nearly half a century.

Then, in 1976, a study published in the journal Science confirmed that Milankovitch’s theory is, in fact, accurate, and that it does correspond to various periods of climate change that have occurred throughout history.



Related: Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

In 1982, six years after this study was published, the National Research Council of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences adopted Milankovitch’s theory as truth, declaring that:


… orbital variations remain the most thoroughly examined mechanism of climatic change on time scales of tens of thousands of years and are by far the clearest case of a direct effect of changing insolation on the lower atmosphere of Earth.

If we had to sum the whole thing up in one simple phrase, it would be this: The biggest factor influencing weather and climate patterns on earth is the sun, period.

Depending on the earth’s position to the sun at any given time, climate conditions are going to vary dramatically, and even create drastic abnormalities that defy everything that humans thought they knew about how the earth worked.



Related: Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

But rather than embrace this truth, today’s climate “scientists,” joined by leftist politicians and a complicit mainstream media, insist that not using reusable grocery bags at the supermarket and not having an electric vehicle are destroying the planet so quickly that we absolutely must implement global climate taxes as the solution.


… orbital variations remain the most thoroughly examined mechanism of climatic change on time scales of tens of thousands of years and are by far the clearest case of a direct effect of changing insolation on the lower atmosphere of Earth.”

“The climate change debate is not about science. It is an effort to impose political and economic controls on the population by the elite,” wrote one commenter at the Hal Turner Radio Show.


“And it’s another way to divide the population against itself, with some who believe in man-made global warming and some who don’t, i.e. divide and conquer.”

You can read the full Hal Turner Radio Show report at this link.




What Would You Eat to Save the Earth?

While people are fighting with each other about what is the correct diet for everyone, there is a propaganda push by
government to eat only plants, insects and even non-food … because humans.

Climate change has been weaponized to the point of ridiculousness. Melissa Dykes breaks down the UN’s new diet program to supposedly save Earth.

So, what would you eat, or what will you have to eat to save the planet? And what do the studies show about how the “save-the-planet” diet will affect human health and even reproduction?





Five Surprising Scientific Facts About Earth's Climate

On the weekend of August 10–11, as if in chorus, major online news websites called on people to stop consuming meat. The calls echoed a recent United Nations report that recommended doing so to fight climate change.

It surprised many, but there are other more surprising facts about climate change that are hardly published in our everyday news media.

Related: Swedish Scientist Proposes Cannibalism to Fight Climate Change

Below are some facts - scientifically recognized and published in peer-reviewed journals - that may raise your eyebrows.


1. Climate Has Always Changed - Always

All proxy temperature data sets reveal that there have been cyclical changes in climate in the past 10,000 years.

There is not a single climate scientist who denies this well-established fact. It doesn’t matter what your position on the causes and magnitude and danger (or not) of current climate change is - you have to be on board on this one.

Climate has always changed. And it has changed in both directions, hot and cold. Until at least the 17th century, all these changes occurred when almost all humans were hunters, gatherers, and farmers.



Related: An Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!


2. Temperature Increase in the Past Was Not Caused by Humans

Industrialization did not happen until the 17th century. Therefore, no prior changes in climate were driven by human emissions of carbon dioxide.

In the last 2,000 years alone, global temperatures rose at least twice (around the 1st and 10th centuries) to levels very similar to today’s, and neither of those warm periods were caused by humans.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


3. The Arctic and Antarctic Are Doing Better than Ever!

Yes, you read that right. The 10,000-year Holocene paleoclimatology records reveal that both the Arctic and Antarctic are in some of their healthiest states.

The only better period for the poles was the 17th century, during the Little Ice Age, when the ice mass levels were higher than today’s. For the larger part of the past 10,000 years, the ice mass levels were lower than today’s.

Despite huge losses in recent decades, ice mass levels are at or near their historic highs.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History


4. Polar Bears and Other Species Are Not Dying But Flourishing!

If you paid attention to the previous fact, then the following one is not hard to understand. Polar bears - often used as a symbol of climate doomsday - are one of the key species in the Arctic.

Contrary to the hype surrounding their extinction fear, the population numbers have actually increased in the past two decades.

Last year, the Canadian government considered increasing polar bear killing quotas as their increasing numbers posed a threat to the Inuit communities living in the Nunavut area.

The increase in population size flies in the face of those who continue to claim otherwise in the popular news media. And it is not just the polar bears in the Arctic. Other critical species elsewhere, like tigers, are also making a comeback.



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say
'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie


5. Carbon Dioxide Is Not a Temperature Control Knob

While most of the current climatologists who collaborate with the United Nations believe anthropogenic CO2 emissions have exacerbated natural warming in recent decades, there is no empirical proof to support their claim.

The only way to test it would be to wait and see if their assumptions come true.

The entire climate fraternity was in for a surprise when global temperature between 2000 and 2016 failed to rise as anticipated by the climate alarmists. The scientists assumed that rising CO2 emissions from human activity would result in a rapid rise in temperature, but they didn’t.

This proved that atmospheric CO2 concentrations are not the primary factor controlling global temperature. Consideration of a much longer period (10,000 or more years) suggests that CO2 had no significant role to play in temperature increases. CO2 never was the temperature control knob.

It would be naïve not to acknowledge this blatant and lopsided reporting in our news media.



Related: Jordan Peterson's Controversial Thoughts On Climate Change

These are some of the many climate facts that the media refuses to acknowledge, like the impending solar minimum that NASA has predicted for the next two solar cycles between 2021 and 2041, ushering in a period of global cooling like it did during the solar minimum of 17th century.

There are other facts that run contrary to popular belief, such that there has been no increase in the frequency or intensity of floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, wildfires, droughts, or other extreme weather events.

Even the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change reported low confidence that global warming - manmade or not - was driving increases in extreme weather events.

The list is endless.




It Ain't So Easy Being a Green




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Capitalism Creates Useless Jobs
September 18 2019 | From: Strikemag

Ever had the feeling that your job might be made up? That the world would keep on turning if you weren’t doing that thing you do 9-5? Anthropology professor and best selling author David Graeber explored the phenomenon of bullshit jobs for our recent summer issue – everyone who’s employed should read carefully



In the year 1930, John Maynard Keynes predicted that technology would have advanced sufficiently by century’s end that countries like Great Britain or the United States would achieve a 15-hour work week.

There’s every reason to believe he was right. In technological terms, we are quite capable of this. And yet it didn’t happen. Instead, technology has been marshaled, if anything, to figure out ways to make us all work more. In order to achieve this, jobs have had to be created that are, effectively, pointless.

Huge swathes of people, in Europe and North America in particular, spend their entire working lives performing tasks they secretly believe do not really need to be performed. The moral and spiritual damage that comes from this situation is profound.

It is a scar across our collective soul. Yet virtually no one talks about it.

Why did Keynes’ promised utopia – still being eagerly awaited in the ‘60s – never materialise? The standard line today is that he didn’t figure in the massive increase in consumerism.

Given the choice between less hours and more toys and pleasures, we’ve collectively chosen the latter. This presents a nice morality tale, but even a moment’s reflection shows it can’t really be true.

Yes, we have witnessed the creation of an endless variety of new jobs and industries since the ‘20s, but very few have anything to do with the production and distribution of sushi, iPhones, or fancy sneakers.

So what are these new jobs, precisely? A recent report comparing employment in the US between 1910 and 2000 gives us a clear picture (and I note, one pretty much exactly echoed in the UK). Over the course of the last century, the number of workers employed as domestic servants, in industry, and in the farm sector has collapsed dramatically.



At the same time, “professional, managerial, clerical, sales, and service workers” tripled, growing “from one-quarter to three-quarters of total employment.” In other words, productive jobs have, just as predicted, been largely automated away (even if you count industrial workers globally, including the toiling masses in India and China, such workers are still not nearly so large a percentage of the world population as they used to be).

But rather than allowing a massive reduction of working hours to free the world’s population to pursue their own projects, pleasures, visions, and ideas, we have seen the ballooning not even so much of the “service” sector as of the administrative sector, up to and including the creation of whole new industries like financial services or telemarketing, or the unprecedented expansion of sectors like corporate law, academic and health administration, human resources, and public relations.

And these numbers do not even reflect on all those people whose job is to provide administrative, technical, or security support for these industries, or for that matter the whole host of ancillary industries (dog-washers, all-night pizza deliverymen) that only exist because everyone else is spending so much of their time working in all the other ones
.

These are what I propose to call “bullshit jobs.”

It’s as if someone were out there making up pointless jobs just for the sake of keeping us all working. And here, precisely, lies the mystery.

In capitalism, this is exactly what is not supposed to happen. Sure, in the old inefficient socialist states like the Soviet Union, where employment was considered both a right and a sacred duty, the system made up as many jobs as they had to (this is why in Soviet department stores it took three clerks to sell a piece of meat).

But, of course, this is the very sort of problem market competition is supposed to fix. According to economic theory, at least, the last thing a profit-seeking firm is going to do is shell out money to workers they don’t really need to employ. Still, somehow, it happens.

While corporations may engage in ruthless downsizing, the layoffs and speed-ups invariably fall on that class of people who are actually making, moving, fixing and maintaining things; through some strange alchemy no one can quite explain, the number of salaried paper-pushers ultimately seems to expand, and more and more employees find themselves, not unlike Soviet workers actually, working 40 or even 50 hour weeks on paper, but effectively working 15 hours just as Keynes predicted, since the rest of their time is spent organising or attending motivational seminars, updating their facebook profiles or downloading TV box-sets.

The answer clearly isn’t economic: it’s moral and political. The ruling class has figured out that a happy and productive population with free time on their hands is a mortal danger (think of what started to happen when this even began to be approximated in the ‘60s).

And, on the other hand, the feeling that work is a moral value in itself, and that anyone not willing to submit themselves to some kind of intense work discipline for most of their waking hours deserves nothing, is extraordinarily convenient for them.

Once, when contemplating the apparently endless growth of administrative responsibilities in British academic departments, I came up with one possible vision of hell. Hell is a collection of individuals who are spending the bulk of their time working on a task they don’t like and are not especially good at.



Say they were hired because they were excellent cabinet-makers, and then discover they are expected to spend a great deal of their time frying fish. Neither does the task really need to be done – at least, there’s only a very limited number of fish that need to be fried.

Yet somehow, they all become so obsessed with resentment at the thought that some of their co-workers might be spending more time making cabinets, and not doing their fair share of the fish-frying responsibilities, that before long there’s endless piles of useless badly cooked fish piling up all over the workshop and it’s all that anyone really does.

I think this is actually a pretty accurate description of the moral dynamics of our own economy.

Now, I realise any such argument is going to run into immediate objections:


“Who are you to say what jobs are really ‘necessary’? What’s necessary anyway? You’re an anthropology professor, what’s the ‘need’ for that?”

(And indeed a lot of tabloid readers would take the existence of my job as the very definition of wasteful social expenditure.)

And on one level, this is obviously true. There can be no objective measure of social value.

I would not presume to tell someone who is convinced they are making a meaningful contribution to the world that, really, they are not. But what about those people who are themselves convinced their jobs are meaningless? Not long ago I got back in touch with a school friend who I hadn’t seen since I was 12.

I was amazed to discover that in the interim, he had become first a poet, then the front man in an indie rock band. I’d heard some of his songs on the radio having no idea the singer was someone I actually knew. He was obviously brilliant, innovative, and his work had unquestionably brightened and improved the lives of people all over the world.

Yet, after a couple of unsuccessful albums, he’d lost his contract, and plagued with debts and a newborn daughter, ended up, as he put it, “taking the default choice of so many directionless folk: law school.”

Now he’s a corporate lawyer working in a prominent New York firm. He was the first to admit that his job was utterly meaningless, contributed nothing to the world, and, in his own estimation, should not really exist.

There’s a lot of questions one could ask here, starting with, what does it say about our society that it seems to generate an extremely limited demand for talented poet-musicians, but an apparently infinite demand for specialists in corporate law?

(Answer: if 1% of the population controls most of the disposable wealth, what we call “the market” reflects what they think is useful or important, not anybody else.)

But even more, it shows that most people in these jobs are ultimately aware of it. In fact, I’m not sure I’ve ever met a corporate lawyer who didn’t think their job was bullshit. The same goes for almost all the new industries outlined above.

There is a whole class of salaried professionals that, should you meet them at parties and admit that you do something that might be considered interesting (an anthropologist, for example), will want to avoid even discussing their line of work entirely.

Give them a few drinks, and they will launch into tirades about how pointless and stupid their job really is.

This is a profound psychological violence here. How can one even begin to speak of dignity in labour when one secretly feels one’s job should not exist? How can it not create a sense of deep rage and resentment.



Yet it is the peculiar genius of our society that its rulers have figured out a way, as in the case of the fish-fryers, to ensure that rage is directed precisely against those who actually do get to do meaningful work.

For instance: in our society, there seems a general rule that, the more obviously one’s work benefits other people, the less one is likely to be paid for it

Again, an objective measure is hard to find, but one easy way to get a sense is to ask: what would happen were this entire class of people to simply disappear?

Say what you like about nurses, garbage collectors, or mechanics, it’s obvious that were they to vanish in a puff of smoke, the results would be immediate and catastrophic.

A world without teachers or dock-workers would soon be in trouble, and even one without science fiction writers or ska musicians would clearly be a lesser place.

It’s not entirely clear how humanity would suffer were all private equity CEOs, lobbyists, PR researchers, actuaries, telemarketers, bailiffs or legal consultants to similarly vanish. (Many suspect it might markedly improve.)



Yet apart from a handful of well-touted exceptions (doctors), the rule holds surprisingly well.

Even more perverse, there seems to be a broad sense that this is the way things should be. This is one of the secret strengths of right-wing populism.

You can see it when tabloids whip up resentment against tube workers for paralysing London during contract disputes: the very fact that tube workers can paralyse London shows that their work is actually necessary, but this seems to be precisely what annoys people.

It’s even clearer in the US, where Republicans have had remarkable success mobilizing resentment against school teachers, or auto workers (and not, significantly, against the school administrators or auto industry managers who actually cause the problems) for their supposedly bloated wages and benefits.

It’s as if they are being told “but you get to teach children! Or make cars! You get to have real jobs! And on top of that you have the nerve to also expect middle-class pensions and health care?”

If someone had designed a work regime perfectly suited to maintaining the power of finance capital, it’s hard to see how they could have done a better job.



Real, productive workers are relentlessly squeezed and exploited.

The remainder are divided between a terrorised stratum of the – universally reviled – unemployed and a larger stratum who are basically paid to do nothing, in positions designed to make them identify with the perspectives and sensibilities of the ruling class (managers, administrators, etc) – and particularly its financial avatars – but, at the same time, foster a simmering resentment against anyone whose work has clear and undeniable social value.

Clearly, the system was never consciously designed [actually you were right up until this statement]. It emerged from almost a century of trial and error. But it is the only explanation for why, despite our technological capacities, we are not all working 3-4 hour days.

David Graeber is a Professor of Anthropology at the London School of Economics. His most recent book, The Democracy Project: A History, a Crisis, a Movement, is published by Spiegel & Grau.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding
September 17 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

Nikola Tesla once said that, “The day science begins to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence.”



Fast forward to today, and we now have hundreds of notable world-renowned scientists studying “non-material” science.

Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

Science the birth of quantum mechanics, the mysteries of consciousness have been at the forefront of scientific study, and we now know today that consciousness plays a crucial part, in several different ways, when it comes to perceiving what we call our physical material world.


In Brief:

The Facts: 50 years of research conducted by scientists into Near Death Experiences is summarized below. The research shows that consciousness, or the soul, or something continues to have awareness after "death."

Reflect On: Evidence of sensitive and touchy topics in science have always been dismissed and ridiculed. Why, no matter how strong the evidence, are discoveries ridiculed or swept under the rug? Are our minds that closed?

Most of our founding fathers of science, especially physics, were all spiritual mystics.

Max Plack, a physicist who originated quantum theory, regarded consciousness as “fundamental,” and matter as “derivative from consciousness.” He said that “we cannot get behind consciousness. Everything that we talk about, everything that we regard as existing, postulates consciousness.” 

Eugene Wigner, a physicist and mathematician told the world that “it was not possible to formulate the laws of quantum mechanics in a fully consistent way without reference to consciousness.”



Related: A Scientist’s Spiritual Awakening

With all of this being said, there is still a resistance to the new discoveries that non-material science is making, especially when it comes to topics on the umbrella of parapsychology, like telepathy, remote viewing (which was used by the US government for intelligence purposes for 25 years), for example, near death experiences (NDE’s) and much more.

Here is a video of CIA contracted Physicist Russel Targ sharing everything he knows about ESP.


“Despite the unrivalled empirical success of quantum theory, the very suggestion that it may be literally true as a description of nature is still greeted with cynicism, incomprehension and even anger.” 

– (T. Folger, “Quantum Shmantum”; Discover 22:37-43, 2001)

This is, again, perhaps why so many scientists are coming together to create awareness about this and emphasize some very important points about non-material science.

You can read more, in detail, about that here.

Near Death Experiences (NDE’s) are one area of study under parapsychology and non-material science.  What happens when we die? Does some aspect of us survive death? Some non-material aspect, like consciousness, for example?  Does consciousness originate in the brain, or is it a receiver of it?



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And
Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

It’s been the topic of discussion in philosophy and theology for years, and in the 20th century it has become the subject of scientific research.

One of the people responsible for starting this initiative was Ian Stevenson, who, as the Chair of University of Virginia’s Department of Psychiatry, in 1967, created a research unit within the department to study if anything of the human personality survives after death.

His research investigated multiple hundreds of children who claimed to recall past lives and there are many examples.

These children are able to give remarkable details about their past lives, and in some cases include describing how they died, locating past family members of who they used to be that are still living, and more details that would otherwise be impossible to describe.

You can see some specific examples in an article we’ve previously published, linked below:

Related: Six Extraordinary Cases of Kids Who Remember Their Past Lives 

Here is a video of Dr. Bruce Greyson speaking at a conference that was held by the United Nations. He is considered to be one of the “fathers” of near death studies. He is Professor Emeritus of Psychiatry and Neuro-behavioral Science at UVA. 

In the video he describes documented cases of individuals who were clinically dead (showing no brain activity), but observing everything that was happening to them on the medical table below at the same time.

He describes how there have been many instances of this – where individuals are able to describe things that should have been impossible to describe.

Another significant statement by Dr. Greyson posits that this type of study has been discouraged due to our tendency to view science as completely materialistic. Seeing is believing, so to speak, in the scientific community.

It’s unfortunate that just because we cannot explain something through materialistic means, it must be instantly discredited.

The simple fact that “consciousness” itself is a non-physical “thing” is troubling for some scientists to comprehend, and as a result of it being non material, they believe it cannot be studied by science.

To access some of the published research in this area, you can refer to this article. Below is a lecture that was filmed at the UVA by the medical department. It features Jim B. Tucker Bruce Greyson Edward F. Kelly J. Kim Penberthy, from the Division of Perceptual Studies.





Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual
“Initiations” On The Path


Large studies have shown that a significant amount of people who have been clinically dead, experience some type of ‘awareness’ during that time. For example, one patient – a 57-year-old man at the time, despite being pronounced “dead” and completely unconscious, with no detectable biological activity going on, recalled watching the entire process of his resuscitation.

On a side note, Certified Master Hypnotherapist Michael Newton developed a technique to regress his clients back in time to recall memories from their past lives.

During this process he stumbled upon a discovery of enormous proportions. He was able to bring the souls back to the place where they go before their next life - a life between lives. Out of 7,000 regressions, a large majority had eerily similar recollections of a place that many of them called “home.”

You can read more about that here.

The proofs for the existence of worlds beyond this one go well past this topic and this article, and this cited research.



Related: Have You Been Seeing 11:11 Everywhere? What Is The Significance Of 11:11?


A New Groundbreaking Documentary About Post-Materialist Science

It’s interesting because as far back as 1999, statistics professor Jessica Utts at UC Irvine, published a paper showing that parapsychological experiments have produced much stronger results than those showing a daily dose of aspirin helping to prevent heart attacks.

Utts also showed that these results are much stronger than the research behind various drugs like antiplatelets, for example.

This new film, called Expanding Reality  can be purchased here.


“Expanding Reality is about the emerging postmaterialist paradigm and the next great scientific revolution. Why is it important? Because this paradigm has far-reaching implications.

For instance, it re-enchants the world and profoundly alters the vision we have of ourselves, giving us back our dignity and power as human beings.

The postmaterialist paradigm also fosters positive values such as compassion, respect, care, love, and peace, because it makes us realize that the boundaries between self and others are permeable.

In doing so, this paradigm promotes an awareness of the deep interconnection between ourselves and Nature at large.

In that sense, the model of reality associated with the postmaterialist paradigm may help humanity to create a sustainable civilization and to blossom.”

– Mario Beauregard, PhD, from the University of Arizona





Related: The Three Stages Of Spiritual Transformation

These people have exhausted their own resources in order to make Expanding Reality for the world, show your support by purchasing the movie here. You won’t be disappointed.


The Takeaway

The takeaway here is to recognize the evidence existing suggesting the soul, or consciousness, or some type of awareness exists after death. Now, what consciousness encompasses, might be different from the soul, etc, but those are much deeper discussions to be had.

When will science recognize something that’s clearly observable given the witness testimony and similarity of the experiences, and that phenomena that can’t be explained can still be real?

The parameters of modern day science really prevents us from moving forward, which is why we are seeing such a large growth in non-material science, the next step after quantum physics.


Related Articles:

Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

Society Is Made Of Narrative – Realizing This Is Awakening From The Matrix

Once We Awaken

Loneliness – The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind





7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

Certified Master Hypnotherapist Michael Newton developed a technique to regress his clients back in time to recall memories from their past lives.



During this process he stumbled upon a discovery of enormous proportions.

Related: 11:11 II Repeating Numbers and Their Meaning II 22:22 II 3:33

The ancient Greek philosopher Heraclitus said: "You cannot step into the same river twice."

What he meant is that nature, just like a river, is ever-changing. Hence, according to Heraclitus, to resist this change is
to resist the very essence of our existence.

Sadly, many of us expend much of our energy resisting change. We're so worried about what the future might bring that we're trying hard to control life.


In Brief:

The Facts: Over 7000 people/souls share their experience, through regression hypnosis, as to what happened after they died and before they reincarnated.

Reflect On: What are the implications of such research? If we reincarnate, how does that change your view of who you truly are? What is the purpose of life? How might this change how you approach this particular life?

As a result, we can't let go and enjoy the present moment. And, no matter how much we try to control life, eventually it always disappoints us by taking its own course.

I spent the last few days creating a new video where I discuss in more detail the pointlessness of resisting change and the
importance of embracing uncertainty in order to overcome anxiety and flow frictionlessly with the river of life.




The Secret to Overcoming Anxiety







He was able to bring the souls back to the place where they go before their next life - a life between lives. Out of 7,000 regressions, a large majority had eerily similar recollections of a place that many of them called “home.”

One of the most fascinating aspects of Newton’s work was that it didn’t matter who he was working with or what their previously held beliefs were in regards to the concept of “a soul” or reincarnation - in fact, many didn’t believe in these concepts at all.

After coming out of a session, many of these people were changed forever. They were able to recount some of their past lives and feel and clearly see the relationship those previous lives had to their current life.



Related: Why ‘Conspiracy Theories’ & Spirituality Are Intimately Connected


The Life Between Lives

In the world of hypnotherapy, past-life regression is almost common, but what’s unique about Newton’s work is his ability to get his subjects to recall memories from being in the womb, and then from before that point as well, to the place between each life.

This was a place where, often, all of the soul family was waiting and welcoming with open arms. Many of the subjects were often surprised to see who was there as some of these people had provided a challenging experience for them in their previous lives.

According to Newton, the hypnotic responses from his subjects in regards to the afterlife provided credible information because of the consistency in their reports.

Often the subjects would even use the same words and graphic depictions of where they were and what they were seeing. Newton had no reason to feel that anyone had a motive to fake their stories, and treated each case as if he was hearing the information for the first time.

In other words, he was not suggesting words or ideas to them, but rather giving them the freedom to express these lives on their own. The similarities between the subjects was quite astounding.

Some of these similarities included,

People’s memories of the initial activities of the soul just after final death on earth parallel the recollections of people returning from a near-death experience (NDE).

Souls are generally anxious to move away from the earth after death, and in many cases may stay a few days for their funeral.

Most souls initially pass through a tunnel towards the light of heaven.

The appearances of physical structures or other familiarities from Earth on the entry of the soul into heaven are intended to ease their transition.

Souls have the capability of projecting former life forms in communication with other souls.

Immediately after their death on earth, souls are met initially in heaven by their spirit guides or someone with whom they were close in their previous life. They meet others that were important to them previously.

Spirit guides continue their protective role in heaven.

Communication in heaven is done through telepathy.

A private form of consciousness between spirits exists through touch.

Ghosts are spirits who have chosen to remain within the earth plane, generally with a high degree of discontent. They can be dealt with by various means, such as exorcism, to get them to stop interfering with human beings.

Souls who were unable to turn aside a human impulse to harm others will go into seclusion upon entering the spirit world and remain for quite a while. The following reincarnation may be as a victim in a karmic cycle of justice.

An arriving soul can enter a place of healing as part of the restoration of the soul after a lifetime on earth.

A life review is conducted, first with spirit guides and later with a Council of Elders.

Souls travel to their initial destination in heaven through a large staging area.

Souls proceed to their cluster, consisting of small groups of soul energy that appear like a cluster of transparent bubbles or translucent bulbs. They contain entities who often shared past lives with the arriving spirit.

Group placement is determined by soul level.

Secondary groups have some contact with a primary group.

Opportunity for socialization and travel exist for souls living in their group.

Once a soul group is formed no new members are added.

Souls are grouped with others of similar characteristics.

At higher levels of soul evolution more independence takes place from group activities.

Spirit lights demonstrate color that correlates with a soul’s state of spiritual evolution.

The spirit world resembles one great schoolhouse with a multitude of classrooms under the direction of teacher-souls who monitor progress.

All souls have a personal guide who may be with them for thousands of years and many lives.

Junior guides are often assigned as well, later in the development of a soul.

Guides can appear as humans as well as spirits.

Most souls in the world today are in an early stage of development.

Spirits can experience two lives on earth at the same time.

A dormant part of our soul remains in heaven during incarnations.

Souls learn the techniques of the creation of physical items by thought, starting with simple assignments.

Souls incarnate on worlds other than the Earth.

The evolution of souls can continue way beyond the level where incarnation takes place.

Souls are reincarnating more frequently in recent centuries, and today would have roughly two lives during the past century.

Souls are not required to reincarnate but considerable pressure is brought to bear by spirit guides when the time is considered right.

Souls go to a place of life selection in order to examine alternative lives to lead.

There is a tendency for spirits to reincarnate in the same geographical area they were in during past lives.

The effort required to overcome a physical disability accelerates spiritual evolution.

Souls learn prior to a new incarnation to recognize future earthly signs from other souls they may encounter on earth with whom they have been close in the spirit world.

Souls leave heaven to enter the body of an infant through a tunnel.

The physical shock of birth is greater than that of death.

Souls can arrive in the infant’s body anytime before, during or slightly after the moment of birth.

Again, not only is this level of similarity and detail fascinating, but many of the thousands of people who were put under this hypnosis had no previous belief of reincarnation, the soul, or source consciousness. Their experiences here changed their minds.

In one instance a woman who had always faced challenges with her father in her current life saw that his soul had actually inhabited the body of the man who was the one who killed her in a past life.

She was able to see how the members of the soul family aren’t always who you might expect. Some people who have caused us the most grief may have been doing so for our soul’s best interest, in order to help us grow.



Related: Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

For some of us, this work may resonate on a deep level. I know for myself while watching a documentary on this subject called, Flipside: A Journey Into The Afterlife, and hearing the people recount their previous lives or the place that was often described as “home,” no part of me doubted anything they were saying for even a second.

This information resonated to the very core of my being and just happens to go along quite nicely with my previously held beliefs in terms of reincarnation and the afterlife.


Of course, we can never know for sure, but the topic of past lives and life after death is truly fascinating and can be fun to explore.

I highly recommend the book on this subject, Journey Of Souls: Case Studies Of Life Between Lives by Michael Newton himself. It goes into much more depth and provides transcripts of actual sessions with the hypnotized subjects.

What do you think happens when we die?


Related Articles:

The Great Transformation: A World Awakening

The Chemistry of Love

How to Naturally Increase Energy for a Happier, Healthier You

Three Extraordinary Paradoxes Of Personal Awakening


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
New World Order In Meltdown, But Russia Stronger Than Ever
September 16 2019 | From: TheSaker / Various

Recent weeks have been full of portentous events.
Only somebody who has not been awake for the last few years will fail to realize how these at first sight unconnected events are part of the same matrix.



There was the ever louder talk in mainstream media about an approaching global recession, inverted yield curves and the negative yields, which tell us that the Western financial system is basically in coma and kept alive only by generous IV injections of central bank liquidity.

Related: Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations

Except that now the Federal Reserve has admitted that there are no signs of a recession looming - mainstream media has had to drop that cold potato.

By now it has dawned on people that the central bankers acting as central planners in a command economy and printing money (aka quantitative easing) to fuel asset bubbles are about to wipe off the last vestiges of what used to be a market economy.

Then we saw Trump taking new twitter swipes at China in his on-and-off “great trade deal” and the stock markets moving like a roller coaster in reaction to each new twitter salvo.

Also, we had both Trump and Macron sweet talking about getting Russia back and again renaming their club G8.



Related: McCain: "The New World Order Is Under Enormous Strain"

Recently at a G7 presser in Biarritz, the Rothschild groomed Macron took it one step further opening up about the reasons why they all of a sudden longed for friendship with Russia:


“We are living the end of Western hegemony.”

In the same series, Britain’s new government under Boris Johnson was telling his colleagues in Biarritz that he is now decisively going for a no-deal Brexit, after which he went back to London and staged a coup d’état by suspending parliament to ensure no elected opposition interfered with it.

Perhaps the weirdest news to crown it all, came from Jackson Hole, Wyoming, where the Western central bankers were holed up for their annual retreat.

The president of Bank of England Mark Carney shocked everybody (at least those not present) by announcing that the US dollar was past its best-before and should be replaced with something the central bankers have up their sleeves.



Related: Nobel Prize Winner: Trump Has Launched A Nationalist “Revolution” Against the Elite + Ex-CIA Agent:
Deep State ‘Terrified’ Of Trump, ‘Want Him Taken Out’



The New [Old] World Order is in its Death Throes

What these events have in common is that they amount to an admission that the globalist New World Order project in its present form is dead, or at least in its death throes.

It has bumped its head against an impenetrable Sino-Russian wall of resistance.

The heated totalitarian propaganda against Russia since 2001 (when the NWO realized that Putin wasn’t their man); regime change and color revolutions in neighboring countries; attempts at Maidan style coups in Moscow; and finally the sanctions since 2014 were key to the Anglo-Zionist empires strategy.

They needed to take over either China or Russia to gain absolute world hegemony. Taking over either one, they would have checkmated the remaining one, and after that the entire world.

They rightly deemed Russia as the weaker piece and went all out in that direction.



Related: Welcome To The Elite Apocalypse

The NWO wanted to take advantage of Russia’s weakness in form of its Western minded comprador class and a shell-shocked liberal intelligentsia (dominating media, culture and business, just like in Hong Kong, BTW), which is constitutional uncapable of thinking with their own brains to liberate themselves from Soviet era stereotypes (“Soviet Union / Russia bad, West good”).

They then figured that economic and cultural sanctions (e.g. Olympic ban) coupled with doubling down on the propaganda would break the country. Luckily, the Russian narod, the common people saw through it all and would not play along with the enemy.

At the same time, Russia paraded its resurrected military in Crimea and Syria as well as its formidable new hypersonic doomsday weapons.

The military option to take over Russia was not in the cards any longer.


Russian Economy From Strength to Strength

Believing their own propaganda, they had got that totally wrong.

Endlessly repeating their own self-serving talking points they must have truly fancied that Russia’s economy amounted to nothing else than export of fossil fuels
, that “Russia’s economy is the size of Holland’s,” that “Russia does not produce anything,” and that Russia was “nothing but a gas station with nukes” (somehow managing to ignore the significance of the nukes part).

I seriously believe, that the propaganda had become so complete that the Western leaders and the intelligence people actually had come to adapt their own propaganda as the truth.

What is for sure, is that all Western media, including what should be the most respected business journals and all those think tanks, had not published one honest appraisal of the Russian economy in 15 years.

Every single piece I read over the years had clearly been written with the aim to denigrate Russia’s achievements and economic development.



Related: An Honest Assessment Of Putin + Kremlin Publishes Full Megan Kelly Putin Interview - NBC Cut The Best
Parts


Nowhere to be found were reports on how Putin by 2013 had totally overhauled the economy transforming Russia into the most self-sufficient diversified major country in the world with all the capabilities of the foremost industrial powers.

In fact, I tend to think that even the US presidents from Bush to Obama were fed in their intelligence briefings cooked up fake reports about the Russian economy and the whole nation.

Actually, I would go one step further. I bet that the CIA itself in the end believed the propaganda it had given birth to. (It has been said that at some point the genuine Russia analysts had all been dismissed or demoted and replaced with a team specializing in anti-Russian propaganda).


Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?

Related Articles:

Who Is QAnon? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

But actually all the data was there in plain view. I myself took the trouble to compile a report on the real conditions of Russia’s economy fresh at the onset of the 2014 crisis.

In the report, I set out to show that Russia indeed had modernized and diversified its economy; that it had a vibrant manufacturing industry in addition to its energy and minerals sector; and that its budget revenues and economy at large were not at all as dependent on oil and gas as it was claimed.

Among other things, we pointed out that Russia’s industrial production had by then grown more than 50% (between 2000 and 2013) while having undergone a total modernization at the same time.



Related: Stephen Cohen Explains Putin Objectively

In the same period, production of food had surged by 100% and exports had skyrocketed by almost 400%, outdoing all major Western countries. Even the growth of exports of other than oil and gas products had been 250%.

The gist of the study may be summarized with this quote from it:


“The crisis-torn economy battered by years of robber capitalism and anarchy of the 1990’s, which Putin inherited in 2000, has now reached sufficient maturity to justify a belief that Russia can make the industrial breakthrough that the President has announced.”

Events have borne out this insight. And it is therefore that Russia won the sanctions battle.

The report represented an appeal to the Western leaders to give up on their vain hope of destroying Russia through their sanctions and risking nuclear war at it. Russia was invincible even in this respect.

For that purpose I expressly added this missive in the introduction to the report:


We strongly believe that everyone benefits from knowing the true state of Russia’s economy, its real track record over the past decade, and its true potential.

Having knowledge of the actual state of affairs is equally useful for the friends and foes of Russia, for investors, for the Russian population – and indeed for its government, which has not been very vocal in telling about the real progress.

I think there is a great need for accurate data on Russia, especially among the leaders of its geopolitical foes. Correct data will help investors to make a profit.

And correct data will help political leaders to maintain peace.

Knowing that Russia is not the economic basket case that it is portrayed to be would help to stave off the foes from the collision course with Russia they have embarked on.”

A follow-up report of June 2017 covering the sanctions years 2014 – 2016, showed how Russia went from strength to strength never mind the Western attempts at isolation. This report stressed that Russia’s economy had now become the most diversified in the world making Russia the most self-sufficient country on this earth.

In this report we exposed the single biggest error of the propaganda driven Russia analysis. This was the ridiculous belief that Russia supposedly was totally dependent on oil and gas just because those commodities made up the bulk of the country’s exports.

Confusing exports with the total economy, they had foolishly confused the share of oil and gas in total exports – which was and remains at the level of 60% – with the share of these commodities of the total economy.



Related: Elite Contempt Is The Common Denominator In Populist Victories

In 2013 the share of oil and gas of Russia’s GDP was 12% (today 10%). Had the “experts” cared to take a closer look they would have realized that on the other side of the equation Russia’s imports were by far the lowest (as a share of GDP) of all major countries.

The difference here is that while Russia does not export a great deal of manufactured goods, it produces by far a bigger share of those for the domestic market than any other country in the whole world. Taking the 60% of exports to stand for the whole economy was how the “Russia produces nothing” meme was created.

Finally in a November 2018 report, I could declare that Russia had won hands down the sanctions war having emerged from it as a quadruple superpower: industrial superpower, agricultural superpower, military superpower and geopolitical superpower.


Macron et co. Realizes that Russia Actually is a Superpower

These facts have now finally dawned on certain key stakeholders of the globalist regime can be discerned from the fact that they have tasked their handpicked puppet president Macron to make up with Russia.

As it was said, Macron went as far as unilaterally capitulating and declaring the decline of the West.

He went on to spell out that the reason for this spectacular geopolitical about-face was the rise of the Beijing – Moscow (de facto) alliance that has caused a terminal shift on the world scene.

Curiously, he also openly blamed the errors of the United States for the dire state of affairs pointing out that “not just the current administration” were to be blamed.



Related: The Superiority Of Multipolar World Order Is Now Undeniable

No doubt, the foremost of these errors, Macron had in mind, was the alienation of Russia and pushing the country into the warm embrace of China. It is quite clear, that this is what they want to remedy, snatch the bear back from the dragon. Fortunately, that won’t happen.

Good if there will be rapprochement and good if the West will try, but after all what Russia has learnt by now it will not sell out on China under any circumstances.

I think Putin and the Russian powers that be have clearly opted for a multipolar world order. That is definitely not what Macron’s employers have in mind but let them try.

Until Trump took office, the strategy of the US regime had been to pursue only Russia in its geopolitical ambitions, but by then it had dawned on them that Russia was invincible especially in the de facto alliance with China.


The World Order is Being Shaken Like Never Before

“The world order is being shaken like never before…”, that’s another quote from Macron. Obviously, it refers to the military and geopolitical strengths of the Sino-Russian alliance, but certainly also to the economic shifts as the West has lost – and will keep losing – its economic domination.

This brings us back to Mark Carney of Bank of England and his unprecedented attack on the US dollar arguing that it was time to end its global reserve currency status.

As one option Carney brought up that the major Western central banks would instead issue a digital cryptocurrency. That is to say, a NWO currency controlled by the central banks.

That would effectively mean the replacement of the Federal Reserve cartel with a cartel of the Western central banks (the Fed obviously being a part of it). That’s yet one step further north from any kind of democratic control and a giant step towards world government.



Related: Angela Merkel: Nation States Must "Give Up Sovereignty" To New World Order

What could possibly have prompted such a radical US hegemony puncturing idea to be put forward? One reason obviously is that the Western economies really are in that extreme critical condition that more and more analysts caution about. (We shall look at the economic facts further down). There’s a very real possibility that we will be hit by a doomsday recession.

What’s sure is that Carney’s bizarre speech could possibly not have occurred in a normal economic environment (any more than Macron’s admission that the Western hegemony is done with).

According to Zerohedge
, The Financial Times, the party organ of the globalist elite, admitted as much in its report on the Jackson Hole meeting.

The central bankers “acknowledged they had reached a turning point in the way they viewed the global system. 

They cannot rely on the tools they used before the financial crisis to shape the economic environment, and the US can no longer be considered a predictable actor in economic or trade policy - even though there is no imminent replacement for the US dollar in sight.”

There was an effective admission that the central bankers had run out of tricks to pull the economies out of the everything-bubble mess, not to mention the looming doomsday recession. According to FT, Carney went as far as flashing the war card saying:


“Past instances of very low rates have tended to coincide with high risk events such as wars, financial crises, and breaks in the monetary regime.

On the one hand this can be seen as an admission on how deeply tormented they are about the financial situation and what could happen when it comes crashing down.

On the other hand, it can be seen as a sales pitch, “only we can fix it, trust us, give us a carte blanche.”

Or more probably, both.

Note from above Carney saying: “the US can no longer be considered a predictable actor in economic or trade policy.”

Bank of England President here directly attacking President Trump.

And just a couple of days later William Dudley an ex-president of New York Federal Reserve Bank (the most influential of the 12 federal reserve banks that comprise the Federal Reserve System) followed up on a direct attack on Trump.

But as they say about spies, there are no ex-spies, and I would think the same applies for the global financial elite. And yes indeed, Dudley is a card carrying member of the Council of Foreign Relations.

Dudley had penned an op-ed for Bloomberg titled “The Fed Shouldn’t Enable Donald Trump,” where he openly lobbies for the Fed to deliberately damage the economy in order to neutralize the policies (namely trade wars) of the sitting president and prevent his re-election chances by willfully ruining the economy.

[ Comment: "They" know Trump is going to take down the privately-owned central bank and they are shit scared. ]



Related: Federal Reserve Has Declared Economic War On America In Order To Destroy Trump

One thing is for sure, the elite is desperate and in serious disarray. Very probable that the elite is split, too. It seems as if there were two globalist factions competing with each other and wanting to follow vastly different strategies.


To Summarize This Introduction


“The Western world is in turmoil: the previous overwhelming geopolitical domination is gone and over with; military solutions against the main adversaries – China and Russia – are off the books; hybrid wars against them have failed; China and Russia are economically stronger than ever, too strong for the adversary; and to boot the domestic Western economies are in extraordinary bad shape, risking a depression of epic proportions.”

Further down in this report, I will look at the one aspect of the question I am best equipped to handle, namely the economy.

I will outline just in how bad shape the Western debt-fueled casino economies are. Having that as the background, I will then show how surprisingly strong the Russian economy is, at least in comparison with the Western gambling nations.

Most importantly, Russia is virtually debtless, and that’s really the clue to survival in this extraordinary economic environment.

In addition to the solid finances, Russia has other things going for it, too, as we will see below. I will not provide comparative data on China.

One reason for that is, that China is not an economic risk. China does not have the debt problem that it is frequently touted in Western press to have. China, as the world’s number one export country, would of course take a hit in a serious global crisis, but that would not kill the economy.

Although, China is the biggest exporter, there has been a shift from export-led growth towards domestic investment and consumption.

The share of exports of goods and services in the country’s GDP was by 2018 down to 19.5%, half of the 2006 peak of 36%. On the contrary, the Chinese economy would stay vivid and therefore also help to sustain Russia’s exports.

I may add as one more piece of background, that it is my firm belief that the approaching economic disaster has long been evident to the central bankers and the globalist elite decision makers.




The Truth May Shock You! You Won’t Believe What Is Actually Happening…





Related: More Than Half Of Young Europeans Say They Would Join An “Uprising” Against The Elite: Europe’s Youth Don’t Care To Vote - But They’re Ready To Join A Mass Revolt





Most likely the game plan was to establish the absolute world hegemony – which they not long ago thought was within early reach – and then after that deal with the debts as they saw fit as democratic dissent would not matter a bit anymore by then.

That’s why they felt confident in building up the asset bubbles to carry them over to the final solution. Reminds me about a story told about Moscow’s so-called Khrushchyovka tenement buildings.

These are low-cost three - to five -storied houses built quickly and cheap during the Khrushchev era to address the dire housing shortages of the 1960s.

According to the story, the planners knew they would serve only for a few decades, but that would not matter all that much because by that time there would be Communism and everything would be perfect anyway.

No Communism materialized, but presently the Moscow government under Mayor Sobyanin has initiated a program to tear them all down and erect new buildings where flats with title will be given for free to house the 1.5 million present residents of those buildings slated for replacement.

Well, that’s sort of Communism, isn’t it? – This kind of wishful thinking must have kept the globalist elite going, too. Unfortunately for the dreamers, though, their plans hit a snag in the form of Russia and China
.


Central Bank Fueled Asset Bubbles

Russia is low in debt, but you can’t say the same about the US and other Western nations. And that debt really is what got the world in the present mess and brought it teetering on the brink of financial collapse.

Since the late 80s, the US central bank, the Federal Reserve under Alan Greenspan developed an addiction to cure any downward tick on Wall Street with easy credit, eventually requiring after every downturn ever bigger central bank liquidity injections to keep the stock indices on a growth curve.

Greenspan was experimenting with a policy aimed at creating a “wealth effect” aka “trickle-down.



Related: Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

The idea being that Wall Street bankers and big corporations be stuffed with all the free money they can swallow for the purpose of keeping stock and bond prices high.

The theoretical frame told that doing so something would eventually trickle down to the real economy, and everybody would live happily ever after. After stocks and bonds, Greenspan’s wealth effect policy was addressed to inflate home prices and all real estate with that.

That was the road that eventually led to the 2008 subprime loan crisis, which took down Lehman Brothers and then all of Wall Street and the whole global economy.

But Wall Street recovered soon, because Greenspan’s successor Ben Bernanke had set forth to blow up an even bigger asset bubble.

And the Europeans followed suit. The Fed fueled the market frenzy with creating money out of thin air (aka quantitative easing) in favor of governments, banks and corporations to the tune of $3.5 trillion in the decade following the 2008 collapse.

The European Central Bank has done the same for Europe in volumes more than 2.5 trillion euro to date. All the other Western central banks joined the gambling by flooding the markets with fiat money at same levels relatively speaking.

But anyway this astronomic leverage and the humongous budget deficits of the Western countries didn’t get the real economy anywhere. They have blown up asset bubbles of phantasmagorical proportions with preciously little trickle-down.

Since the pre-crash peak in October 2007, the broadest US stock index (Wilshire 5000) has gained 95% (on top of covering the nearly 60% crash from in between). In the same 12-year period industrial production (manufacturing, mining, energy, utilities) has grown only 5% combined over all those years.



Related: "The End Game Is A New World Order" - Former Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In
Their Own Words

Deduct – the in itself lossmaking – shale oil and gas and there is barely no growth left in the 12 years. In fact, the US manufacturing sector was in June still 1.6% below the pre-crisis peak in December 2007. So we have a 5% gain in the most important part of the real economy vs. 95% in stock market gambling.

The absurdity of the stock market growth is further evidenced by the gap between growth of real final sales and stock valuations since 2007 peak. Since then, the former has grown on an average 1.6% per year, while the stock market has delivered annualized growth at levels of 15%.

Total industrial production share of the GDP in the US has sunk to 18%. (For comparison, the figure for Russia was 32% and growing.)


Trickle-Down, Anyone?

It would be false to claim there has not been any trickle-down at all. Millions of people have kept their jobs because of it. But at the same time they have had their real wages squeezed and the overwhelming majority have seen their standards of living drop.

Only massive loads of consumer credits and ultra-cheap mortgages have kept up an illusion of superficial prosperity among the middle classes. This debt-fueled prosperity and it’s cursory result, the artificial real estate asset bubble will prove a wolf in sheep’s clothing when the everything-bubble bursts.

There’s been another form of trickle-down, too, a much more real and actually beneficial one.



Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

By creating the debt-fueled illusion of prosperity, the Western central banks have actually subsidized China, Russia and all of the emerging world
as they have flushed their export goods on the global markets where the Western nations have picked it all up on borrowed money.

Thanks for that, though. At the same time, that has driven production costs up in the West with the consequence that their own industries have been priced out.


The Humongous Borrowings Fail to Produce GDP Growth

Every year since the last bout of the crisis in 2008, growth of debt in the national economies of each Western country has far exceeded the growth of economic output measured as GDP. Below chart shows just how bad it has been in the US.





Related: Signs that the US Debt-Fueled Economy Might Actually Collapse

The debt and GDP growth curves started to diverge in the late 70s, but from 2000 debt has spiraled out of control delivering preciously little incremental GDP.

Deduct the wasteful debt and wasteful spending and there would be no growth whatsoever.

Not only has there been no real GDP growth but even the nominal growth has to a crucial extent been provided for by means of the enormous government borrowings.

We see from below table that in each year from 2008 to 2017 even the nominal GDP growth has been less than the growth of government debt, with 2015 and 2015 as the only exceptions when they were on par.

In the peak crisis years 2008 and 2009, debt growth was a staggering 5.7 and 6.3 times that of GDP growth.

The debt game has been equally miserable all over the West, perhaps with the only exception of Germany, who has wisely refrained from participating, even when egged on by liberal economists calling Germany’s more prudent policy unfair to the gambling nations.

Below chart shows how much more the Western governments have borrowed than produced economic growth. The chart covers years 2004 to 2013, but the trend has been the same ever since. GDP growth has been vastly less than the growth of the colossal debtberg.



Note Russia there as the shining exception.

Below chart ranks countries according to their debt burden relative to GDP.

And again you see how debtless Russia is compared with the squandering nations.
These charts concerned only government debt, when we add private debt to it, the picture is doubly worse.

From the point of view of a national economy it really doesn’t matter in which form the excess debt expands, public or private.

In fact, on an average in the West the situation with household debt is equally dire. Below chart tells you just how bad. And again note Russia as the one shining exception.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

And it’s no better with corporations, which have throughout the last decade been enjoying mindboggling levels of central bank largesse in form of virtually unlimited interest-free financing. For example, compared to earnings, US bond issuers are about 50% more leveraged now than in 2007.

Finally, there is the black hole containing trillions and trillions of bankers derivative risks.

Deutsche Bank – which was recently placed in emergency care – alone is said to have 49 trillion dollars in exposure to derivatives
.

These risks alone could take down the whole global financial system.


First No Real Interest, Then On to Negative Yields

One of the many deadly side effects of the central bankers’ practice on gambling with the national economies is that they first eliminated real interest rates (pushed rates below inflation) and then doubled down on the destruction of sound economic principles by cooking up a system with negative yielding bonds (bonds which yield below zero).

By now $30 trillion of the $60 trillion US bond market yield below inflation (no real interest) and nearly $17 trillion worth of bonds are in negative yield territory.

That’s mostly made up by sovereign debt of Japan and European governments (12 at the moment) but recently the mass of negative yielding corporate bonds has also doubled to $1.2 trillion.

Half of the $5 trillion worth of European government bonds sport a negative yield as well as 20% of European investment grade corporate bonds.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom


Inflation Risk

Normally, this kind of excess liquidity artificially put on the market (aka money printing) would have led to high inflation if not hyperinflation. Several factors have helped to keep prices in check.

First, it needs to be pointed out, though, that inflation is actually a lot higher than what the government reports. This has been pretty convincingly proven in the case of the United States. Official statistics may not see it, but people sure feel it.

Secondly, the asset price bubbles in real estate and financial markets in fact represent inflation, it’s just not officially recorded as such. As it is only the 10% (and increasingly, the 1%) who get the money, they spend it on the stuff that counts for them, stocks and real estate.

Keeping their loot offshore also helps to dampen inflation at home. The squeeze on the middle classes and stagnating wages, is sadly an important factor in keeping inflation down. Ordinary people just can’t afford to buy.

One should also note, that resulting from the illusionary debt-fueled prosperity and its effect on keeping the local Western currencies artificially high, there has actually been an inflation in wages and production costs, but only in relative terms in comparison with the emerging world.



Related: Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Huge growth of the Chinese manufacturing industry coupled with massive influx of cheap labor from the rural countryside into the cities enabled China for a couple of decades to constantly increase its exports to the US and Europe and these countries to keep prices down. (Including by domestic industries having to lower prices in competition). With the Trump trade wars and dramatically increasing protectionism, this will change. And it could get very ugly.

Finally, there is an important consideration that few if anyone seem to understand.

That is the fact that the US and other Western countries have been able to print the stupendous amounts of money while keeping rates down and without the currency values crashing only because they enjoy local currency monopolies in their respective territories.

The USD has of course been enjoying a global monopoly, but that is fast fading. All the other factors mentioned above (and several other ones), have enabled to prop up and prolong these currency monopolies, but there is a limit to everything.

Under a possible recession scenario, I would expect some of the lesser currencies to lose their monopoly trust and that would shatter the position of the bigger currencies USD and Euro and force them to raise interest rates.

I have earlier written more in detail about this in a report titled How the Dollar and Euro Monopolies Destroyed the Real Market Economy

The below chart suggests that the Western countries are already on the way to lose their respective currency monopolies.

The BRICS countries (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa) now have a combined GDP (measured in PPP, which is the only correct way to measure the relative size of national economies) larger than not only the G7 countries, but the US and Eurozone economies combined.



At its foundation in 1973, the G7 countries had a combined GDP PPP of 50% of the world economy, by today it is down to 30%. In the same time the nominal GDP share of world economy has crashed from 80% to 40%.

The currency monopolies came with the economic superiority, it is therefore only natural that with the economic domination goes the currency domination, too. If we haven’t reached the tipping point yet, then that will happen within 5 to 10 years.

In summary, everything else unchanged, the risk of inflation picking up with just a few percentage points could have the entire Western financial systems coming crashing down due to the pressure on interest rates growing.

The Fed and the ECB are continuously speaking about their inflation targets and how they want to pump the markets with more liquidity to raise inflation.

There could yet be a big surprise in store for them. Interest rates as such could also be the primary trigger (even without inflation first rising), as nations would have to protect their currencies and attract financing for their colossal debtbergs.

Must add as a P.S. that the incipient flight to gold might well be one of the trigger events for those currencies to lose their monopolies. (Gold price is up 20% since May).



Related: Why Gold Is Money - Fiat Money Creates An Immoral Society: Money With Real Value Is Crucial


Deleveraging Will Come

These massive borrowings have delivered nothing of tangible value. Now, when the party is nearly over all there is left are the debt bubbles that have hit the roof.

The real values of all the assets below bear no relation to the money that went into inflating the balloons. What’s left is economic hardship for 80% of the people, a crumbling infrastructure and simmering social tensions.

The debt saturation point has been reached, therefore this time it will be different, the central bankers have lost their magic wand and won’t be able to renew the debt binge and extend it with one more decade.

Instead, there will be a day of reckoning. Governments and corporations will have to put their act together and let the market weed out the failed entities. Those who cannot carry the debt, will have to shed it.

There will be bloodbath with defaults, bankruptcies and massive unemployment. – Perhaps a revolution here and there. – There will be no choice, deleveraging must happen.

Now, whether this system will come crashing down or just slowly die as it trundles downhill will not matter all that much. It will eventually die either way. Most people would prefer the slow motion option, but only with the crash would a cure come.

Whatever, it has become increasingly difficult to stave off the crash and this time around, the financial markets would take the real economy down with them big time.



Related: Russia-China Real Gold Standard Means End Of US Dollar Dominance


The Impressive Figures on Russia

The question then is, who would be left standing? Naturally, those who are less leveraged. Now, scroll back to have a new look at the above charts on government and household debt.

Find the position of Russia there? That’s right. Russia is the country with – by far – the least debt, both public and private. Having after 2014 following sanctions been cut off from the Western debt orgy, even Russian corporations are shielded against a possible Western debt apocalypse.

In a global recession, no country is safe, but Russia looks to have quite a lot going for it in terms of economic advantages. Russia’s national balance sheet is next to none with by far the lowest debt of all major countries. All economic actors, the government, corporations and households are economically solid and minimally leveraged.

Not only is the government virtually debtless, but it has again replenished its spectacular forex and sovereign wealth fund reserves. On top of that comes a hefty budget surplus.

Yes, you heard that right, surplus. In a time when all Western countries are in a chronic fight against deficits, you rarely even hear the term budget surplus. And more, Russia runs the world’s third biggest trade surplus.



Related: Trump Slams Dems For “Defrauding The Public With Ridiculous Bullshit” & The Shame Of America: Russia Gate Hoax And Mainstream Media Lies – Hanne Nabintu Herland, WND, Herland Report

Add to that the current account surplus, and there’s the hat trick in form of your classic triple surpluses. Russia has a lot more going for it, too, as we will see.

Let’s look at Russia’s present financial health report.

Thanks to import substitution (domestic production instead of imports to neutralize sanctions) Russia’s industrial production rose 2.6% year-on-year in June. (USA +1.1%, UK +0.8%, Japan -2.4%, Germany -5.9%).

Above, we mentioned that US industrial production was up with as little as a cumulative 5% since 2008 to date. In the same period Russia’s industry grew 18% notwithstanding the hardships of sanctions and sharp drop in oil price. In fact, since 2014 when the sanctions were first imposed, Russia’s industry has grown 12%.

Russia’s merchandise trade surplus for the first half of 2019 was $93 billion, ranking third in the world after China and Germany and before South Korea. Imports were down by 3%, the other side of the coin of growing domestic manufacturing.

Even when exports also were slightly down, lower imports will keep the surplus on track to reach levels near $200 billion for the full year, just under last year’s record $212 billion.

Q1 Current Account Surplus clocked in at $33 billion, up 10% over the year.

In this connection, it might be helpful to remind that Russia’s economy is nowhere near as dependent on fossil fuel extraction as it is habitually believed in the West. In fact, oil and gas only account for 10% of Russia’s GDP according to World Bank statistics. (In 2017, total natural resources share of GDP was 10.7%, but that includes minerals and forest, too).



Related: The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves: Gold Is Waterproof And Indestructible In The Sea Of Fiat Currencies

We also need to point out that Russia has an enormous strength by way of being the world’s most self-sufficient major country. Russia has the by far lowest level of imports relative to GDP of all countries, as evidenced by below table.

It shows that Russia’s imports as a share of GDP was as low as 7.2%, while the corresponding level for Western European countries was between 30 to 40%.

The extraordinary low levels of imports in a global comparison obviously signifies that Russia produces domestically a much higher share of all that it consumes (and invests), this in turn means that the economy is superbly diversified contrary to the claims of most so-called Russia experts.



Despite initial scares, inflation has remained low even when the VAT rate was from the new year raised from 18% to 20%. The rolling 12-month inflation runs at 4.6% but with the declining trend the full year inflation is expected to hit the central bank’s target 4%.

The job market continues strong with record low unemployment levels, while the job participation rate has not deteriorated (so no tricks here). The July reading of 4.6% translates to 3.4 million unemployed, which is low for a country with a population of 146 million. The strength of the labor market was underscored by an increase of real salaries by 3.5% by July. This while disposable income otherwise has remained subdued.

Whereas the US is combating persistent budget deficits (latest reading, a deficit of 4.5% of GDP) – likewise the EU countries – Russia mustered a huge budget surplus equal to 3.4% of the GDP by July this year.

Russia’s foreign exchange and gold reserves have also done a spectacular comeback reaching $520 billion.

The Russia sovereign wealth fund surged in July to reach a value equal to 7.2% of GDP.

Despite the wholesome macroeconomic environment and impressive figures, Russia’s GDP growth has been less than 1% so far this year (year-on-year 0.6% in Q1 and 0.9% in Q2). However, by the looks of it the fundamental economy seems to be growing and modernizing, while the drag on the growth comes from depressed household consumption.

What’s more important, though, is that while Russia’s growth is hovering around the 1%, so is that of all of the Western world. (Accuse me of whataboutism if you will, but these things need to be put in perspective). Q2 growth in the Eurozone was 1.1%, with Germany even about to slide into recession.



Related: NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

UK clocked in at 1.2% and Japan at 0.4%. (All figures, year-on-year). The US showed only 2% (revised down 28 August) even when fueled by a mountainous budget deficit set to reach $1 trillion for the fiscal year and despite all that easy money the Fed keeps pumping out. Only China remained firmly in growth territory with 6.2%.

But, the real conundrum is, how can Russia produce the same GDP as all the Western countries with their seemingly limitless injections of give-away money? How is it possible that all those trillions and trillions that the Western central bankers have thrown on the economy do not produce any real incremental economic output?

The big disadvantage Russia has compared with the Western countries is the exorbitant real interest rate that the central bank maintains. The steering rate is presently 7.25%, with inflation predicted to be 4%, that translates into a primary real interest of 3.25%. Compare that with the negative real interest – and even negative yields – of competitor countries.

As the Russian central bank has failed to create a real banking sector, which would lend according to international standards to the country’s businesses, the ones that are lucky to get a loan at all would look to pay interest at the level of 15% or more (save the largest corporations).

The Governor of the Russian Central Bank Elvira Nabiullina does not see this as a problem, though. She has said that instead she would pin her hopes on improving the countries investment climate (sic!). (She calls for improvement of corporate governance, development of human capital, and all kinds of nice things. That would sure do it.)

Recently, Putin called a high profile meeting with Nabiullina, the minister for economic development Maxim Oreshkin, and the finance minister Anton Sulanov, to express his deep concern with the sluggish GDP growth and stagnating income.



Related: Putin Eviscerated Liberalism, Calling It "Obsolete", In Wide-Ranging Interview Ahead Of G-20

No doubt, that the depressed income is not only a drag on the economy but on the president’s popularity. There is only one quick fix for it. The government and the CBR must ditch their overzealous austerity programs.

It’s good that Russia is not over leveraged with debt, but certainly some debt would be in order to finance the infrastructure and other national strategic development programs instead of ripping it off people’s backs. Free the funds for raising pensions and public service salaries instead.

And most importantly, Nabiullina must lower the rates and not run real interests in excess of 3% when the rest of the developed world is in negative territory. There is no other quick remedy for raising people’s income. That’s Putin’s choice. Hope somebody tells that to him.

In conclusion, we are not saying that Russia would not be hurt by a coming recession, we merely express our confidence that Russia is among the world’s countries best placed to cope with it.


Related Articles:

More Undeniable Signs That The Global Criminal Cabal Is Going Down + Obama, Hillary Clinton Both Supported Trump’s Plan To Stop Migrants At Border

The CIA Takeover of America in the 1960s is the Story of Our Times

A Chart Exposing How The Bilderberg Group Controls The Entire World

Fabian Society

Without Disinformation, NATO Would Crumble

Forcing the Peace and Prosperity Agenda

The Impossible Fight Against America's Stadiums

74 NASA Scientists Dead: Largest Cover-up in Human History Continues

Report: This Major Internet Company Has Stockpiled Three Months of Food and $10 Million In Gold For Their Employees: “We Don’t Trust Wall Street”...

Mad Scientists Are Creating Monsters In Laboratories Around The World

How To Kill a Whole Lot of People: Scripps Scientists Publish How They Made H7N9 Virus More Transmissible

Merkel Caught on Camera Physically Shaking, Blames Dehydration

Elizabeth Holmes’ “Theranos” fraud was actually a plot to surveil the blood and DNA of everyone

A modest proposal indeed: Academia considers cannibalism

The Horrifying Fetal Body Parts Market

Tulsi Gabbard Suggests The Government Is Run By A Small Group Of Political Elite

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda

The Fall And Rise Of Truth, Trust And Society’s Capacity For Wisdom

Globalists Unite: Elites Target Trump, Nationalism At Davos

Eleven Whistleblowers Who’ve Shared Information The Global Elite Don’t Want You To Know

Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And
Incumbents Almost Always Win

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web
September 15 2019 | From: GreenMedInfo / TheGreatAwakeningReport / Various

At the turn of the 20th century, in NYC, for one dollar, you could have grabbed yourself what was at the time, the most comprehensive medical book ever published in a Western language - one that clearly acknowledges the many ways foods and plants heal serious disease.



The Merck Manual, also known as the The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy, is the oldest continuously published English language medical textbook, and the best-selling medical textbook worldwide.

Related: Why Does Modern Medicine Have A Big Problem With Natural Health?

The first edition titled, “Merck’s 1899 Manual of the Materia Medica.” was produced by George Merck, founder of Merck & Co, in New York as a subsidiary of the family company established in Germany in 1668.

Today, Merck & Co. has grown into a multinational corporation with an annual revenue of $43 billion dollars, and hires tens of thousands of employees throughout the world. [Unfortunately, as has happened on many occasions - companies that were founded with good intentions have since been co-opted.]

The 1899 manual was laid out in the following three parts:


1. “All those Simple Medicinal Substances (that is, drugs and chemicals) which are in current and well-established use in the medical practice of this country”

2. “The principal means of treatment for each form of disease, as reported to be in good use with practitioners at the present time.”

3. “The modes of action of the various medicaments [as laid out in Part 1]."



Related: The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

The 1899 manual promised to provide the physicians of the time;


“... a complete Ready-Reference Book covering the entire eligible Materia Medica. A glance over it just before or just after seeing a patient will refresh his memory in a way that will facilitate his coming to a decision.”

Materia Medica is a Latin term for the extant body of collected knowledge about the therapeutic properties of any substance used for healing (i.e., medicines).



Related: Ten Monumentally False Claims Made By Conventional Medicine About Health + How Far Has The Medical
Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?


Perhaps what is the most striking thing about the first 1899 edition of the Merck Manual is that many of the remedies listed are entirely natural.

It would not be until 1906 that Congress, with the strong support of President Theodore Roosevelt, would pass the Pure Food and Drug Act, which would usher in the era of pharmaceutical medicine, largely consisting of patented, synthetically produced medications.

In 1899, the standard of care included toxic compounds like arsenic and mercury, as well as completely natural ones derived from common plants and foods, but few if any patented drugs. 


The Pharmaceutical Industry Has Always Depended on Natural Medicine

While this may be counintertuivive about the origins of what has become, arguably, the world’s most powerful international pharmaceutical company, namely: natural medicine is still the basis for the vast majority of today's blockbuster pharmaceutical products.



Related: What Is Natural Health? A Comprehensive Guide to Living Healthy

In fact, 63% (537 of 847 small molecule-based pharmaceuticals) of all drugs introduced since 1981 were derived from natural products or had a natural product-inspired design.

And perhaps even more noteworthy, of the 155 anti-cancer drugs developed since the 1940's, only one would be considered de novo chemical (with absolutely no relationship to inspiration from a natural chemical compound!)



Related: Natural Health: The Silver Bullet To Medical Vampires + Australia To Search Out And Prosecute Anti-Vax
Nurses And Midwives; Calls For Public To Turn Them In


Thanks to the Gutenberg Project, the original version was released to the public on December 24th, 2012 for free access and distribution, making it possible for millions around the world to see the humble, and surprisingly natural-medicine based origin story of today’s dominant and global pharmaceutical empire.

You can view a fully scanned and text searchable version of the 1899 Merck Manual here

The manual contains reference to hundreds of foods and commonly used natural products, such as arnica, papain, cod liver oil, valerian, camphor and myrrh. [For our readers who have the time and inclination, please list additional natural compounds from the manual in the comments section below this article].





Cannabis, for instance, is listed as a medicine 62 different times, including for the following conditions:

Cannabis Indica: as diuretic in hematuria.

Cannabis Indica: as diuretic in acute and chronic Bright's disease with hematuria.

Cannabis Indica: sometimes useful in chronic cases.

Cannabis Indica: Bladder, Paralysis of...iin retention from spinal disease.

Cannabis Indica: in very chronic cases of Chronic, Bronchitis

Cannabis Indica: Cholera Asiatica.

Cannabis Indica: Chorea: may do good; often increases the choreic movements.

Cannabis Indica: in retention from spinal disease.

Cannabis Indica: Bright’s Disease.

Cannabis Indica: Climacteric Disorders.

Cannabis Indica: Corns

Cannabis Indica: Coughs

Cannabis Indica: in nocturnal delirium occurring in softening of the brain.

Cannabis Indica: Delirium Tremens (associated with Alcoholism)

Consider that the list of remedies in the manual were often food-based.

For example, for Delirium Tremens related to alcoholism, the Merck Manual lists “Beef-tea,” as “most useful,” and “Food: nutritious; more to be depended on than anything else.”
Imagine if a doctor today recommended such “quackery” in todays’ pharmaceutically-dominated paradigm?

As we've discussed previously, even the term "snake oil" comes from the use of snake lipids by Chinese railroad workers as a linament to soothe aching muscles.

And "quack" from the use of mercury amalgams by early dentists.

History has an amazing ability to provide context

Merck’s 1899 incredible compendium of ‘natural cures’ would define the medical practices and thinking of the age, and for at least three more decades.



Related: Government Stance On Medical Cannabis 'Unlawful' + Dr. Oz Drops Cannabis Truth On Fox News

This is additionally confirmed through an amazing map of ‘herbal cures’ from 1932 released by Slate, which included medicinal plants in common use among pharmacists and the public back then. The map itself states under the heading 'The Service of Pharmacy':


“It is important that the public does not lose sight of the fact that the professions of Pharmacy, Medicine, and Dentistry, each give an essential service, which must not be impaired or destroyed by commercial trends.

The public and the professions will suffer equally if these services are allowed to deteriorate. In pharmacy the public should understand something of the breadth of knowledge required of the pharmacist.

Few people realize the extent to which plants and minerals enter into the practice of pharmacy, and how vital they are to the maintenance of the public health.

It has been stated that upwards of 70 percent of all medicines employed are plant products.”

Flash forward 80 years and we have a medical system which relies almost entirely on patented chemicals and/or biologicals that are far removed from anything resembling the 'back yard farmacy' of yesteryear.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Natural Health Special + What Is the Natural Allopathic Protocol Useful For? & Why Whole Foods Are
Always Better Than Nutritional Supplements


The FDA's very definition of a drug now precludes the use of natural substances, and drug-based medicine has become a form of human sacrifice,
on a scale that may exceed previous civilizations sacrifice of their population for ostensibly religious reasons.

This map should be shared far and wide and hopefully will shed light on the massive, emergent database of natural substances (there are about 1700 indexed on our website alone) that can be used to treat a staggeringly wide range of health conditions (over 3,000 indexed on our site alone).



Related Articles:

The health benefits of lemon water

Why you need magnesium if you’re constantly stressed or anxious

Magical medical mushrooms? Psychedelics have surprising health benefits, may be next big thing in treating addiction, depression

Magnesium works better than prescription drugs for treating symptoms of depression

War on Coconut Oil: California Companies Attacked to try and Prevent the Sale of Coconut

Baking soda in the garden: 10 natural remedy uses for this basic household staple



The Healing Web

A Guide to Holisitc & Allopathic Health Care:



Click on the image above to download a high-resolution PDF of the full document

The Great Awakening Report has partnered with Dylan Louis Monroe (@masterconspiracy), the mastermind behind the Deep State Mapping Project in releasing The Healing Web, a map exposing the truth about the health industry, the battles waged against our health, and holistic approaches to treat what ails you.  

Related: Healthy gut bacteria can protect you from just about ANY age-related disease, new study finds

Please download a copy of The Healing Web to use as a reference and guide in your own personal journey to seek and maintain good health.

The Healing Web is a bi-hemisphered index of holistic and pharmacological remedies for most common illnesses and conditions. It’s a visual aid to illustrate the variety of alternative therapies available, and the central importance of diet in treating all diseases.

Western Medicine, though useful at times, is built on toxic treatments that fail to address the true causes of disease, and lure trusting patients into lifelong treatment plans.

The web includes the historical origins of both systems in the upper corners of the diagram.

An optimal approach to healthcare would utilize the best techniques of both systems. Let the Healing Web guide YOU to find lasting physical and spiritual healing.

DISCLAIMER: These statements are intended to inspire you to pursue your own independent research, and should not be used to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease. Consult your Higher Self for further guidance.



Related: World’s Elite Try To Wipe Out All Knowledge And Use Of Natural Cures, While They Privately Use Them For Their Own Longevity


Words From the Healing Web

A majority of the 1st World is presently witnessing a catastrophic state of institutional failure in their primary state-sponsored Medical industries.

Hospitals are being built at breakneck speeds to combat a global health crisis, but in reality, it’s not actually a crisis at all but in fact a masterfully orchestrated plan carried out by a sick Cabal of elite profiteers.

Previously known as “Robber Barons”, their wealth goes all !he way back to Pharaoh.

Over centuries, they’ve studied psychology, black magic and alchemy, and used their advanced occult knowledge against the common man.

In a way the Healing Web is comparing the worst of Big Pharma to the best of Holistic medicine.

That may seem biased at first, but as you come to understand the full history, and that Medicine is partially being employed as a tool for mass extermination, Holistic philosophy is clearly the better choice of first resort.

Diet modification alone could prevent or reverse a majority of diseases, but our institutions have misled us on some of the most fundamental aspects of health & nutrition.



Related: How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

They have lied about what is unhealthy, while at the same time, they’ve taken naturally healthy foods and sapped the nutrition out of them through cooking & pasteurization.


Other foods have been transformed into poison by adding preservatives, and sugar [or toxic chemical sugar replacements.]

Many personal physicians may mean well, but the core of the Medical industry is frightfully corrupt. The interaction between Government, Big Pharma, Big Agra, and Big Food constitutes a perpetual genocide we’ve come to accept as the norm.

Thankfully, we still have a choice. Every condition would benefit from a multifaceted approach to treatment such as a combination of detox, diet, exercise, immune support through supplementation, and energetic and spiritual healing.

A holistic approach can even include a pharmacological treatment, with ancillary natural remedies to minimize side effects.

What is the optimal diet for human health and longevity? Many are struggling to find an answer to this question.

The debate has been polluted with much propaganda and misinformation from every side. Clearly the standard Western diet that most people grew up with was the wrong answer.

Excess sugar and fried food have fueled one of the greatest unacknowledged epidemics man has ever known. Many are switching to a Vegan diet in retaliation to the obvious horrors of factory farming, but is Veganism really the best answer?



Related: The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists,
Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

The progression of altruistic dieting from Vegan to Fruitarian, to Liquitarian, to Breatharian ends in severe malnutrition unless one miraculously develops supernatural Buddhist abilities.

This is not a rational long term diet plan for ordinary people. Food anchors our souls to the 3D world. To achieve 5D consciousness through starvation is a form of self destruction, and defeats the purpose of this incarnation.

Many who tried Veganism and experienced negative consequences have now gone back to a Carnivorous diet, and recognize that the mainstream push for Veganism may be part of the New World Order’s depopulation agenda.

We have been indoctrinated with a conception of beauty that idealizes anorexia and the malnourishment of women. Are we being soyed down, and fed frankenfood to make us docile and more easy to manage, as part of the same strategy that gave us water fluoridation and atmospheric aerosol injections?

We are living through a war against our personal health being led by the establishment. To survive, we must go back to what we know is real, natural, and tested by time; organic food, sustainable farming, and raw nutrition.

We’ve developed a culinary culture that involves overcooking everything, destroying beneficial enzymes, bacterial cultures, and proteins. This causes poor digestion and malabsorption of nutrients, which can have a negative domino effect leading to greater systemic illnesses.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

It’s time lo unlearn everything we’ve been taught by the agencies we thought we could trust. Diet aside, the healing technologies being withheld from the public could extend life close to immortality.

The prospect of eternal life may sound alluring, but it raises logistical capacity concerns.

Does humanity have the maturity yet to adhere to a more ethical population regulation strategy that doesn’t rely on mass deception, or are we as a species nothing more than a swarm of locust, pillaging one continent to the next, consuming planet after planet, leaving barren radioactive ruins in our path? Would we be considered a plague by the rest of the galaxy?

Natural law dictates “kill or be killed”, but how does civilization fit into the equation?

All energy and life force is recycled from something that came before it. We are all one, and simultaneously individual refractions of Source.

The universe embodies the Eastern wisdom of Yin and Yang, not the new age mantra “Love and Light”.

Our mission, beyond survival, is to learn how to coexist in harmony with each other and all other sentient life in the universe, to create, and make progress without it devolving into endless consumption, our current societal model.


Related Articles:

The Stages of Fasting: What Happens to Your Body When You Fast?

Here’s the science on why you’re a mosquito magnet (plus some natural ways to keep them at bay)

Baking Soda Tricks and Uses Every Woman And Man Should Know| 5-Minute Treatment

Six Natural ways to boost your stamina and improve your mental and physical health

Ancient Remedy to Treat Asthma, Bronchitis and Chronic Lung Disease With 1 Tablespoon (After Every Meal)


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Darwinism Is “Full Of Holes” And Obsolete As A Scientific Theory, Declares Yale Professor + Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline
September 14 2019 | From: NaturalNews / Uncensored / NewAtlas / Various

A growing number of scientists are abandoning the evolutionary theory once proposed by Charles Darwin, as it simply does not hold up to scientific scrutiny.



One of these Darwin dissenters is David Gelernter, a well-known writer and professor at Yale University who has publicly announced that he is now done with Darwin’s theory because it has too many “holes,” and is painfully outdated.

Related: Huge contradictions in 'scientific' thinking revealed: Theory of evolution in no way explains origins of life

On the other hand, “intelligent design,” as it is often called, should not be dismissed, according to Gelernter, because it is a “serious” theory backed by evidence that, in many cases, is far more compelling than anything Darwin and his acolytes have ever presented.

In Gelernter’s view, it is a real shame that “free speech” about opposing theories like this are often squelched through scientific consensus to Darwinism, which he says has become its own “religion” to many of the academics who adhere to it.

Writing in an essay that he entitled, “Giving Up Darwin,” Gelernter notes that one of the foundational tenets of Darwin’s theory of evolution, the idea that a given life form has the ability to evolve into a completely different life form, has basically never been adequately demonstrated using the scientific method.


“Darwin’s theory predicts that new life forms evolve gradually from old ones in a constantly branching, spreading tree of life,” Gelernter explains in his essay.

“Those brave new Cambrian creatures must therefore have had Precambrian predecessors, similar but not quite as fancy and sophisticated,” he adds.

“They could not have all blown out suddenly, like a bunch of geysers. Each must have had a closely related predecessor, which must have had its own predecessors.”

For more about how the scientific establishment rejects opposing theories to Darwinism not as a matter of science, but as a perpetuation of the “religion” of evolution, be sure to check out ScienceTyranny.

The fact that it is virtually impossible to create a functional stable protein proves that Darwin’s theory of evolution is a lie.



Related: Nine Scientific Facts Prove The "Theory Of Evolution" Is False

Gelernter also points out in his paper that it remains a “near impossibility” to create a functional stable protein, which means it is even more impossible for one to just pop up randomly in nature as Darwin’s theory of evolution would require.

This alone, it would seem, disproves Darwinism largely on its own, further illustrating the religious nature of believing in evolution, which in many ways has already been thoroughly disproven.


“Immense is so big, and tiny is so small, that neo-Darwinian evolution is – so far – a dead loss,” Gelernter explains.

“Try to mutate your way from 150 links of gibberish to a working, useful protein and you are guaranteed to fail,he goes on to explain.

Try it with ten mutations, a thousand, a million – you fail. The odds bury you. It can’t be done.

Stopping short of actually subscribing to the intelligent design theory, or the idea that an intelligent God created all things, Gelernter does admit that it remains an “absolutely serious argument,” and one that serious, honest scientists would do well to consider as they aim to hone in on the origin of all things.



Related: Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong

However, many establishment scientists patently reject it, and are more than willing to “destroy” anyone who dares to even propose it as a possibility – their closed minds and willful blindness on the subject impairing their ability to engage in any type of critical thinking on the subject.


“What I’ve seen, in their behavior intellectually and at colleges across the West, is nothing approaching free speech on this topic,” Gerlernter says.

“It’s a bitter rejection, not just – a sort of bitter, fundamental, angry, outraged, violent rejection, which comes nowhere near scientific or intellectual discussion. I’ve seen that happen again and again. ‘I’m a Darwinist, don’t you say a word against it, or, I don’t wanna hear it, period.”



Related Articles:

The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand

Michael Tellinger And Jim Marrs: Suppressed Ancient History & Real History

Hidden Origins - Michael Tellinger

Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns




Mysterious Fossil Footprints May Cast Doubt On Human Evolution Timeline

Backing up what the Alternative Archaeology crowd have been saying for years, it seems humans have been around for many millions of years.



The standard model of human evolution seems to be unravelling and it all seems to be realigning to the alternative theories that were being rubbished not so long ago. In fact it all seems to happening with careful timing. But hey, I’m a “tin hatter” so I see conspiracies everywhere!

Related: Zealandia: Study Confirms Earth Has Hidden Continent + Eight Things You Need To Know About Zealandia, Our Brand New Continent

As if the Laetoli footprints weren’t controversial enough (they aren’t “Lucy” prints regardless of what her adherents claim, and in fact are indistinguishable from modern human footprints) along comes these bipedal hominid prints pushing the timeline back by millions of years further…and not from Africa!

And  a human foot logically suggests a human body. So there goes “out of Africa” and there goes “Lucy is Eve” out the window.

We share plenty of features with apes, but the shape of our feet isn’t one of them. So that makes the discovery of human-like footprints dating back 5.7 million years – a time when our ancestors were thought to still be getting around on ape-like feet – a surprising one.

Further confounding the mystery is the fact that these prints were found in the Greek islands, implying hominins left Africa much earlier than our current narrative suggests.



Related: Twenty History Questions They Refuse To Answer In School

Fossilized bones and footprints have helped us piece together the history of human evolution.

One of the earliest hominins – ancestors of ours that are more closely related to humans than chimps – was a species called Ardipithecus ramidus, which is known from over 100 specimens.

Living about 4.4 million years ago, it had an ape-like foot, with the hallux (the big toe) pointing out sideways rather than falling in line like ours.


Fast-forward about 700,000 years, and a set of footprints from Laetoli in Tanzania shows that a more human foot shape had evolved by then.

Enter the newly-discovered footprints. Found in Trachilos in western Crete, they have a distinctly human-like shape, with a big toe of a similar size, shape and position to ours.



Related: An Ancient Device Too Advanced To Be Real Gives Up Its Secrets At Last + Is This Proof Of Aliens In Peru?

They appear to have been made by a more primitive hominin than the creature that left the Laetoli prints, but there’s a problem: they also predate Ardipithecus by about 1.3 million years.

That means a human-like foot had evolved much earlier than previously thought, throwing a spanner into the accepted idea that the ape-footed Ardipithecus was a direct human ancestor.



A close-up of one of the 5.7 million-year-old footprints, which shows a remarkably human-like shape from a time when our ancestors were thought to still walk on ape-like feet

Related: Top 10 Unexplained Ancient Artifacts

These footprints were fairly clearly dated to the Miocene period, about 5.7 million years ago.

According to the researchers, they lie in a layer of rock just below a distinctive layer that formed when the Mediterranean sea dried out, about 5.6 million years ago.

To further back up the dating, the team analyzed the age of marine microfossils from sections of rock above and below the prints.

But the age of the Trachilos tracks isn't the only mysterious feature about them: where they were found is also key.

Until recently, the fossil record suggested that hominins originated in Africa and didn't expand into Europe and Asia until about 1.8 million years ago.



Related: Unexplainable Discovery: Ancient Indian Mandala Found At Peru’s Nazca Lines

But these prints indicate that something with remarkably humanoid feet was traipsing through Greece millions of years earlier than conventional wisdom holds.

Interestingly, this find lines up with another recent discovery that could rewrite human history. Back in May, a study described 7 million-year-old bones of a hominin species called Graecopithecus freybergi, which were discovered in Greece and Bulgaria.

That find represented such a huge discrepancy from the current thinking that the researchers pondered whether it meant that the human and chimp branches of the family tree originally split in Europe, and not Africa.

The new study might correlate that conclusion.


This discovery challenges the established narrative of early human evolution head-on and is likely to generate a lot of debate," says Per Ahlberg, last author of the paper.

"Whether the human origins research community will accept fossil footprints as conclusive evidence of the presence of hominins in the Miocene of Crete remains to be seen."

The research was published in the journal Proceedings of the Geologist's Association.


Possible Hominin Footprints From the Late Miocene (c. 5.7 Ma) of Crete?

We describe late Miocene tetrapod footprints (tracks) from the Trachilos locality in western Crete (Greece), which show hominin-like characteristics.

They occur in an emergent horizon within an otherwise marginal marine succession of Messinian age (latest Miocene), dated to approximately 5.7 Ma (million years), just prior to the Messinian Salinity Crisis.

The tracks indicate that the trackmaker lacked claws, and was bipedal, plantigrade, pentadactyl and strongly entaxonic.

The impression of the large and non-divergent first digit (hallux) has a narrow neck and bulbous asymmetrical distal pad.



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

The lateral digit impressions become progressively smaller so that the digital region as a whole is strongly asymmetrical.

A large, rounded ball impression is associated with the hallux. Morphometric analysis shows the footprints to have outlines that are distinct from modern non-hominin primates and resemble those of hominins.

The interpretation of these footprints is potentially controversial.

The print morphology suggests that the trackmaker was a basal member of the clade Hominini, but as Crete is some distance outside the known geographical range of pre-Pleistocene hominins we must also entertain the possibility that they represent a hitherto unknown late Miocene primate that convergently evolved human-like foot anatomy.

Read More Here


Related Articles:

Mars And Earth Have Same Ancient Man Rock-Engraving: Visitors To Both Planets?

Evidence Of Prehistoric Civilizations: 3 Pieces Of Advanced Ancient Technology Hundreds Of Millions Of Years Old


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
World Extreme Weather: Is It Man Or Something Else?
September 13 2019 | From: GlobalResearch / Various

Our planet seems to be in a growing crisis in terms of agriculture and crop production related to unusual weather shifts.



Many reports in recent months use the term “extreme weather” to describe record heat across Europe this [Northern Hemisphere] summer, record flooding in US Midwest farm states, or record drought across India and major parts of Africa and China.

Related: Ben Livingston: The Father of Weaponized Weather

Parts of the USA Midwest are undergoing the worst growing conditions since at least the 1980s. In the UK the weather has been ruinous to the grain harvest there.

The crucial question to ask is whether we can assume, as many do, that this is all part of man-made global warming, today renamed climate change, or whether it can be caused by something quite different:

The periodic cycles of solar activity that in the past months have entered what astro-scientists call a “solar minimum.

If it is due to the latter, we are spending huge sums on addressing a wrong problem, in fact trillions of dollars.

Until this July large parts of India were suffering record drought. Chennai reservoirs were down to 0.2% of capacity over the past two years as a severe heat wave saw 99% less water than a year ago.

Acute water shortages have forced thousands to flee their villages.

Though in early August above-average monsoon seasonal rains relieved the situation in some parts, so far the rainfall is far from adequate to restore empty reservoirs across India.




Related: Climate Change Hoax Collapses As Michael Mann’s Bogus “Hockey Stick” Graph Defamation Lawsuit Dismissed By The Supreme Court Of British Columbia

In China severe drought has left about 800,000 hectares of crops affected in northern China’s Hebei Province with rainfall some 55% below normal.

That comes as a devastation of China’s pig population from the deadly African Swine Fever spreads and crops across the country are being destroyed by a plague of Army Fallworm infestation that is resistant to most weed-killers.

At the same time record rains have devastated agriculture in key growing regions. In the UK excessive rainfall in August has brought the wheat harvest to a halt according to the National Farmers’ Union.

Across the major US Midwest record snowfall in winter, coupled with record rains this spring, have severely delayed plantings for corn and soybeans.

The twelve months through July have been the wettest on record in the Midwest grain belt resulting in millions of acres going unplanted.

In Africa, Zambia is experiencing the worst drought since 1981, and severe drought in other African countries is reported.


Solar Minimum…

The events have been dramatized by various advocacy groups and political parties as proof that man-made global warming - emissions of CO2 from industry, coal plants, cars and the like - are the cause.

We are being inundated with proposals for new taxes in the hundreds of billions of dollars in especially the European Union, taxes that we are told are needed to solve this problem. What if we are focused on the wrong cause-effect relation?

Recent research suggests that we have been too limited in our science and are ignoring what is likely orders of magnitude a greater influence in world weather and its shifts than any manmade emissions.

What is relevant to this discussion is the fact that no linear climate model used by the UN IPCC or any of the hundreds of climate think tanks around the world are able to model what is by far the greatest single factor affecting our weather, the “moody” sun.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To
Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

What astrophysicists have documented is that our sun - by far the greatest factor for whether we experience heat or cold spells, El Nino Pacific events, or severe volcanic or earthquake activity as in the past months - that the sun undergoes a complex cyclical series of intense activity followed by declining activity, activity commonly known as sunspots or solar eruptions, huge electro-magnetic events.

Typically the sun eruptions come in roughly 11 year cycles of peaks and lows. These cycles overlay longer cycles and relate to the highly complex motion of our solar system in the universe.

Currently since 2018 we are experiencing a period of significant decline in solar activity, a solar minimum. The last such was during 2008-2009. 

There is convincing evidence that this minimum will be what is called a Grand Solar Minimum, far more than any in the recent decades. What are observable effects of such cyclical solar minimum periods?


Cosmic Rays and Clouds

According to astrophysicists, when the sun’s magnetic field weakens, the outward pressure of the solar wind decreases.

This allows more cosmic rays to penetrate our planet’s atmosphere. In turn the cosmic rays hitting Earth’s atmosphere create aerosols which, in turn, seed clouds. According to Dr Roy Spencer;


Clouds are the Earth’s sunshade, and if cloud cover changes for any reason, you have global warming, or global cooling.”




Hurricane Dorian Microwave Beam Proof

This shows proof of a microwave beam, weakening and steering Hurricane Dorian, before it hit the North Carolina coast.

The beam comes from an SBX type megawatt microwave transmitter at a Marine Air Base.

The US navy is not going to be happy about this video. This microwave technology is killing the oceans, by punching hundreds of holes in the ozone layer, every week.

These microwave beams are weapons, killing Mother Nature, herself. We humans, who have awareness of these doomsday technologies, must speak out, and shut them down. Simply disclosing these devices MAY be enough to curtail their use. So please add your voice to help stop the deliberate killing of OUR planet!







Related:
Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed





The US Government’s National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) says;


All weather on Earth, from the surface of the planet out into space, begins with the Sun.

Space weather and terrestrial weather (the weather we feel at the surface) are influenced by the small changes the Sun undergoes during its solar cycle
.

The most important impact the Sun has on Earth is from the brightness or irradiance of the Sun itself.

What are the effects of a weaker solar activity, a more dormant cycle as we now experience of less solar energy or irradiance reaching Earth?

In addition to increased cloud coverage globally, the vital jet streams weaken and volcanic activity increases, along with earth quakes, combined with erratic unpredictable weather.

The Earth’s magnetosphere, which normally locks the Jet Stream in place, weakens, and that in turn causes the stable Jet Stream to shift South as it did in January 2019 in North America causing the record cold and snows across the USA Midwest.

In some regions there will be significantly more drought while in others significant flooding with major effect on world food production possible.

The weaker solar activity, known as Solar Minimum, also correlates with a global cooling trend. This has been documented going back centuries and longer.




Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

The current solar cycle, called by NASA the Number 24 Cycle, peaked in early 2014 before starting its measurable decline in annual sunspot activity. The minimum is predicted to take place in 2020. It could last for years. Some predict a new “mini Ice Age.”

The subject is complex and vastly under-researched as we focus instead almost exclusively on man-made changes or possible changes to our weather with simplistic computer models.

If the coming winter in the Northern Hemisphere is anything like the past one, it should prompt us to take this solar component of our climate seriously.

By refusing to promote vigorous new research, we run a real risk in coming years of being unprepared for dramatic harvest failures globally at a time when most OECD governments have decided to eliminate emergency public grain reserves, and our food supply is organized on a “just-in-time” system.

Science is not about “consensus,” but rather about discovering truth, however controversial.


Related Articles:

Apocalyptical hailstorms pound Australia and Argentina with stones larger than oranges

Does “Rare Thunderstorm Asthma” Really Exist – Or A Cover For Biological Testing?

“Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather
Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?


Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

Discovery Of Massive Volcanic CO2 Emissions Puts Damper On Global Warming Theory & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites
September 12 2019 | From: ActivistPost

A recent cancer symposium, with a surgical focus, met in Boston to discuss how surgical oncology is experiencing “an exciting evolution and the ways in which we treat cancer are changing.”



However, there are indications that the cure for cancer may have already been found and that those who have it are keeping it close to their chests.

Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

Related: Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

In order to support this contention, which may be seen as alarming and extreme, one must look at the rates of cancer among the general population and compare these to the rates of cancer deaths among world leaders.

And the latter is almost non-existent.

In the US, cancer is the second leading cause of death, exceeded only by heart disease. According to recently breaking news, Australia now lists cancer as its leading cause of death. In the rest of the developed world, cancer is near the top of the list.

A recent list published by the World Cancer Research Fund International shows that Denmark leads the pack in terms of cancer rates



Related:
5 Facts On Cancer That Conventional Medicine Is Now Aggressively Claiming Are Myths + Amish Have Lower Rates Of Cancer, Ohio State Study Shows

Indeed, the list of the fifty countries with the highest cancer rates might lead one to believe that cancer is a disease of prosperity. Conspicuously absent from the list are countries in the Third World - in particular Africa.

Cancer will fell approximately ¼ of all those living in the developed world. However, this particular manifestation of the Grim Reaper gives world leaders a wide berth.

Since 1980, when the exiled Shah of Iran succumbed to lymphatic cancer in Egypt, the deaths by cancer of those leading their nations can be counted on the fingers of one hand. And what is most telling about those on this short list is where they stood on the political spectrum.



Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things a Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Hugo Chavez, the colorful and controversial President of Venezuela between 1999-2013, was a Socialist and prominent adversary of US foreign policy and neo-liberalism. Before succumbing to cancer in 2013, Chavez made a much publicized radio announcement in which he speculated that the US government gave him cancer.

Chavez has been quoted as saying, “Would it be so strange that they’ve invented the technology to spread cancer and we won’t know about it for 50 years?” He is also quoted as saying:


“Fidel [Castro] always told me, ‘Chávez take care. These people have developed technology. You are very careless. Take care what you eat, what they give you to eat... a little needle and they inject you with I don’t know what.’ ”

Since his death Venezuela has crumbled into economic chaos.

Vaclav Havel, who was the last president of Czechoslovakia and the first President of the Czech Republic, is somewhat of a more ambiguous character.

While he is seen as being a pivotal player in breaking up the Soviet bloc, and therefore bringing what is popularly termed “democracy” to a formerly Communist country, he may have also been serving US and CIA interests, either unintentionally or otherwise.

In his period of political dissidence, prior to ascending to power, Havel was imprisoned a number of times, the longest incarceration being four years. As President, Havel was instrumental in dismantling the Warsaw Pact and expanding NATO into Eastern European countries. Havel died of lung cancer in 2011 at the age of 75.



Related: Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Jack Layton, the head of Canada’s New Democratic Party, succumbed to “an unspecified, newly diagnosed” cancer in 2011.

The NDP occupies the furthest left of Canada’s political spectrum. Indeed, there has never been an NDP head of state in Canada.

So when the NDP swept the national parliamentary elections in 2011, winning 103 seats, the NDP became Canada’s Official Opposition. Layton’s tenancy as head of the opposition was short lived, however. Layton succumbed to cancer less than four months later, passing on in August of 2011.

He had been committed to ousting the conservative Harper government. Following Layton’s death, the NDP tumbled from its position and currently occupies third place in Canada’s parliament.



Related: 5 Cancer Myths Busted

As Prime Minister of the tiny island of Barbados, David Thompson could only marginally have been considered a world leader. The population of Barbados is less than 300,000, mostly black. Barbados, also known as “Little England,” is an independent state with the British monarch as hereditary head of state.

Thompson was in office from 2008 until October of 2010, when he passed away from pancreatic cancer, one of the most deadly forms of the Big C.

Statistically, since cancer is listed as cause of death in roughly ¼ of all deaths, one might logically expect that one quarter of the US Presidents and one quarter of the US Vice Presidents, to pick one example, would have cancer listed as cause of death.

With 44 Presidents and 47 Vice Presidents, one might think that somewhere in the realm of 24 or so might have succumbed to cancer.

However, there are none. Zero. Zilch. A search for cancer as a cause of death for German, French or British leaders in the past forty years produces only one name, that of former French President Francois Mitterrand, who succumbed to prostate cancer in 1996 at the age of 80.



Related: Hospital Fires Leading Cancer Surgeon For Telling The Truth About Medical Establishment

Mitterrand was the first French President who was a Socialist and he led the nation for fourteen years, as its longest serving President.

Since the 1972 throat cancer death of Edward VIII - who abdicated the throne in 1936 - no members of British royalty have died of cancer.

In October of this year, the World Cancer Leaders’ Summit will be convening in Paris, France. The announcement for this Summit states that “The World Cancer Leaders’ Summit brings together global decision makers who can shape the way our generation addresses the task of eliminating cancer as a life threatening disease for future generations.”

Their announcement also states:


“The Summit plays a pivotal role in this portfolio of global events by ensuring that the 2020 targets detailed in the World Cancer Declaration are appropriately recognised and addressed at the highest political levels.”

However, those at the “highest political levels” are often seen as escaping repercussions for criminal behavior and worse. The idea of the “Teflon-coated” political elite is an idea that has now gained general - albeit grim - acceptance.

Given the probability that the cure may already exist, in light of the unusual lack of incidence of fatal cancers afflicting the powerful, one might want to ask the Summit if the world leaders might be willing to share... please?

Related: The Truth About Cancer


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Federal Grand Jury To Hear Evidence That 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition
+ President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition
September 11 2019 | From: WakingTimes / Infowars / CollectiveEvolution / GlobalResearch / Various

The 9/11 truth movement has been active and persistent for over 17 years, and while mainstream media won’t touch the story, and while most Americans refuse to even consider the possibility that the attacks were an inside job, the actual evidence supporting controlled demolition theory is so convincing that a legitimate federal grand jury investigation will address this very question.



Thousands of architects and engineers, pilots, security professionals, journalists and concerned citizens have been demanding that the federal government release the truth about the attacks.

Related: A Majority of Americans Do Not Believe the Official 9/11 Story

All noted that there is overwhelming circumstantial and scientific evidence proving that the World Trade Center towers, including building 7, were brought down by a pre-planned controlled demolition.

The evidence for this is exceptionally captivating, and The Lawyers’ Committee for 9/11 Inquiry has successfully submitted a petition to the federal government demanding that a grand jury consider this possibility.

Finally, the U.S. Attorney has issued a response, agreeing to ‘comply with the law’ and open a grand jury investigation. This could mark the most substantial progress to date in the fight for 9/11 truth.


The Lawyers’ Committee’s April 10th 52-page original Petition was accompanied by 57 exhibits and presented extensive evidence that explosives were used to destroy three WTC buildings.

That evidence included independent scientific laboratory analysis of WTC dust samples showing the presence of high-tech explosives and/or incendiaries; numerous first-hand reports by First Responders of explosions at the WTC on 9/11; expert analysis of seismic evidence that explosions occurred at the WTC towers on 9/11 prior to the airplane impacts and prior to the building collapses; and expert analysis by architects, engineers, and scientists concluding that the rapid onset symmetrical near-free-fall acceleration collapse of three WTC high rise buildings on 9/11 exhibited the key characteristics of controlled demolition.

The Lawyers’ Committee’s July 30th Amended Petition addresses several additional federal crimes beyond the federal bombing crime addressed in the original Petition.

The Lawyers’ Committee concluded in the petitions that explosive and incendiary devices preplaced at the WTC were detonated causing the complete collapse of the WTC Twin Towers on 9/11 and increasing the tragic loss of life.

-
Source

This famous video of the free fall collapse of WTC building 7 has haunted the internet for years, demanding justice.

In it, you can see a virtually unharmed building being brought down in a matter of seconds, exactly like a professional controlled building demolition.






Related: 9/11 War Games


The following interview with the founder of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth goes into great detail about the criminal nature of the cover up of the truth about these attacks.







Related: Beneath the Official Lies and Sordid Story Leading up to the War on Iraq: Lt. Col. Karen Kwiatkowski’s Sam Adams Award Acceptance Speech

Final Thoughts

Seventeen years after the worst terrorist attack in modern history, we may be finally seeing some official recognition that the official story is false and incomplete.

Will the truth finally be revealed? Time will tell. While we wait, however, you can view the petition to the federal grand jury here.


Related Articles:

American Intelligence Media: 9/11 Twin Towers Atrocity Video

Jon Stewart Obliterates Congress During 9/11 Hearing

9/11 Truth Still Struggling For Official Recognition of Known Facts

FBI and DOJ Sued for Failure to Report 9/11 Evidence to Congress

Video of Cruise Missile Hitting Pentagon on 911

9/11 Nuclear – The Unequivocal Story

Directed Energy Weapons and 9/11 Twin Towers…

NYC Fire Chiefs Call for 9/11 Investigation





Fires Did Not Cause WTC Building 7 Collapse, New Study Finds

Four-year study uses computer models to recreate multiple collapse scenarios.



A new study from university researchers concludes uncontrolled fires did not bring down World Trade Center building 7, as contended in the official story regarding 9/11.


Related: The Official Story of the Collapse of WTC Building 7 Lies in Ruins

Engineers at the University of Alaska Fairbanks recreated sophisticated computer models of the Salomon Brothers building based on actual blueprints of the building’s construction.

After a four-year research project, they found it was not likely for fires to have compromised the structural integrity of the 47-story tower enough to lead to the collapse at free fall speed, which can be witnessed in video footage of the building’s collapse.


University Study Concludes: Fire Did Not Bring Down Building 7 on 9/11





The Study Concludes:


It is our conclusion that the collapse of WTC 7 was a global failure involving the near simultaneous failure of all columns in the building and not a progressive collapse involving the sequential failure of columns throughout the building.

Despite simulating a number of hypothetical scenarios, we were unable to identify any progressive sequence of failures that could have taken place on September 11, 2001, and caused a total collapse of the building, let alone the observed straight-down collapse with approximately 2.5 seconds of free fall and minimal differential movement of the exterior.

In-depth research into the collapse was never conducted, according to AE911Truth, because the debris was hauled off and destroyed in the days following 9/11.

Seven years later, federal investigators concluded that WTC 7 was the first steel-framed high-rise ever to have collapsed solely as a result of normal office fires,notes AE911Truth, a group of over 200 architects and engineers who question the official narrative surrounding the 9/11 attacks.


Read the study:





Related Articles:

9/11 “Mastermind” to Talk? Firefighters Call for “Pre-Planted Explosives” to be Investigated by Grand Jury

Norwegian State Television presents 9/11 Truth

9/11 and Drug Money

How 9/11 Was Funded: The Man behind the Missing $2.3 Trillion

The Woman At The Edge Of The Abyss

Demystifying 9/11: Israel and the Tactics of Mistake

WTC7: The "Smoking Gun" of 9/11

Banned 911 Report: The Smoking Gun


President Donald Trump Implies 9/11 Was A Controlled Demolition

The destruction of the World Trade Towers on 9/11 is an event that continues to spark our awakening to the malice contained at the heart of several governments.



These governments are dangled from a string by the corporations who sit above them, who are in turn dangled by the financial elite who sit above them.

Related: Trump: "I Think I Know" Who Was Behind 9/11 Attacks

This is important to know. Prominent politicians have referenced this ‘secret government’ for decades, but when a topic like the ‘deep state‘ is presented on mainstream media, it’s pushed as a conspiracy theory.


In Brief:

The Facts: Donald Trump's comments on 9/11 suggest that bombs were involved in taking down the World Trade towers. He joins a long and growing list of people suggesting that this was actually a controlled demolition.

Reflect On: Why does the US continue to hide truth about 9/11? Why do they refuse to do a proper investigation?

While this can get frustrating, a growing number of people are seeing through the veil more than ever.

The End of Our Innocence

Prior to 9/11, many global citizens, especially American citizens, could not fathom that their government could do anything so barbaric, so unethical, and so destructive.

It’s quite ironic that for years, Western media has falsely accused several politicians of other nations of murdering their own people, such as chemical gas attacks being blamed on Syrian president Bashar al Assad. 

But many people are seeing through this, and coming to understand how false flag terrorism has been used a lot throughout history, both prior to and post 9/11. That said,  no event has had the awakening effect that 9/11 had and continues to have.

Today, we have thousands of architects and engineers, many academicians and even peer-reviewed studies that show there is no possible way that planes could have brought down the two towers, as well as the official story about the collapse of building number seven, which wasn’t even hit by a plane.



Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

This is why the global citizenry, and judging by the latest polls, the American citizenry, do not believe the official story put out by the government regarding what really happened on that day.

It’s not because we are stupid, it’s not because we are ‘conspiracy theorists,’ it’s simply because we questioned what was being told to us via mainstream media, and decided to investigate for ourselves.


Donald Trump Weighs In

U.S. Politicians and others within government have not really questioned what happened on 9/11 – except for Donald Trump.

One of his engineers was the architect of the building. Here’s what he had to say, taken from this interview:


"It wasn’t architectural defect… The World Trade Center was always known as a very very strong building… Don’t forget that building took a bomb in the basement (1993).

Now the basement is the most vulnerable place because that’s your foundation, and it withstood that…

I got to see that area, about three or four days after it took place because one of my structural engineers actually took me for a tour, because he did the building and I said “I can’t believe it.”

The building was standing solid and half of the columns were blown out…So, this was an unbelievably powerful building.”

After talking about the structure of the building, and the way it was built with the steel on the outside (first building ever to do so for structural purposes …), and how it’s not possible for a plane to destroy that, he went on to say:

"How could a plane, even a 767 or a 747 or whatever it might have been, how could it possibly go through the steel?

I happen to think they had not only a plane but they had bombs that exploded almost simultaneously because I just can’t imagine anything being able to go through that wall... I just think that there was a plane with more than just fuel.

Obviously they were very big planes, they were going very rapidly…You’re talking about taking out steel, the heaviest caliber steel that was used on the building. These buildings were rock solid."

Trump also stated the fact that the US government had knowledge before the attack before it happened, and they still did not stop it. He also mentioned that he saw a big hole in some of the steel beams, hinting to explosions.




The Top 40 Reasons to Doubt the Official 9/11 Story





Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?




Trump has been quite outspoken regarding corporate control over the government,  as well as all of the deceit that goes on as to how our government has been hijacked by rogue groups within the government.

It’s easy to see why he was and is completely vilified. It had nothing to do with racism or sexism, and if you think this, you’re simply regurgitating what you get from television programming, and have no understanding of how politics works.

We go into it deeper here: The Deep Truth Behind Why Trump Is President


Other Commentators On The Deep State

Below is a great quote from Robert W. Welch Jr, given way back in 1958, addressing the Deep State.


“So brush the insiders dust out of your eyes, my friends, and the communist soap suds out of your Brain, and ask yourselves in all honesty, what on Earth is wrong with the United States simply minding its own business, or with having its foreign policy function primarily for the safety and benefit of the American people?

Which is exactly what we had done for the first 140 years of our existence as a nation, to the incredible advantage of ourselves and everybody else, everybody, that is, except a numerically small clique of power-lusting conspirators who have somehow inflicted themselves on a gullible world.”

The American empire has had a history of infiltrating and destroying other countries through unethical means (terrorism) and then stepping in to be a ‘savior,’ imposing their will on others.



Related: Putin Warned Bush About Impending Attack Two Days Before 9/11

This has been done through the most savage means, with 9/11 being one small example compared to what they’ve done overseas.


“The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states and nation...

The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes.

They practically control both parties … [and] control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country."

- John F. Hylan was Mayor of New York City from 1918-1925

But it is not representative of America, but rather the corruption within politics and the deep state that in no way represents the will of the American people.

Steve R. Pieczenik is one of many people from ‘within’ these ranks who is currently speaking about this. He’s a former United States Department of State official and has been involved with the intelligence community for years.

He’s been through and worked within multiple administrations. He has been providing updates on what is happening, the deep state that exists within the American government and how there is currently a ‘battle’ between the Trump administration and the deep state.

You can find those interviews online everywhere, he conducted most of them with Alex Jones. He’s also been outspoken and addressed that Trump has already commented on 9/11, and referenced the interview below.



Related: 9/11: The Evidence


Trump Survived The Attacks

This is why Trump has been vilified. I’ll leave you with this great quote from author Richard Dolan, taken from one of his 2016 articles.


“For sure, the power elite closed ranks and did everything possible to ensure a victory for Clinton.

This included not only the Democratic party (which previously played dirty pool against Bernie Sanders), but the entire mainstream media machine, the financial community, the EU, and even the Republican party itself.

If nothing else, I had concluded that the media alone had done a sufficient job of demonizing Trump – multiple negative headlines daily for more than a year – to make him unelectable to the American people.

For more than a year, we have been told that Trump is a racist, sexist, xenophobe, liar, cheat, and narcissist. The attack bears all the marks of a coordinated effort among the major news outlets: CNN, NYT, WaPo, HuffPo, USA Today, and the rest.

It reminded me very much of the concerted med
ia attack against Brazil’s Dilma Rousseff which culminated earlier in 2016 in her impeachment and removal from power.

In the case of Rousseff, we see what has been alternately described as a soft coup or a Wall Street coup, rather along the lines of the “color revolutions” of a few years earlier (which are now largely understood as CIA-NGO orchestrated).

In both cases, pretexts were created and hammered home by an insistent media that whipped up public opinion. In Brazil, it worked. It seemed like it would work in the U.S.

It is important to understand why Trump was demonized. To be sure, his character makes it easy.

There is no shortage of narcissistic, sexist, or otherwise offensive statements in his repertoire from which to draw.

But I have never and will never believe this is why he was demonized. Ultimately, Trump is a disruptor, and his disruption falls squarely against the two key pillars of the American ruling elite’s ideology: neoliberalism and neoconservatism.”

There are many reasons to believe that Trump’s survival is a sign that the deep state is losing its power, and that the battle that Steve Pieczenik talks about is going in favor of the Trump administration and their allies.

If so, 2018 [19] might be the last year we have to pass through 9/11 without the full and incontestable knowledge about what actually happened. For more articles from Collective Evolution on 9/11, click here.


Related Articles:

Studies Show WTC Building 1,2 & 7 Could Not Have Fallen – Why Does The US Still Lie About 9/11? 

15 Disturbing Facts About 9/11 You’ll Wish Weren’t True 

16 Facts, 16 Years Later About 9/11 That Are No Longer A “Conspiracy Theory” 

Trump: “I Think I Know” Who Was Behind 9/11

Ilhan Omar Is Right: Some People Did Something on 9/11

Hacker group releases ‘911 Papers’, says future leaks will ‘burn down’ US deep state

Hackers threaten to reveal 9/11 secrets

University Study Finds Fire Did Not Bring Down World Trade Center Building 7 on 9/11

The Media Response to the Growing Influence of the 9/11 Truth Movement





9/11 Truth: Why Do Good People Become Silent About the Documented Facts that Disprove the Official 9/11 Narrative

“It is my firm belief that 9/11 skeptics - and true skeptics of any paradigm-shifting and taboo subject - who publicly expose lies and ‘naked emperors’ are heroes...



They have suffered the ridicule and wrath of those emperors, their minions, and the just plain frightened... In our American society, many of our authority figures routinely lie to us, but nonetheless, many citizens continue to look to them for truth and safety - especially when fear is heightened."


Related: 9/11 Revisited: Live Mainstream Media Coverage Conflicts with Official Story

“This strong tendency to believe and obey authority is another obstacle with which skeptics of the official 9/11 account must contend…

By unquestioningly believing and obeying authority, we make very bad decisions, which often negatively affect others.

This can be equally true for the four human proclivities studied by social psychologists: doublethink, cognitive dissonance, conformity, and groupthink..”


- Frances Shure, clinical psychologist and early skeptic of the official 9/11 Conspiracy Theory that two hi-jacked commercial jet planes caused three concrete, steel-reinforced towers to explode into fine dust and collapse into their own footprints in less than 12 seconds.


“One of the saddest lessons of history is this: If we’ve been bamboozled long enough, we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle.

We’re no longer interested in finding out the truth. The bamboozle has captured us. It’s simply too painful to acknowledge, even to ourselves, that we’ve been taken.

Once you give a charlatan power over you, you almost never get it back.”


- Carl Sagan


“We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth … For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.”

- Patrick Henry – March 23, 1775


“It also gives us a very special, secret pleasure to see how unaware the people around us are of what is really happening to them. … 

“What good fortune for those in power that the people do not think.””


- Adolf Hitler


“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.

The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie.

It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.  …  

Propaganda must always be essentially simple and repetitious.

The most brilliant propagandist technique will yield no success unless one fundamental principle is borne in mind constantly… it must confine itself to a few points and repeat them over and over.”


- Joseph Goebbels, German Nazi “Minister of Propaganda and Public Enlightenment”


“We’ll know that our disinformation campaign has worked when everything the American public believes is false.”

- William Casey, Ronald Reagan’s CIA Director at his first staff meeting, 1981


“Image of the World Trade Center’s South Tower as it explodes, from top to bottom, into fine dust and severed steel columns. Within the next 12 seconds much of the tower blows away and the rest collapses into its own footprint into a relatively small pile of debris.

The arrow points to one of the exploding “squibs” from one of the multitude of pre-planted demolition charges that are intended to section all the massive steel 110 story columns (4 inches thick at their bases) which allowed the building to fall straight down rather than falling sideways and causing damage to adjacent structures or people.

This image is typical of what it looks like when standard controlled demolitions take down high-rise buildings in the most cost-effective manner possible.

In the 100 year history of skyscrapers, the only tall buildings that have ever fallen down without controlled demolitions (allegedly) were the 3 World Trade Center Towers 1, 2 and 7 – and they all happened on 9/11/2001!.”


(Check out  www.ae911truth.org for everything you need to know about the many anomalies that conclusively disprove the “official”, CIA-, Pentagon- White House- Mainstream Media-approved conspiracy theories about what happened of 9/11.)
The question posited by the title of this article, explores the dilemma faced by truth-seekers who have the facts that totally refute the Big Lies about 9/11/2001 about which the mainstream media, their elected representatives in Congress, their presidents and the Deep State refuse to debate.

These “9/11 Truthers” have been unfairly labeled “conspiracy theorists” (a pejorative term invented by the CIA after the John F. Kennedy assassination in 1963 raised all sorts of skepticism doubting the official story blaming “the single shooter”).

This courageous group of truth-seekers have been attempting to inform and enlighten individuals and institutions that have chosen to disregard and / or disbelieve the overwhelmingly documentable evidence that proves that pre-planted controlled demolition charges – and not airplanes – pulverized into fine dust the three WTC towers on 9/11/01.

The corollary of course is that the three towers could not have been demolished by anybody other than insiders using explosives.



Related: New York Fire Commissioners Call for New 9/11 Investigation About “Pre-Planted Explosives”

Given that the alleged planes that allegedly hit 2 of the towers were commercial planes (that of course contained no explosives), no other conclusion can be drawn than that the explosives that brought down the three skyscrapers had been pre-planted in the manner of classical controlled demolitions, which are the only way that concrete, steel-reinforced, high-rise buildings can be efficiently demolished.

It is obvious to many folks who were alive and aware in the era of the assassinations of the 1960s (the Kennedy brothers and Martin Luther King) that 9/11/01 was a false flag operation that has seriously (and intentionally, according to the Project for the New American Century) destabilized the Middle East and the world and justified the invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan.



And, of course the rapid passage of the Patriot Act by the bamboozled US Congress ensured that the United States took another step closer to becoming an armed police state, by seriously curtailing the civil liberties of its citizens.

That series of programmed events started a state of perpetual US-led wars in the Mideast (wars that only benefited our one ally in the area [Israel].

It also ensured the lucrative future of America’s military-industrial-congressional complex and global weapons manufacturers.




Related: Newly Released FBI Documents Show Israeli Foreknowledge of 9/11 Attacks

These self-perpetuating – and ultimately bankrupting – wars have destroyed and are continuing to destroy the physical and psychological well-being of the tens of thousands of duped patriot soldiers (and their families) as well as the millions of unarmed innocents that were victimized by the lethal, often indiscriminate weaponry of our military.

Also victimized forever were their cultures, their religions, their economies and the very planet that militarism is making uninhabitable.

And, it must be mentioned, our illegal and ill-advised military aggressions have raised up billions of mortal enemies all around the world whose enmity and justified desire for revenge will never be quenched until “the Great Satan” is finally beaten.

The dilemma raised by the title question, “Why Do Good People Remain Silent”, has been faced throughout the history of the world by a multitude of truth-seekers and truth-tellers long before the events of 9/11.

A short list of American examples that have shaped world history was enumerated in the previous two Duty to Warn columns, which are available here.





9/11 - The Footage They Didn't Let You See Twice

Rare Video footage that was not repeated on the news, or used by CNN ever wondered why?





Related: Bill Binney with Jason Liosatos: 9/11 Criminal Grand Jury, NSA Unwrapped





The “bamboozle quote” from Carl Sagan above should help any thinking person to understand one of the psychological reasons why both human and inhuman entities (such as corporations and the corporate-controlled press) so readily accept – and even promote – Big Lies; and then, when the truth comes out that thoroughly refutes the lies, these entities refuse to admit that they have been bamboozled.

One expects major corporate media networks like ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, the New York Times, the Washington Post, The Los Angeles Times and the Wall Street Journal (not to mention the Duluth News-Tribune) to refuse to admit that they are shills for the Deep State or their corporate advertisers or just being duped by them, but even the more honorable BBC, PBS, NPR and MPR do the same by continuously using the phrase “terrorist attacks on 9/11” instead of telling the truth.

Perhaps, if one could only get through to these unaccountable and unreachable talking heads, they might at least claim that they were unaware of what is blatantly obvious to most unbiased observers.

The quotes from Hitler and Goebbels could have easily been made by J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI, Allen Dulles’ CIA and right-wing politicians like the odious politicians during the McCarthy, leftist witch-hunt era, not to mention any number of the pro-militarization, pro-war, pseudo-patriotic “my country right or wrong” types that profitably occupy Wall Street, War Street and Washington, DC.



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Those realities should help us understand how the misleaders of militarily powerful empires are able to manipulate the “Good Germans” of every nationality into believing Big Lies.

Anyone who isn’t a 9/11 Skeptic or a Boeing 737 Skeptic or a Vaccine Safety Skeptic isn’t Paying Attention (or has been Duped by or is a Shill for Corporate Power.

Clinical psychologist Frances Shure, who was an early skeptic of the official White House conspiracy theories has experienced her share of criticism from those who tend to implicitly trust their leaders.

Her story, in a 9-part series on the subject, discusses the psychological background about how public opinion and beliefs can be manipulated. The series can be found here.

It is painful being an artificially demeaned and unfairly criticized “conspiracy theorist” about 9/11. Even though the 9/11 Truth-tellers have the scientific truth behind them, they have been mistreated by the mass media as a despised out-group for the past 18 years.

Being a 9/11 truth-teller is like being a black-listed anti-fascist author, writer or musician during Hitler’s thousand-year Reich or during the proto-fascist American McCarthy era of the 1950s.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

One has to sympathize with Galileo who was persecuted by the authoritarian church when he proved that the earth revolved around the sun when 99.9% of the world believed that the sun revolved around the earth – because it said so in the bible.

I personally empathize with the Hungarian physician Ignaz Semmelweis who proved in the mid-1800s that washing or sterilizing one’s hands before delivering a baby resulted in a dramatic decrease in post-delivery deaths of new mothers from “child-bed fever”.

99.9% of physicians at the time often delivered babies between performing autopsies without washing their hands.


His discovery never caught on with the profession, although midwives understood the wisdom and washed their hands prior to deliveries.

The midwive’s patients had 10 times fewer deaths from infection than the doctor’s patients.

Dr Semmelweis, just like many other dissident physicians to follow, was ostracized by his arrogant and ignorant profession for promoting such a radical notion and, labeled as being mentally ill, died in disgrace in a mental institution a few years later.



Related: The 'Never Forgotten' Mantra of September 11


Cognitive Dissonance and 9/11

One major psychological factor that helps explain why the Cheney / Bush White House’s official conspiracy theory has become so ingrained is the concept of cognitive dissonance.

A good YouTube discussion of the title question – by a number of psychologist colleagues of Frances Shure – can be seen here. I highly recommend watching it.

I wrote a Duty to Warn column devoted to the subject of cognitive dissonance in 2013. It has been archived here.

Here are a couple of paragraphs from the article:


Cognitive dissonance refers to the psychological or emotional discomfort felt when one is confronted with new information or a new reality that contradicts one’s deeply held beliefs.

When there are conflicting, mutually exclusive beliefs, intelligent, open-minded and thoughtful people that have not been victimized by significant psychological trauma during their upbringing, are usually willing to change their minds by re-evaluating their prior stances, looking carefully and honestly at the new evidence, reassessing the credibility of both positions and then making a decision to adopt or reject the new information, depending on the evidence before them.

“Close-minded, distracted, uninformed, addicted, ignorant, too-busy, overly obedient, uber-patriotic, co-opted or radically conservative people may not have the time, inclination, intelligence or political will (or courage) to look at the available new evidence that runs contrary to their old, ingrained beliefs.

Therefore, they may unconsciously or reflexively reject the new information, even if the evidence is overwhelmingly and provably true.”

Not too many people that live in punitive, militarized empires have the courage to do what the whistle-blowing boy did when he saw that his emperor had no clothes on.

Not too many people want to be truth-tellers in a nation whose governmental bodies imprison, expel, black-lists or bans truth-tellers and their stories
and suppresses every truth that threatens national security and corporate security or profitability.

Hitler got his timid or privileged “Good Germans” – who lived outside the concentration camps – to believe the Big Lie that “Arbeit Macht Frei” (“work makes one free” even inside a concentration camp) and that his dictatorship would last a thousand years.



Related: Now that we know the FBI is corrupt and treasonous, it’s time to revisit the “official narrative” of 9/11 in search of the real truth

Citizens of supposedly democratic societies like America’s are told that “The Truth Shall Make You Free”, that “The Pen is Mightier Than the Sword” and that “The Arc of History Bends Towards Justice”.

Don’t believe it, unless lots of courageous citizen take action and demand justice.

Otherwise, those noble thoughts are just cunning lies to calm the people.

Without a body of dissenters, whistle-blowers and courageous people of conscience (like the multitude of banned 9/11 truth-seekers and antiwar, anti-globalist, anti-fascist activists) that are willing to go up against the conscienceless, the profiteers, the globalists, the fascists, the militarists, the racists, the corporate polluters, the economic exploiters, the bankers and the sociopathic corporations those exploiters will continue to grow in power, wealth and influence – fouling our planetary nest as they go.

I would hate to see them succeed.


Related Articles:

Police Intelligence Analyst Tony Farrell talks about 9/11 & 7/7

Duty to Warn: 9/11 and Cognitive Dissonance

Why 9/11 Truth is More Relevant Than Ever

The Best Movie Ever Made About the Truth Behind the Iraq War Is “Official Secrets”

Smoking Gun Emails: Bush And Blair Secretly Plotted War On Iraq In March 2002

17 years after 9/11, Al-Qaeda rebranded by US government & media as besieged rebels

A firefighter's perspective on 9/11

9/11: as it happened on the ground


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Boeing 787 Code Left Unprotected On Public Server & John Lear: False Flag Fake News Boeing Remote Hijack (Not Anti-Stall) And Zionists Are The Cause - Not A “Mistake”: The Murders Of All Aboard Lion Air And Ethiopian Airways
September 10 2019 | From: Breitbart / PhiBetaIota / Various

A new report by Wired Magazine revealed that Boeing accidentally left important code for its 737 and 787 aircraft on a publicly accessible server.



Cybersecurity expert Ruben Santamarta of Madrid claims that he was able to access code designed to run the 737 and 787 Boeing airliners.

Related: John Lear: Boeing Cleverness & Dishonesty - People Will Continue to Die and Probably Not Receive Justice

According to a report by Wired Magazine, Santamarta found important code for Boeing’s aircraft on an unprotected server on the company’s network, available to anyone and not requiring special access to read.

Santamarta claims that the code reveals a security flaw in the 787 Dreamliner line. According to Santamarta, this security flaw could potentially allow a hacker to access the flight control system.


“Now, nearly a year later, Santamarta claims that leaked code has led him to something unprecedented: security flaws in one of the 787 Dreamliner’s components, deep in the plane’s multi-tiered network.

He suggests that for a hacker, exploiting those bugs could represent one step in a multi­stage attack that starts in the plane’s in-flight entertainment system and extends to highly protected, safety-critical systems like flight controls and sensors.

Boeing claimed in a statement that Santamarta and his company IOActive are wrong in the claim that the code presents a vulnerability to their aircraft’s security.



Related: Boeing Has Secret Unapproved Software that Kills People

Boeing even went as far to call Santamarta’s findings an “irresponsible presentation.”


“IOActive’s scenarios cannot affect any critical or essential airplane system and do not describe a way for remote attackers to access important 787 systems like the avionics system,” Boeing said in a brief statement.

“IOActive reviewed only one part of the 787 network using rudimentary tools, and had no access to the larger system or working environments.

IOActive chose to ignore our verified results and limitations in its research, and instead made provocative statements as if they had access to and analyzed the working system.

While we appreciate responsible engagement from independent cybersecurity researchers, we’re disappointed in IOActive’s irresponsible presentation.”

Boeing claims that they tested Santamarta’s claims on an actual Boeing 787. According to their private investigation, the code uncovered by Santamarta cannot be used to undermine the security of their aircraft.




John Lear: False Flag Fake News Boeing Remote Hijack, Not Anti-Stall, And Zionists, Are The Cause, Not A “Mistake,” Of The Murders Of All Aboard Lion Air And Ethiopian Airways

The Lion Air and Ethiopian Airways Boeing 737 were both taken down by the Zionists to assassinate one specific passenger in each aircraft.




They leveraged Boeing built in remote hijack capabilities to put both aircraft into the ground. The current story about anti-stall software failures is a cover-up.

Related: Field McConnell: 22 Event History of Mostly Boeing Contrived Crashes (Uninterruptible Autopilot for Remote Hijacking)

In the early 1980’s beginning with the 757 Boeing engineered, designed and secretly installed the BUA (Boeing Uninterruptible Autopilot).

The BUA was designed to take over complete control of the airplane (which can be flown from a secret station on the ground) in case of a hijack.

They made it so powerful that even the pilot couldn’t override the controls and the way they did that was to set the actuators at 150 pounds instead of the normal 80.

Any other flight control device like a yaw damper can be overridden by the pilots because it would only take 80 pounds of force.

But the BUA was set to 150 pounds so that there was no way a pilot could override the system.



Related: Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline

And the BUA was installed in every single Boeing airliner except for those operated by Lufthansa. Lufthansa knew the hazards and shortcomings of such a system and made Boeing take the BUA out of every single Boeing airliner that Lufthansa operated.

Israel found a way to hack into the BUA from a satellite and can take over any Boeing airliner anywhere in the world give it a “full nose down” command and the pilots would be unable to save the airplane.

Which is what happened to Lion and and Ethiopian Airlines. And, oh by the by, MH370.

Boeing is trying to blame the MCAS anti-stall until unit which is complete bs because the MCAS only operates in the ‘low speed’ region of the flight envelope.

Boeing and the FAA are caught with their pants down because there was no FAA certification of the BUA so they can ‘t admit its there.

So far the BUA has been responsible for 585 deaths of passengers and crewmembers and has not prevented one single hijack.

- John Lear [son of the inventor of the Lear jet] May 1, 2019



Related: Hijacked IBM Engineer From MH370 Successfully Dialled Out Of Diego Garcia US Military Base In The Indian Ocean

Oh, let me add: I grew up having autopilots, yaw dampers and automatic flight control systems for breakfast, lunch and dinner.

My father earned the Collier Trophy in 1949 for the development of the autopilot for the F-84 and other jet fighters. I was an instructor on the Lockheed L-1011 Automatic Flight Control System which was a Lear L-102C. So I know what I am talking about.


Question & Answer

Q. Do the pilots have any way to disengage from external access, not just satellites but close in aircraft within path loss distance of airborne equipment capable of assuming command of the aircraft?

A. No, the pilot has no way to disconnect from satellite or proximity control. And yes control from an aircraft in close proximity is possible.

It is even the way that Israel flew MH370 from Tel Aviv to intercept the fictitious MH17 flight route from Amsterdam to Kuala Lumpur. And when the 2 Israeli fighters had guided MH370 over Zionist controlled Ukraine they shot it down blaming the Russians.

On scene doctors were perplexed as to why all of the passengers had been dead for 3 weeks. This is while the Crises actors at Schipol tearfully sobbed, moaned and groaned about their lost relatives in MH17 which never existed. (Searches still go on for MH370 HEY GUYS.. its in a field in Ukraine pretending to be MH17.)

The 5 Chinese on board who co-held the patent (secret invention) with Jacob Rothschild were eliminated. Unfortunately Jacob was killed in a midair several months later and the patent went to the Carlyle Group who had planned the whole thing anyway.

All control surface actuators (autopilot, yaw damper, automatic flight control systems) are set to 80# so that the pilot can over ride the system in case of a problem.

Only the BUA is set to 150#. That is why the 2 airliner Captain suicides, Colorado Springs United 585 and (Northwest?) 487 in Pittsburgh weren’t yaw damper hard overs as NTSB ruled. Just more nonsense from NTSB.


From Robert David Steele:

When I warned the US Government about cyber-security in 1994, they turned it over to NSA and NSA created backdoors into all US communications and computing systems, with the full complicity of the leaders of all those private corporations who should be held accountable for violating their fiduciary responsibilities to all their stakeholders.

Similarly, when the Zionists or Dick Cheney or both realized that he needed to be able to stage aircraft hijackings as a regular false flag event - and particularly for 9/11 known to be in the planning since 1988, Boeing appears to have been happy to accommodate.



Related: Boeing: Anti-Gravity Propulsion Comes 'Out Of The Closet'

In essence, Boeing has put a “poison pill” into each of its aircraft, and Boeing is not safe to fly if you are a high value target of the Zionists or the rogue elements of the US Government, or unfortunate enough to be on the same aircraft as one of them.

Like 9/11, which was covered up by Robert Mueller and the FBI with the active complicity of judges and prosecutors on the Zionist payroll (many of them on video doing bad things to small children), no aircraft accident - or false flag incident - is honestly investigated. All investigations are lip service at best and cover ups at worst.


Addendum:

A more nuanced understanding of the Zionist scourge in the USA would label it the Nazi / Zionist scourge. Two forms of evil converged and the USA was their petri dish.

John Lear adds:


“I posted a story several months ago about how I suspected that Ben Rich, former head of Lockheed Skunkworks was in fact the highest ranking Mossad spy west of the Mississipppi.

It is a fact that Lockheed Skunkworks under the direction of Ben Rich built 64 highly advanced F-19 Stealth Fighters (much more advanced than the F-117A) charged it to the F-117A program and delivered most of the to Israel.

Gen. Bobby Bonds Air Force head of the F-117A program accidentally found out about it and in 1984 they had to kill him to keep the program secret. The way they killed him was they invited Gen. Bonds to fly the F-19.

He accepted, took off from Groom Lake and headed south. At the southern boundary of the Nevada National Security Site he started a turn back to Groom at which point they gave the F-19 a full nose down command and Gen. Bonds crashed into Little Skull Mountain at 450 kts.

They (the Zionists who control Groom Lake) put out a cover story that he was flying a MiG 23 which was total BS. There is a little plaque near where Gen. Bond crashed at Little Skull Mt. noting that this was where the Gen Crashed.

Most of what I am telling you can be found in Richs book “Skunkworks” but without the back story I am telling you. This whole story I posted on my FB page during the summer of last year.

In November I went to the celebration of life of Darryl Greenamyer former Lockheed Blackbird test pilot.

My wife Marilee and I were sitting at one of the banquet tables when a friend of mine who had been a Lockheed employee for the Skunkworks (retired for many years) came over, shook my hand and said, “John, there are a few of us at Lockheed that appreciate your telling our secrets.”

They can’t say anything about whats going on and risk losing their pensions.”

- John Lear May 16, 2019


Related Articles:

Flight 370: The Straw That Breaks The Cabal's Back?

Missing Malaysia Flight Similar To Lost 007 McDonald Flight


Dear TSA Are We to Be Naked From Now On?

1994 Sounding the Alarm on Cyber-Security


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific
September 9 2019 | From: YourNZ / AtlanteanGardens / Various

Recently the Northern Advocate published some revised history claiming that white people from Europe settled Aotearoa before Maori came here.



Northern Advocate (NZ Herald): Pre-Maori faces created from skulls, says Northland historian:

Related:
Egyptians, Greeks came to New Zealand First?


“A Northland historian has released what he says are forensic reconstructions of pre-Maori Northlanders that support his theory that Chinese and European seafarers came to New Zealand centuries before Polynesians.

Kaipara based historian Noel Hilliam says a forensic expert from Edinburgh University has reconstructed features using skulls retrieved from heaps of ancient human bones that were once piled in caves at several sites around the Kaipara.

The faces depict a blond woman with Celtic characteristics common in Wales and a man of Mediterranean appearance.

Kaipara skeletons were found with strands of red hair and a London pathologist who examined them in 1997 did not consider them Polynesian.

In a message to Mr Hilliam, the Edinburgh pathologist said his examination of skulls and skeletal remains from four sites showed they were from two races.

“People known in your country as Turehu originated from Wales over 3000 years ago and those known as Waitaha originated from the Mediterranean,” the pathologist said.

“The two skulls you randomly uplifted from one site – the female, which I named Henrietta, is Turehu of 23 years of age and 1.3m tall going on the average height of skeletons I examined. She originates from Wales.

“The Waitaha male is 34 years old 1.65m tall, average among the skeletal remains examined, and originates from the Mediterranean.”

The historian has not disclosed the names of the pathologist and forensic expert because he expected controversy over their findings.”





The Mystery of the Kamanawa Wall

A pyramid in New Zealand? or just a pile of very even blocks of stone. If it is a man made structure, we know it is at least 1800 years old. In 186 AD the Taupo eruption covered a vast area in volcanic ash and pumice, including this mound of stone.







These sorts of claims are not new. From Dargaville and Districts News (Stuff) in 2012: `Greeks got here first’


“New Zealand history is going to be turned on its head when the book To the Ends of the Earth is launched next month, co-author Noel Hilliam says.

The controversial book, written by researcher Maxwell C Hill with additional information from Dargaville shipwreck explorer Noel Hilliam, Gary Cook and John Aldworth, looks at what they say is evidence that Greeks, Spanish and Egyptians travelled to New Zealand before Maori.

The 378-page book explores a variety of evidence from ancient maps to ancient rock formations, giant human skeletons, cave drawings, oral history and a multitude of other physical evidence.

“Our contention is that ancient Greek navigators were the first to sail down under, landing in New Zealand before the Christian era began, to become the first inhabitants of the islands,” Mr Hilliam says.”

Now Hilliam claims it was the Welsh who got here first.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Newshub details other claimed discoveries: From a non-Māori Maui to Spanish shipwrecks: Who is Noel Hilliam?

And reports: Amateur historian admits grave-robbing Maori burials


“Noel Hilliam told the Northern Advocate he had found skulls that pre-date Māori.

However Mr Hilliam’s research, which has no academic basis, has been widely criticised.

“The statement that the young adult woman is from Wales is ludicrous. There is no way to find that information out from the skull size and shape, nor is it possible to tell that a person has blue eyes and blonde hair from skeletal features,” University of Otago bio-archaeologist Dr Siân Halcrow told Vice.

Worse, his actions have been condemned as racist and illegal.

“It is the violation of a sacred site. Them raiding urupā and acquiring ancestral heads – they haven’t said where from – makes me really concerned,” Auckland University senior lecturer Dr Ngarino Gabriel Ellis told Vice.

“Taking from urupā, just like from anyone’s [grave], is a violation of our funeral practices. These are our ancestors. They were not intended to be removed and distributed.

“It’s also illegal to go and tamper with anyone’s grave – so why aren’t there criminal charges being pressed?”

Mr Hilliam has refused to name the ‘experts’ he talked to, and told Vice that while he knew he was breaking the law, he did it because the law was unjust.

The Northern Advocate has since removed the article.”

I couldn’t find the article yesterday but it is back on the Herald’s beta site.

Related: Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Spinoff: The white tangata whenua, and other bullshit from the ‘One New Zealand’ crew


“Over the past 30 years a growing a minority of New Zealanders has decided that the first inhabitants of their country had white rather than brown skin. They believe that one or more European peoples emigrated to these islands thousands of years ago, and established a populous and technologically sophisticated civilisation here.

This pigmentopia was invaded and conquered by the ancestors of Māori. The warlike Polynesians slew the white men they found, took the women as wives, and appropriated the indigenes’ greenstone carvings.

Mike Barrington’s article may have talked nonsense about New Zealand history, but it did provide a reasonably accurate narrative of the careers of the country’s pseudo-historians.

Hilliam has made other remarkable claims over the years. In 1982 he said he had found the remains of an old Spanish ship on a beach near Dargaville, but the wreck vanished before he could show it to anybody.

In 2008 he told Radio New Zealand that he had found a Nazi submarine off the Northland coast. The submarine had supposedly left Germany in the last days of the Third Reich, loaded with gold. Hilliam never made good on his promise to reveal the location of the submarine wreck.

The notion of a white tangata whenua promised to relieve Pakeha of their status as latecomers to New Zealand, and to counter Māori talk of historical injustice. But the theory had, and still has, a problem: a complete lack of evidence.

In recent years a series of scholars have run DNA tests on Māori, in an effort to trace their ancestry. These tests confirm that Māori are a Polynesian people, and that Polynesians have their origins in coastal Asia thousands of years ago. There is no genetic evidence for ancient contact between Polynesians and Europeans.

The believers in an ancient white civilisation are undeterred by the lack of evidence for their claims. They insist that a conspiracy of Māori leaders, politically correct academics, cowardly Pākehā politicians and sinister international organisations is working to conceal and destroy the physical legacy of New Zealand’s first inhabitants.

They claim that the stone city in Waipoua forest has been closed to visitors by Department of Conservation staff and local Māori. Elsewhere teams of explosives experts are blowing up the stone houses of the first New Zealanders and sealing burial caves.

Ancient European bones and artefacts are being quietly removed from museums, and roads are being built through the sites of Celtic observatories.”

I guess the Herald will remove the article from their beta site as well.



Related: Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori + The Real Indigenous People Of NZ




Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, Maori found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country. The inhabitants were described as having skin complexion that was white to light-ruddy, with eye colors from blue to green to darker tints. Their hair color ranged from white and golden, with red being predominant in the general population.



The Maori term Pakeha, later used to describe white colonial Europeans, was derived from the ancient name Pakepakeha used to describe the former white population.

Pocket groups of these first inhabitants survived into the 20th century and are well-remembered by old-timers as the red headed, freckle-faced Maoris or Waka blondes.

Scholars probing definitions and development of the Maori term "Pakeha" (Maori name for white people) state the following: The derivation seems to be from ‘Pakepakeha’ mythical people who are mischievous beings, with fair skin and hair who lived deep in the forest, coming out at night.



Who Inhabited New Zealand Before the Polynesian / Melanesian Maori?

This is one of eleven mummified heads repatriated to New Zealand in 1998 of our earliest known inhabitants, who were referred to by the Maori as 'Kiri-Puwhero" (light-complexioned skin) with hair that was "Uru-Keru" (reddish, golden tinged).

These pre-colonial, mummified Europoid heads should be subjected to DNA analysis.



The ‘Pakepakeha’ are also linked to ‘Patupaiarehe’ by their fair skin and hair. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ had fair skin and beautiful voices, and gave people the secret of fishing with nets.

These creatures’ possess canoes made of reeds, which can change magically into sailing vessels. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ can also be linked to Nahe’s version of Pakeha as an abbreviation of ‘Paakehakeha’, gods of the ocean who had the forms of fish and man (Biggs, 1988).



A New Zealand stamp portrays the pre-Maori Patu-paiarehe people, now relegated to the realm of myth and legend

The coffins seen above were photographed in 1919 high up a cliff-face at a very remote part of New Zealand. Each coffin was hewn-out by stone tools from a single log, like a dugout canoe.

These skeletons display recognisable European physiology. They were already very old when found in isolated country, far from the consecrated ground of a churchyard.

The deceased people were, undoubtedly, the white Ngati Hotu, known in local Maori and European folklore to have hidden from the cannibals for centuries in this inhospitable region.



After the coming of the Polynesian-Melanesian cannibals to New Zealand, the earlier people were hunted to extinction as a food source.

Many of the Patu-paiarehe or Turehu women were forcibly absorbed into the Maori tribes as slaves. Fugitives or survivors amongst the earlier people moved to the very rugged and remote interior of the country and lived in the deep forests or dark caves, many succumbing to lung ailments from hiding out by day and foraging by night.


Ancient Bloodlines and Lost Civilizations

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, they found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country.

Robert Sepehr is an author, producer and anthropologist specializing in linguistics, archeology, and paleobiology (archeogenetics).






Related Articles:

Ancient Tattooed Aryan Mummies of Asia

Species with Amnesia

AncientOrigins

Amateur Northland historian asked to explain source of skulls



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Trumpism Is Classical Economics & Justice Department Watchdog Has Evidence Comey Probed Trump, On The Sly
September 8 2019 | From: ClassicCapital / RealClearInvestigations Various

Classical economics is enjoying a rebirth across America, including (of all places) in federal policy, as President Donald Trump’s campaign to restore employment and prosperity proceeds apace.



The previous president mockingly had said a “magic wand” would be needed to bring back manufacturing jobs lost to other parts of the globe.

Related: Wall Street Multinationals React to U.S-China Trade Decoupling…

A magic wand promptly appeared with the new president in the form of classical economic policy, which guided the golden age of middle class growth in the 18th, 19th and early 20th Centuries.

With a “stable genius” guided by classical economic theory now leading America, economic sensibility is no longer an oxymoron.

Classical Economic Theory

In its long, successful hey-day, classical economic theory was commonly called “the theory of the firm” because the focus of its analysis is detecting public policies which improve, or which hurt, prospects for success of private business firms.

Then helpful policies are promoted and hurtful policies are removed, always taking into account the public interest.

Such public interests include, of course, better employment opportunities, increased general prosperity and healthy environmental conditions.



Related: The World’s Best Economist


A. Classical Monetary Theory

1. Stable Value

The primary principle of classical monetary policy is this: the value of the monetary unit should remain stable over time. Neither inflation (losing value) nor deflation (gaining value) is desirable or permissible, because each has detrimental effects on market conditions and hinders business prosperity over time.

Inflation requires constant repricing of goods and services, reduces the value of savings, and eventually leads to stagnation due to inadequate purchasing power.

Deflation requires reductions in prices and wages, eventually causing bankruptcy of firms selling at prices below costs of production. Both inflation and deflation are purely matters of monetary policy – not fiscal (taxing and spending) policy.

2. General Prosperity Requires Good Money

Successful monetary policy is essential to achieve general prosperity in the economy. Workers and producers must be able to rely upon the quality of payment received in exchange for their services and products. This applies both domestically and internationally.



Related: Trump Uses G7 To Take Care Of Business

Confidence in the stable value of the currency will exist in the payee(s) of the immediate transaction only to the extent the same level of confidence exists in the relevant markets at large.

So business prosperity depends greatly upon the quality of the medium of payment, i.e., the quality of money in terms of its stability in value. Ideally, the money should neither gain nor lose value over time.

3. Money Value Measured By Gold

How is stable value in money best achieved? Classical monetary theory concluded long ago that the superior means of measuring money value is by a stated weight of gold with stated purity.

Gold is the substance viewed as most reliably stable over time in weight, purity and value in society. Thus, gold is the most trusted measuring stick of the value of money in the 21st Century, as it has been in centuries past through recorded history.

This does not mean necessarily that classical monetary theory requires gold itself to be passed hand-to-hand in each and every transaction.

A gold-based monetary system may use paper certificates which guarantee prompt exchange for gold of stated weight and quality to the bearer upon demand.



Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

But the system for exchanging paper certificates for gold, and vice versa, must be simple to use and must perform reliably so as to be trusted widely by the public.

A monetary system which falls short of this standard will fail, as the Federal Reserve Note and other central bank currencies around the world are failing presently.


B. Classical Fiscal Theory

Fiscal theory and policy deal with taxing, spending and regulatory actions by government as they interface with the private economy. These government activities substantially affect prosperity of people.

Accordingly, in past centuries they have been the subject of considerable attention by classical economists seeking to determine what government actions are beneficial and which are detrimental.

1. Say’s Law

A basic principle of classical fiscal theory, sometimes called Say’s Law, posits that a person must first produce in order to consume. In more basic terms, one must first get something to eat before one can eat it. 



Related: Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

After recognizing this elemental challenge faced by every person, classical economists have presented reasoned principles that governments should acknowledge and honor so as to minimize placing unwise burdens on any person seeking to provide for self or family.

2. Rule of Diminishing Returns

Another such principle is “the rule of diminishing returns” as it applies to tax rates, which is now often called the Laffer Curve.

This rule notes that any tax placed by government on its people raises zero dollars at two specific rates of taxation. One rate is zero and the second rate is 100% of the value of the taxed product or activity.

This observation leads to a very important secondary conclusion. The amount of revenues collected by any such tax rises from zero to a maximum and then recedes again to zero. So the point of maximum revenues is also the point of diminishing returns.



Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

Thus, every tax levied by government has two potential tax rates which will produce the same total tax revenues. The lower tax rate will most certainly be better for the individual or business being taxed, and thus will allow greater individual prosperity.

Therefore, the government ought to be certain that the tax rate adopted is the lower of the two tax rates that will produce the level of revenues necessary to serve the public interest.

3. Maximizing Employment

Are there other reasons for government to be certain to use the lowest possible tax rate rather than the highest? Yes. An important measure of prosperity in the economy is the percentage of total workers actually employed.

So classical economic theory considers that, if the tax rate is 100% of employment income, employment is certain to be zero. Likewise, employment is likely to be closest to 100% when the tax rate on wages is zero.

Thus, to achieve the highest possible employment level, tax rates on wages ought to be as low as possible.



Related: Longshot bet on ancient Chinese bonds could pay off thanks to trade war

4. Economic Growth Rate

Now consider the effects of the tax rate scenario on economic growth of the nation. Again, economic growth will be at or near it maximum rate when the tax rate on its production is at the lowest rate consistent with an efficiently operating society.

But as the tax rate rises to 100%, the rate of economic growth falls first to zero, then plunges into negative growth (contraction).

Obviously, high tax rates (with plunging employment) are not the pathway to economic expansion.

5. Tax Financial Transactions, Not Work or Production

On these principles, classical economic theory counsels the lowest tax rates consistent with efficient, well-run government.

Moreover, classical theory advises against taxes on earned income (hallmark of the middle class) at all!



Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The
Federal Reserve Bank


Government operations would be better supported without the present severe drag on economic production by elimination of federal and state taxes on earned income, and by replacement of such revenue sources with a low-percentage tax rate on financial transactions (including foreign exchange and derivatives).

(Points 1-5 above are made in greater detail with a few graphical illustrations in Chapter One of The Fruits of Graft.)


Kingmakers Cabal is Anti-Constitution

The founding fathers of America and the Constitution, including the Bill of Rights as originally written before nearly complete compromise by ill-chosen Supreme Court justices, did not permit taxes on income earned by productive activity.

That constitutional restriction against income taxes was inspired and motivated by principles of classical economic theory discussed above.

In 1895, the U. S. Supreme Court ruled that a graduated tax rate on earned income was unconstitutional. The 16th Amendment to the Constitution in 1913 permitting a graduated income tax was deemed properly ratified and valid, though that issue remains the subject of debate.



Related: President Trump is Fighting Back Against the Deconstuction of the US Economy by Satanic Deep State Globalists

The Kingmakers Cabal seeks global rule over all humanity. To that end, the cabal’s operatives (those known as Establishment politicians) aim to subvert constitutional rights and to pull down America’s national sovereignty.

They insist the long-tested and proven classical economics is antiquated and must continue giving way to Keynesian madness: presently they propose to tax highest earned incomes at a rate of 95%.


Trumpian Classical Alternatives

Very fortunately for Americans and the world, our elected president has acted on tax rates in a manner very consistent with classical fiscal theory as described above.

Federal deficit spending has remained very high, but under crisis conditions requiring military readiness to prevent challenges to the survival of constitutional government.

On monetary policy, President Trump’s challenge of the Federal Reserve’s destructive Keynesian practices and his nomination of Dr. Judy Shelton (a solid supporter of the gold standard for management of the dollar) are clear signals of his affinity for classical economic policies.



Related: Jerome Powell’s Never-Ending War on the Trump Economy Gives China the Upper Hand

The president rejects the Keynesian madness that has obfuscated the Fed’s actions and motives since the dollar was made the international reserve currency at the end of World War II
.

The president’s actions to revise and reform U. S. trade agreements are crucially important to the objective of restoring sound money for the benefit of Americans and all those who do business with us.

As described previously, before returning to the gold standard, America needs to sell products to other nations that will roughly equal the value of goods and services we buy from them.

This is why the president is pushing hard on China and other trading nations to reach a reasonable balance of trade, and why political opposition in the House and Senate – even refusing to approve the completed trade agreements with Mexico and Canada – are so detrimental to American interests.


The Cabal’s Keynesian Pushback

With all of this evidence that President Trump is the first U. S. president willing to push hard, expending real energy and creativity, to return America to sound economic principles, Establishment operatives continue deriding his capabilities and his efforts.



Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

Putting aside the hired pundits of the Times, the Post and the Journal, consider the completely misplaced disrespect of the president’s efforts shown by a long-time seller of investment newsletters (who summers in Aspen and otherwise resides in Argentina) deriding the U. S. president as an “economic idiot” and one who “knows nothing about economics.”

This is a typical offensive deflection technique to avoid thoughtful examination of President Trump’s historic reform agenda centered in classical economic theory.


Trump’s Classical Agenda

Consider the following components of President Trump's economic agenda:

Trump’s 2017 cuts in income tax rates on individuals and businesses to restore economic growth;

Trump’s renegotiation of trade agreements with Mexico, Canada, European Union and China with the objective of balancing the current account deficit of $850 billion annually;

Trump’s “magic wand” restoration of manufacturing jobs growth in the American economy after decades of severe job losses; and



Related: Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Trump’s pressuring of the privately owned, secretly operated Federal Reserve to prevent actions detrimental to economic prosperity.

Each of these points signals Trump’s recognition that the unsecured promissory notes called Federal Reserve Notes are to be replaced by sound money with stable value measured in gold.

This is to be done, partly because Americans ought to have good money for their savings, and partly because other nations are no longer willing to accept the Federal Reserve Notes or U. S. Treasury bonds as payment for their goods and services.

This entails ending the Federal Reserve.


Conclusion

On an objective basis, Americans now have political leadership that is both economically literate and politically capable of overcoming the mercantilist economic hegemony imposed upon us most ruthlessly since 1900. [This will also have a positive flow-on effect for the rest of the world.]

We must be certain to take full advantage of this historic opportunity.


Related Articles:

Black Americans Respond To Those Who Say Trump is Racist

President Donald J. Trump and First Lady Melania Trump Announce Official Visit and State Dinner with Australia

MSNBC: Trump Wants To ‘Exterminate’ Black People

Toxic, treasonous media pushing “white supremacist” hoax and hit lists of Trump supporters in desperate scheme to drive America into civil war

The 'Hate Trump' agenda by the Democrats has gone way too far

Donald Trump's no racist, as past acts and presidential record prove

'Pure Evil': Sister of Slain El Paso Couple Blasts Local Dems for Not Welcoming Trump to their City

Antisemitic beliefs spreading among evangelical Christians in America

Trump’s 17 immigration fixes that are cutting illegal crossings

Trump Launches Space Command, Vows American Dominance

Why Does The New York Times Attack American Exceptionalism?

President Trump unveils historic space command

President Trump Participates in the Establishment of the U.S. Space Command

Trump: Real 2020 Opponent Is The ‘Fake News Media,’ Not Democrats

Evil Google raced to hide all search results for the word “covfefe” after Trump tweeted it in hopes of making prez look stupid

US Military Eyes Strategic Value of Earth-Moon Space

Mueller Report: Assange Preferred Trump Because Hillary Was A “Sociopath” Who Would Start More Wars + Poll Shows Media Failed To Gaslight Public About Trump Campaign Spying

Trump Delivers The Google-Facebook Reckoning That Obama Refused & Google Suspends “Trending” Emails In New Zealand After Government Complaints

Justice Department Watchdog Has Evidence Comey Probed Trump, On The Sly

It is one of the most enduring and consequential mysteries of the Trump-Russia investigation: Why did former FBI Director James Comey refuse to say publicly what he was telling President Trump in private - that Trump was not the target of an ongoing probe?

That refusal ignited a chain of events that has consumed Washington for more than two years – including Comey’s firing by Trump, the appointment of Special Counsel Robert Mueller, and ongoing claims that Trump obstructed justice. 

Related: Comey Under DOJ Investigation For Misleading Trump While Targeting Him In FBI Probe

Now an answer is emerging. Justice Department Inspector General Michael Horowitz has now filed a report with evidence indicating that Comey was misleading the president.

Even as he repeatedly assured Trump that he was not a target, the former director was secretly trying to build a conspiracy case against the president, while at times acting as an investigative agent.

Two U.S. officials briefed on the inspector general’s investigation of FBI misconduct said Comey was essentially “running a covert operation against” the president, starting with a private “defensive briefing” he gave Trump just weeks before his inauguration.

They said Horowitz has examined high-level FBI text messages and other communications indicating Comey was actually conducting a “counterintelligence assessment” of Trump during that January 2017 meeting in New York. 

In addition to adding notes of his meetings and phone calls with Trump to the official FBI case file, Comey had an agent inside the White House who reported back to FBI headquarters about Trump and his aides, according to other officials familiar with the matter.



Related: The Full Story Of How Obama, Hillary And Brennan Carried Out The Crime Of The Century + Russia Hoax Collapses: Not A Single American Charged With Collusion With Russia; Left-Wing Media Has Been Lying All Along

Although Comey took many actions on his own, he was not working in isolation. One focus of Horowitz’s inquiry is the private Jan. 6, 2017, briefing Comey gave the president-elect in New York about material in the Democratic-commissioned dossier compiled by ex-British intelligence officer Christopher Steele.

Reports of that meeting were used days later by BuzzFeed, CNN and other outlets as a news hook for reporting on the dossier’s lascivious and unsubstantiated claims. 

Comey’s meeting with Trump took place one day after the FBI director met in the Oval Office with President Obama and Vice President Joe Biden to discuss how to brief Trump - a meeting attended by National Security Adviser Susan Rice, Homeland Security Secretary Jeh Johnson, Deputy Attorney General Sally Yates and National Intelligence Director James Clapper, who would soon go to work for CNN. 

In his recently published memoir, “A Higher Loyalty,” Comey denied having "a counterintelligence case file open on [Trump],” though he qualified the denial by adding this was true only in the “literal” sense.  

He also twice denied investigating Trump, under oath, in congressional testimony.



Related: Obama State At Center Of Anti-Trump Coup Cabal

Former federal prosecutor Andrew McCarthy, who has written extensively on the Trump-Russia probe as a columnist for National Review, said that just because the president’s name was not put on a file or a surveillance warrant does not mean the Comey FBI was not investigating him.


“They were hoping to surveil him incidentally, and they were trying to make a case on him,” McCarthy said.

“The real reason Comey did not want to repeat publicly the assurances he made to Trump privately is that these assurances were misleading.

The FBI strung Trump along, telling him he was not a suspect while structuring the investigation in accordance with the reality that Trump was the main subject."

But, former FBI counterintelligence agent and lawyer Mark Wauck said, the FBI lacked legal grounds to treat Trump as a suspect.


“They had no probable cause against Trump himself for ‘collusion’ or espionage,” he said.

They were scrambling to come up with anything to hang a hat on, but had found nothing.

What remains unclear is why Comey would take such extraordinary steps against a sitting president. The Mueller report concluded there was no basis for the Trump-Russia collusion conspiracy theories.



Related: Jared Kushner Explains How Mueller’s Junk Report Of Russian Facebook Influence Was Deep State Garbage

Comey himself was an early skeptic of the Steele dossier -- the opposition research memos paid for by Hillary Clinton’s campaign that were the road map of collusion theories – which he dismissed as “salacious and unverified.”

Republicans including House Intelligence Committee Vice Chairman Devin Nunes believe that Comey, like his top counterintelligence agent Peter Strzok, was attempting to “stop” the Trump presidency for political reasons.


You have the culmination of the ultimate spying, where you have the FBI director spying on the president, taking notes [and] illegally leaking those notes of classified information to anti-Trump media, Nunes said in a recent interview.

And of course nothing came of Mullers testimonies in fromt of two House committees. It was an embarassment for the Cabal.

The IG’s report, the summary of which has been released - was the first of many hot potatoes. In short, it finds that the FBI was operating illegally and the true origins of the Trump-Russia investigation are going to be exposed as fraud.

IG Horowitz and his team have examined more than 1 million records and conducted more than 100 interviews, including sit-downs with Comey and other current and former FBI and Justice Department personnel.

The period covering Comey’s activities is believed to run from early January 2017 to early May 2017, when Comey was fired and his deputy Andrew McCabe, as the acting FBI director, formally opened full counterintelligence and obstruction investigations of the president.

Related: The Shaky Standing of Mueller's Footnotes

Although Horowitz has focused primarily on whether the FBI misled the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court in its applications for surveillance warrants against former Trump campaign adviser Carter Page, he has pursued other related angles, including whether Comey personally misled the president and leaked classified FBI information about him, the officials said.

An attorney for Comey declined to answer emailed questions regarding the Horowitz investigation. The following account, drawn from officials briefed on the IG’s work and other sources, provides details of Comey’s actions between Trump’s election and his dismissal by the president.


Nine Conversations

Comey had nine conversations with Trump between January and May 2017, some in the White House.

Almost every time, he went back to FBI headquarters and wrote up a memo documenting not only his version of the conversation, but also a complete update of the Crossfire Hurricane investigation, the FBI’s code name for the Trump-Russia probe it launched in July 2016.

Some of the notes, which Comey locked in a safe, cited classified sources and methods, including the identities of witnesses and informants along with the code names their FBI handlers assigned to them, according to federal court papers.



Related: Trump: Comey 'thoroughly disgraced' after DOJ watchdog report

They also document the assistance provided by foreign intelligence agencies. They are said to be a map not only of his agents’ investigative activity relating to Crossfire Hurricane, but also his own dealings with the president.

After a private dinner with the president at the White House in late January 2017, the FBI director went home and wrote a memo about their conversation on his laptop, printed it out and attached it as a memo to the case file - much like a field agent writing up an FD-302 evidentiary report after interviewing a suspect.

He locked a copy in his personal safe and filed another copy at the FBI after sharing it with the bureau’s senior leadership. He also did some online sleuthing, personally searching Trump on Google and even looking through hours of YouTube videos of him.

In his 2018 memoir, Comey admits he held Trump in suspicion: “Even behind closed doors, he didn’t recoil about Russian behavior,” and seemed unwilling “to criticize the Russian government."

In February 2017, Comey wrote a memo saying that Trump had asked if Comey could “see his way clear” to end the probe of former-National Security Adviser Michael Flynn, who had resigned after admitting he hadn’t told the truth about a foreign policy discussion he had with the Russian ambassador during the transition.



Related: The Real Muellergate Scandal + Mueller, Comey, Rosenstein, Weissmann, FBI, DOJ Used Steele Dossier From 2016 To 2019 Knowing It Was A Bogus Report Filled With Lies

Comey has said he suspected the president was attempting to impede the FBI’s probe of Flynn. He immediately phoned McCabe to tell him about it.

Comey later huddled with his deputies on the 7th floor of the J. Edgar Hoover FBI Building to review his memo and get their input, setting off discussions about opening an inquiry into whether Trump had tried to obstruct the Flynn case.

His general counsel James Baker, Chief of Staff Jim Rybicki and Associate Deputy Director David Bowdich were also in the room, along with the heads of the FBI’s national security and counterintelligence units, according to congressional records.

In an interview last year with George Stephanopoulos of ABC News, Comey said he took notes on the president’s remarks about Flynn because “it could be evidence of a crime. It was really important that it be well-documented.”

At the time of the ABC interview, Comey was a witness in Mueller’s obstruction investigation, which ended with no charges or criminal prosecution.


McCabe’s deputy, Lisa Page, appeared to dissemble last year when asked in closed-door testimony before the House Judiciary Committee if Comey and other FBI brass discussed opening an obstruction case against Trump prior to his firing in May 2017.



Related: Judicial Watch Statement on DOJ IG Report on James Comey

Initially, she flatly denied it, swearing: “Obstruction of justice was not a topic of conversation during the time frame you have described.” But then, after conferring with her FBI-assigned lawyer, she announced: “I need to take back my prior statement.” Page later conceded that there could have been at least “discussions about potential criminal activity” involving the president.

Comey says that after Trump  asked him to "lift the cloud" over his presidency, while still encouraging Comey to go after any “satellite” associates of his if they had done something wrong, the director reported the request to then-acting Deputy Attorney General Dana Boente.

Comey filed another report with Boente in April after the president demanded to know why he had still failed to publicly disclose that he was not personally under investigation. In turn, Boente, who signed off on investigations including wiretaps of Trump advisers, took handwritten notes of his conversations with Comey and later turned them over to Mueller. (Boente is now the general counsel of the FBI.)

Trump grew angry at Comey for failing to tell the American people in public what he had been told at least three times in private - that he was not not under investigation in “this Russian business."

Comey, in fact, promised Trump on several occasions that he would try to find a way to acknowledge that publicly. He never did.



Related: The rise and fall of superhero Robert Mueller

As the Mueller report details, Trump’s frustration mounted later that March when Comey’s first public statement acknowledging a probe into possible ties between the Trump campaign and Russian interference in the 2016 presidential election left the impression that Trump himself was a target.

When Comey refused in May 3, 2017 Senate testimony to rule out anyone in the Trump campaign as a potential target of the criminal investigation, including "the president" - the opposite of what he had intimated to the president - Trump fumed to then-White House Counsel Don McGahn that it was “the last straw.”

Just a few days later, on May 9, Trump unceremoniously fired the FBI director. In response, Comey’s deputy McCabe ordered agents to formally open investigative files on Trump for espionage and obstruction of justice.

“It’s pretty clear that Comey’s firing is what prompted McCabe’s fury," former federal prosecutor and independent counsel Solomon L. Wisenberg said.

McCabe’s former aide Page admitted in her closed-door congressional interview that, at the time her boss ordered the investigations, they couldn't connect Trump to the Russia conspiracy, and that “it still existed in the scope of possibility that there would be literally nothing” there.

In fact, her lead partner on the case, Peter Strzok, confessed in a text: “My gut sense and concern is there’s no big there, there.



Related: Spygate: Trump Holds All the Cards In This Game + Insider Exposes Google’s Efforts To Influence 2020 Election Against Trump


Comey’s White House Source

At the same time Comey was personally scrutinizing the president during meetings in the White House and phone conversations from the FBI, he had an agent inside the White House working on the Russia investigation, where he reported back to FBI headquarters about Trump and his aides, according to officials familiar with the matter.

The agent, Anthony Ferrante, who specialized in cyber crime, left the White House around the same time Comey was fired and soon joined a security consulting firm, where he contracted with BuzzFeed to lead the news site's efforts to verify the Steele dossier, in connection with a defamation lawsuit.

Knowledgeable sources inside the Trump White House say Comey carved out an extraordinary new position for Ferrante, which allowed him to remain on reserve status at the FBI while working in the White House as a cybersecurity adviser.


“In an unprecedented action, Comey created a new FBI reserve position for Ferrante, enabling him to have an ongoing relationship with the agency, retaining his clearances and enabling him to come back in [to bureau headquarters],” said a former National Security Council official who requested anonymity.

“Between the election and April 2017, when Ferrante finally left the White House, the Trump NSC division supervisor was not allowed to get rid of Ferrante, he added, "and Ferrante continued working - in direct conflict with the no-contact policy between the White House and the Department of Justice.

Through a spokeswoman at FTI Consulting, which maintains the BuzzFeed contract, Ferrante declined to comment.

Another FBI official, Jordan Rae Kelly, who worked closely with Mueller when he headed the bureau, replaced Ferrante upon his White House exit (though she signed security logs for him to continue entering the White House as a visitor while he was working for BuzzFeed). Kelly left the White House last year and joined Ferrante at FTI Consulting.



Related: Independence Day Video Message: America Will Be Lost If Those Who Hate It Are Not Stopped + Trump Becomes The First US President To Set Foot On North Korean Soil
 
Working with Comey liaison Ferrante at the NSC in early 2017 was another Obama holdover - Tashina Gauhar, who remains a top national security adviser at the Justice Department.

In January 2017, Gauhar assisted former acting Attorney General Sally Yates in the Flynn investigation. Later, she helped Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein resist, initially, Trump’s order to fire Comey. Gauhar also took copious notes during her meetings with White House lawyers, which were cited by Mueller in the section of his report dealing with obstruction of justice.


Comey at Trump Tower

The officials familiar with Horowitz’s inquiry said his team has quizzed Comey about the circumstances surrounding a meeting he convened with Trump in Manhattan where the president-elect was first told of the Steele dossier material.

The stated purpose was to brief the incoming president about political warfare tactics, known as “active measures,” that Russia allegedly used against the U.S. during the 2016 campaign.

The officials said the inspector general has reviewed high-level FBI text message and other communications that indicate the agency may also have used the briefing for the covert purpose of carrying out a "counterintelligence assessment" operation against Trump and his senior staff who attended the briefing that day at Trump Tower.



Related: Comey’s Trump Tower Meeting Was Used for FBI’s Counterintelligence Investigation

In his memoir, Comey said he flew to New York on Jan. 6, 2017, to give the president-elect a private “defensive briefing” - to "tell him what Russia had done to try to help elect him.”

But there was more to it than that, in light of Comey’s meeting in the Oval Office the day before with Obama, Biden and the other Cabinet officials. Their plan to brief Trump, which Obama approved, included disclosing allegations from the dossier about the president-elect.

As the top law enforcement official in the room, Comey was chosen to confront Trump with "the material" that accused him of being compromised by Russia and engaging in a criminal conspiracy with Moscow to hack the election.

The morning before flying to New York, Comey met at FBI headquarters with a group of counterespionage officials and agents who were read in on the plan - code-named the “sensitive matter team” - for an update on the allegations against Trump and the overall Russia investigation.

The initial part of the intelligence briefing at Trump Tower included Vice President-elect Mike Pence, Reince Priebus, Trump’s chief of staff, and Flynn, who didn’t know he was under FBI scrutiny.



Related: George Soros's secret 2016 access to State exposes 'big money' hypocrisy of Democrats

Following a report on alleged Russian election interference, Comey cleared the conference room to privately brief Trump on the Clinton campaign-funded Steele dossier itself - without disclosing its source. He referred to the political document simply as “the derogatory files.”

Comey limited his briefing to the lurid rumor about prostitutes in a Moscow hotel, while omitting the fact that he had signed a wiretap warrant to eavesdrop on one of Trump’s campaign advisers based on other parts of the dossier.

Comey also failed to tell the president-elect that Flynn was under investigation along with Carter Page. In other words, Comey left the president in the dark on the most substantive assertions of the dossier.

The FBI was investigating Trump’s campaign “in hope of making a case on him,” McCarthy said.


"That is why Comey told Trump only about the salacious allegation involving prostitutes in a Moscow hotel; he did not tell the president-elect either that the main thrust of the dossier was Trump’s purported espionage conspiracy with the Kremlin, nor that the FBI had gone to the [FISA court] to get surveillance warrants based on the dossier.

Make no mistake,McCarthy added,the investigation was always about Donald Trump, from Day One."

Comey also withheld the facts that the dossier was financed by the Hillary Clinton campaign (Comey had known this since October 2016, if not earlier), that it was compiled by a private foreign contractor, and that it was not a product of the U.S. government.

The omissions led Trump to believe the contents of the dossier came from U.S. intelligence and were taken seriously by serious people in the government. If he had known otherwise, he could have easily dismissed the information as biased and unreliable - and questioned why Comey was even bothering to conduct such a briefing.



Related: DOJ watchdog says Comey violated FBI policies

Though Comey claims in his book he was “protecting" the president-elect from “any kind of coercion” or blackmail by Moscow, several former and current federal law enforcement officials said he was really testing his reaction to see if he showed signs of guilt or revealed information that could be used against him in the conspiracy case the FBI had already been building against no fewer than four of his advisers - Flynn, Page, George Papadopoulos and Paul Manafort.

In fact, it was Comey who just a couple of weeks later would dispatch two agents to the White House to grill Flynn about his post-election conversations with Russian diplomats. (Flynn’s lawyers argue the FBI set a “perjury trap” for the retired general.)

“We are not investigating you, sir,” Comey told Trump, an assurance that “seemed to quiet him,” the former director remarked in his book.

That statement seems undercut by the fact that Comey typed up his notes on his laptop in his government vehicle less than five minutes after he walked out of Trump Tower, according to a heavily redacted Jan. 7, 2017, email to his top aides.

Comey self-classified the notes at the “SECRET” level.

“I executed the session exactly as planned,” Comey reported back to his “sensitive matter team.”


Related Articles:

President Trump slams former Director Comey, calls him a ‘crooked cop’

Russia Gate Goes Down In History As A Remarkable Display Of American Stupidity + Barr ‘Right’ To Say
‘Spying’ Occurred On Trump Campaign

Trump Slams Dems For “Defrauding The Public With Ridiculous Bullshit” & The Shame Of America: Russia Gate Hoax And Mainstream Media Lies – Hanne Nabintu Herland, WND, Herland Report

Judicial Watch Victory: Court Grants Significant New Discovery in Clinton Email Case

Judicial Watch Releases Email Exchanges of Russian-Related Material between Nellie Ohr and DOJ Top Official Lisa Holtyn During the Time Ohr Worked at Fusion GPS

Fusion, the ‘Collusion’ Puppeteer

FBI ignored warnings about Clinton server

Congress Should Stop Wasting Time On Mueller - And Investigate Hillary Clinton’s Role In Steel Dossier

Trump strategic communications director on media lies, RNC machine

If Trump Declassifies These 10 Documents, Democrats Are Doomed

Is the Director of the FBI Dishonest? How Is White Nationalism More of a Threat than Zionist Bribery & Blackmail?

James Comey wants an apology? This is myth becoming madness


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind
September 7 2019 | From: NaturalNews / PaulCraigRoberts / TheMindUnleashed / Various

There was a time when British journalist and former CNN host Piers Morgan was about as contemptible as anyone else on that network.



His Left-wing stances on every political issue from immigration to taxes to gun control were difficult for pro-America, pro-liberty, pro-constitutionalist individuals to watch, let alone agree with.

Related: New York Times chief outlines coverage shift: From Trump-Russia to Trump racism

But something has happened to Morgan in recent months: He’s realized that yesterday’s “liberal Democrats” have been transformed into today’s “Democratic Socialists” who shun liberty, embrace tyranny, and are decidedly “illiberal.”

In an interview with sometimes-contemptible “conservative” Ben Shapiro, Morgan noted that he remains a liberal at heart but lamented that the Democrat Left has become intolerable, politically.


“Populism is rising because liberals have become unbearable, Okay? And I speak as a liberal… Liberals have become utterly, pathetically illiberal and it’s a massive problem,”
he said, as reported by The Gateway Pundit

What’s the point of calling yourself a liberal if you don’t allow anyone else to have a different view? You know, this snowflake culture we operate in, this victimhood culture that everyone has to think in a certain way, behave a certain way. Everyone has to have a bleeding heart, he added.

No doubt that Morgan is correct, and frankly, the Democrat Left has been trending towards irrationalism, tyranny, and an authoritarian mindset for years.



Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

We used to call it being “politically correct,” but Democrats have gone from ‘requesting’ compliance and conformity to demanding it and punishing anyone who disagrees or strays from the ‘accepted’ mode of thought.



“You say a joke 10 years ago that offended somebody you can never host the Oscars,”
Morgan continued.

So what’s happening around the world? Populism is rising because people are fed up with the PC culture.

They’re fed up with the snowflake culture. They’re fed up with everyone being offended by everything…

They just want to tell people, not just how to lead their life but if you don’t lead it the way I tell you to, It’s a kind of a version of fascism.”



Related: Study: Mainstream News Networks Support Democrats’ Values


If the Left Can Lose Piers Morgan…

Indeed it is. In fact, Left-wing extremist groups like Antifa claiming that they are ‘fighting fascism’ by opposing President Donald Trump, his supporters, and all conservatives is a sick joke.

They are the ones who employ the Nazi Brown Shirt tactics of violence and intimidation against political opponents.

In the 1930s as fascism was rising in Italy and becoming more mainstream in Hitler’s Germany, Brown Shirts would beat opponents, burn books, and attack institutions.

Clearly, the Left is responsible for doing very similar things today.



Related: Left-wing violence has created a ‘new normal’ for GOP Congress: Dramatic increase in threats

While Antifa and other Left-wing extremists don’t burn books, they work to deplatform conservatives and Trump supporters from social media, the “public square” of the 21st century.

They seek to deny them a voice in public.

They attempt to beat them into silence, and when that doesn’t work, they appeal to others to shut down opponents’ voices by banning them from Twitter, Facebook, YouTube, and other modes of communication.

All the while, their allies in the “mainstream” media denigrate, insult, and lie about conservatives and Right-leaning Americans who favor constitutionalism, the rule of law, open dialogue, gun rights, and President Trump’s “America first” policymaking mentality.




Media Running a Psychological Terror Campaign on All Americans





Related:
You Can’t Watch This: New Documentary Reveals How You’re Being Censored & Controlled





How is all of this violence and political intimidation playing out around the country?

Well, there are enclaves like Portland, Oregon, and Seattle, Washington, where such anti-conservative attitudes are not only acceptable but required.

And yet, some believe that the Democrat Left is pushing too far, that it has become too extreme, and in doing so has become a destructive political and social force.



 

And frankly, if Piers Morgan senses a big problem on the Left, then you can be assured one exists.



Related: ENOUGH: Trump Fights Fake News With Lawyers



How Long Before Danielle Ryan Is Assassinated?

Danielle Ryan is an Irish journalist. A real one, not a presstitute.




She says things that journalists nowhere in the Western world are any longer permitted to say. For example, Western journalism no longer is connected to factual reporting. It is simply used to get whoever the oligarchs want got.


Related: Uncensored Is Being Censored

Danielle notes that it is impossible to be a journalist today if you have any respect for facts, truth, and objectivity. Those are what get you fired. She is very gentle about it:


“No one could reasonably expect journalism to be an entirely mistake-free profession, but the rate at which demonstrably false stories percolate through the media ecosystem is alarming - and the more mistakes, it seems, the higher the reward.

Maddow has been held in almost heroic regard by her network, regardless of how many false and wacky stories she promotes.

From Iraq to Afghanistan, Libya and Syria, journalism has thrived on lies and misinformation.

Many of the pundits and columnists who were the biggest cheerleaders for the Iraq war, for example, are still regularly called upon to offer their sage advice, insights, and predictions for new military adventures.”



Related: Do ratings trump accountability in journalism? Latest retracted MSNBC ‘bombshell’ suggests ‘yes’

I find the stupidity of Americans and Europeans to be extraordinary. How can any person endowed with an IQ above 80 sit in front of TV media such as MSNBC, CNN, BBC, or read newspapers, especially the New York Times and Washington Post or listen to NPR?

Only people who are mentally and emotionally weak and seek refuge in the blue pill. Those who cannot face reality are the consumers of Western presstitute news.

Indeed, why do Americans and Europeans waste their time with media? The media is totally predictable. Here is the ironclad formula:


Trump is wrong and so is white America unless the insouciant white gentile fools are fighting for Israel in the Middle East and demonizing Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea in the financial interest of the military / security complex.

In the Western presstitute media you will never find any different story.


Related Articles:

Mapping the News Landscape

Google is censoring political content? *Gasp!* Who knew?

Google ‘Protest Guide’ Contains Only Far-Left Slogans, Project Veritas Leaks Reveal

History Is Made! Two Google Engineers Join Forces To Expose Tech Tyranny

Treasonous New York Times Busted for High Crime of Fake News

President Trump Tells Reporters NBC News Is Worse Than CNN

America’s Authoritarian Use of the Word “Authoritarianism”

Too Late: Trump Tells MSNBC Weasel O’Donnell To Lawyer Up, Despite ‘Apology’

The weaponisation of information is mutating at alarming speed

Trump Condemns the Washington Post, Mainstream Media in Labor Day Tweets

Fake News CNN Hires Confirmed FBI Liar McCabe As Contributor

Is The NY Times Preparing Us for a Camp of the Saints Experience?

Behold, The Cognitive Dissonance Of The Media In One Graph

‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being
Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine

Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

Startling Evidence Indicates Funded Propaganda Campaign Responsible For War On Fake News

Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Have you ever wondered why we are so addicted to sex, drugs, food, fear, and violence?



Are these addictions natural or have we been conditioned to become addicted to these things?


Related: Five Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

If you understand how subliminal messages are used in advertising, you may agree with me that addictions are often not natural because they are usually the results of conditioned behaviors.


The Purpose of Subliminal Messages in Advertising

Since the day you were born, you have been bombarded with all types of negative subliminal and non-subliminal messages.

Many companies created these messages to specifically target your subconscious mind, so that they can manipulate your mind to a certain point.

Because of their subliminal tricks, they have slowly conditioned you to behave the way that they want you to behave.

Negative subliminal messages are some of the main reasons why our society is so obsessed with sex, drugs, food, and violence.



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

A lot of negative subliminal messages are designed to provoke fear, racism, and segregation, which is why we have such a hard time getting along with other cultures and achieving world peace.

Some of the main purposes of advertising are to get you to be informed of certain products and services and to motivate you to buy them.

To achieve these things, catchy lines, attractive graphics, seductive videos, and special offers are often used in ads to condition your subconscious to motivate you to act in certain ways toward a product or service.

Once they are able to manipulate your mind using negative subliminal messages, they can manipulate and control your behavior to a large degree.

They are able to do this because you are not even aware that you are being manipulated. If subliminal messages did not work, why would companies spend millions of dollars per year on them?



Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge


Sigils, Word Magic, and Mnemonics in Advertising

Nowadays, subliminal ads are often incorporated with sigils, word magic, and mnemonics to create magic spells to reprogram your mind at a deeper level.

Sigils, word magic, and mnemonics can not control 100 percent of your mind, but they do affect your mind more than you may realize.

The medium they like to use to broadcast or cast magic spells to reprogram your mind is TV. The acronym TV stands for television or “tell-a-vision.”



Related: Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations
Campaign Based On The Truth


Phonetically, television sounds like “tell-a-vision.” This type of word play is one of their favorite ways to hide their intention in plain sight. It is sometimes refer to as word magic.

The hidden agenda of TV / tell-a-vision is to use it to broadcast subliminal ads along with sigils, word magic, and mnemonics to tell you a vision to brainwash you.

This is why TV shows are called programs, which are “mind control” programs used for conditioning your mind, so that they can control how you think. It is right in your face!




How to Protect Your Mind from Negative Subliminal Messages

To effectively protect your mind from negative subliminal messages, you first need to understand how they work.

Subliminal messages are like magic tricks. Once you understand how they work, they can not trick you or manipulate your mind as much anymore.

Another great way to protect your mind from negative subliminal messages is to increase your frequency by learning how to access high frequency energy.

If you watch a lot of TV, you should turn it off as much as possible. The flickering rate of TV affects your brain in a negative way, causing your brain activity to change from beta waves, which is a normal and awake state of mind, to primarily alpha waves.

When your brain waves change to alpha waves, they cause you to be in a relaxed state of mind. In this trance-like state, your mind can easily be programmed.



Related: The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

This change in brain activity puts your mind in a dream-like state and thus it turns off the higher critical functions of your brain.

Being in this trance state can be disempowering, because your mind can easily be manipulated into accepting any message as truth. This is why TV is so effective for manipulating your mind.

One of the best ways to protect your mind from negative subliminal messages in advertising is to stop allowing the mainstream media to teach you how to think.

Also, learn to discipline your mind and be more responsible. Doing these things will make it harder for your ego to influence your decisions. Meditation is a great way to discipline your mind. A great article to read to learn how to meditate is titled 5 Tips on How to Meditate for Beginners.

Once you start detoxing your mind of negative subliminal messages, you will notice that many of your addictions will not affect you as much anymore. In addition, your stress levels will drop, causing you to have less emotional problems.

Related: Not So Truthful Ads From Yesteryear: A Review of Merchandising Hype


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

One Of Epstein’s Victims Claims She Was Forced To Have Sex With Prince Andrew As A Teen & Mega Group, Maxwells And Mossad: The Spy Story At The Heart Of The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal
September 6 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution / MintPressNews / Various

One of convicted pedophile Jeffrey Epstein’s many accusers, Virginia Roberts Giuffre, has responded to Prince Andrew’s claims that he is innocent, and never engaged in or knew about the abusive activities of Jeffrey Epstein. 



Roberts, Andrew and Ghislaine Maxwell (more on her below) are pictured above

She has stated that Prince Andrew ‘knows what he has done’ and hopes that he comes clean.

Related: New evidence shows Prince Andrew in Jeffrey Epstein's home in 2010

Epstein recently, apparently, committed suicide in his cell awaiting the outcome of a child sex trafficking charge.

Andrew and his relationship with Epstein has always been in the spotlight, similar to Epstein’s relationships with other powerful people, like Bill Clinton, for example.


In Brief:

The Facts: Prince Andrew has stated publicly that he had no idea about the activity that Jeffrey Epstein was involved in with regards to the trafficking of children as well as pedophilia.

Reflect On: How can Prince Andrew simply make a comment like this without being investigated when there is enough proof for the public to see that he is clearly lying? What's going on here? How much power does the Royal Family have?

But these relationships were highlighted even more not long ago, when a federal appeals court unsealed more than 2,000 pages of documents related to Jeffrey Epstein and his alleged recruiter of underage girls, Ghislaine Maxwell. 

The documents were part of a defamation lawsuit that Epstein accuser Giuffre filed against Maxwell years ago. Prince Andrew is one of the many ‘powerful’ people Giuffre was forced to have sex with.



Related: Dozens of Alleged Epstein Victims Describe Abuses By Pedophile In Court

Andrew’s claims of innocence are hard to believe, and that’s because he has been pictured with Epstein even after he was convicted as a sex offender, yet at the same time set free, and has also been seen pictured inside of one of Epstein’s homes with young girls constantly coming and going.

Epstein had previously been jailed in Florida in 2008 for child trafficking. Again, despite that conviction Prince Andrew continued to see Epstein – and again,  was pictured staying with him at his £63million Manhattan mansion in 2010.

For example, on December 6 2010, pedophile Jeffrey Epstein was seen leaving his home, Prince Andrew was spotted inside, the picture was obtained by the Daily Mail. You can see more pictures here.



Related: Jeffrey Epstein Linked to Australian Pedo Prime Minister Paul Keating

Roberts’ lawyer, David Boies, has urged Prince Andrew to come clean about what he knows about Epstein, and is considering potential legal action against the Prince.

Boies is part of the legal team that is representing multiple women who are claiming they were abused by several powerful people, including Epstein, who supposedly killed himself in jail earlier this month.

In an interview with Sky News on Wednesday, Mr Boies said it would “advance his interests” for Andrew to speak to him if he “really has nothing to hide”.

It’s a head scratcher how Andrew can simply make a claim that he had no idea of Epstein’s activities when clearly, that isn’t the case.


Not the First Royal Connection

This isn’t the first time the Royal Family has been implicated in such activity, let’s not forget about Sir Jimmy Savile, a BBC children’s television presenter feted by the Royal Family and Downing Street, abused 450 victims, mostly boys and girls as young as eight over 50 years.

While Savile had long been seen as odd, the scale of his offenses shocked the country. He was even allowed special access to hospitals, and the authorities laughed at or ignored his victims before he died a national hero. He was very close with the Royal Family.



Related: A Few Inconvenient Truths About The 'British Royal Family': The Queen's Speech - Decyphered

This kind of thing has been floating around out there for decades. For example, a member of the Royal family was claimed to be part of a suspected pedophile ring under investigation by the police in the late 1980s, a former police officer has said.

The former Metropolitan Police officer said he was told by a detective sergeant that the investigation into the ring, which was also claimed to include an MP, was shut down for national security reasons.


“I was in a car with two other vice squad officers … The detective sergeant said he had just had a major child abuse investigation shut down by the CPS regarding a royal and an MP,”  he told the Sunday Mirror newspaper.

“He did not mention names, but he said the CPS had said it was not in the public’s interest because it ‘could destabilize national security’.”

Peter McKelvie, a former child protection chief in the UK, gained attention when he claimed that senior politicians, military figures and even people linked to the Royal Family were among the alleged abusers

While working in Hereford and Worcester, he helped to convict notorious child abuser Peter Righton, who was once one of the country’s most respected authorities on child care. 

This highlights a great point, and something that I’ve come across multiple times in my research. Many people who work for national child care protection programs are directly involved in this type of thing.

McKelvie is one of many who told the world that these types of powerful VIP pedophile rings have been running in secrecy for multiple years. (Source)



Related: Satanic Pedophilia Network Exposed In Australia - It Starts At The TOP, Just Like In The USA And UK

A residential school survivor by the name of William Coombes was set to testify at a session of the International Tribunal into Crimes of Church and State against humanity committed by Elizabeth II and her husband but suddenly had a mysterious death. You can read more about that here.

These are simply a few examples out of many more.


The Takeaway

At Collective Evolution, we’ve been covering this topic for a decade now. Based on our research, it’s quite clear that the trafficking of teenagers and young children is quite common among powerful people.

Many figures in our world that are idolized, worshiped, and deemed as the world’s greatest leaders and philanthropists are involved. This topic also goes into the murder and satanic ritualistic abuse of children, but this is a heavy subject to explore.



Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked
Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

Many of our ‘leaders’ who control much of the world’s resources and dictate political policy are indeed involved in psychopathic behaviour, it’s no surprise that our world is somewhat a reflection of that.

This type of activity starts within the Vatican and drips down into the Royal Families, into the financial elite and the world of politics and entertainment.


Related Articles:

Prince Andrew says ‘appalled’ by Jeffrey Epstein sex abuse claims after video emerges

Prince Andrew Releases New Statement on Epstein Ties

MP Nick Smith Hires Lawyer To Silence Child Abuse Ring Rumours




Mega Group, Maxwells And Mossad: The Spy Story At The Heart Of The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal

The picture painted by the evidence is not a direct Epstein tie to a single intelligence agency but a web linking key members of the Mega Group, politicians, and officials in both the U.S. and Israel, and an organized-crime network with deep business and intelligence ties in both nations.



As billionaire pedophile and alleged sex-trafficker, Jeffrey Epstein sits in prison, reports have continued to surface about his reported links to intelligence, his financial ties to several companies and “charitable” foundations, and his friendships with the rich and powerful as well as top politicians. 

Related: Government by Blackmail: Jeffrey Epstein, Trump’s Mentor and the Dark Secrets of the Reagan Era

While Part I and Part II of this series, “The Jeffrey Epstein Scandal: Too Big to Fail,” have focused on the widespread nature of sexual blackmail operations in recent American history and their ties to the heights of American political power and the U.S. intelligence community, one key aspect of Epstein’s own sex-trafficking and blackmail operation that warrants examination is Epstein’s ties to Israeli intelligence and his ties to the “informal” pro-Israel philanthropist faction known as “the Mega Group.”

The Mega Group’s role in the Epstein case has garnered some attention, as Epstein’s main financial patron for decades, billionaire Leslie Wexner, was a co-founder of the group that unites several well-known businessmen with a penchant for pro-Israel and ethno-philanthropy (i.e., philanthropy benefiting a single ethnic or ethno-religious group).

However, as this report will show, another uniting factor among Mega Group members is deep ties to organized crime, specifically the organized crime network discussed in Part I of this series, which was largely led by notorious American mobster Meyer Lansky.

By virtue of the role of many Mega Group members as major political donors in both the U.S. and Israel, several of its most notable members have close ties to the governments of both countries as well as their intelligence communities
.

As this report and a subsequent report will show, the Mega Group also had close ties to two businessmen who worked for Israel’s Mossad - Robert Maxwell and Marc Rich - as well as to top Israeli politicians, including past and present prime ministers with deep ties to Israel’s intelligence community. 



One of those businessmen working for the Mossad, Robert Maxwell, will be discussed at length in this report.

Maxwell, who was a business partner of Mega Group co-founder Charles Bronfman, aided the successful Mossad plot to plant a trapdoor in U.S.-created software that was then sold to governments and companies throughout the world.

That plot’s success was largely due to the role of a close associate of then-President Ronald Reagan and an American politician close to Maxwell, who later helped aid Reagan in the cover-up of the Iran Contra scandal. 

Years later, Maxwell’s daughter - Ghislaine Maxwell - would join Jeffrey Epstein’s “inner circle” at the same time Epstein was bankrolling a similar software program now being marketed for critical electronic infrastructure in the U.S. and abroad.

That company has deep and troubling connections to Israeli military intelligence, associates of the Trump administration, and the Mega Group. 

Epstein appears to have ties to Israeli intelligence and has well-documented ties to influential Israeli politicians and the Mega Group.

Yet, those entities are not isolated in and of themselves, as many also connect to the organized crime network and powerful alleged pedophiles discussed in previous installments of this series. 



Related: ‘Serious Irregularities’: Attorney General Vows Full Investigation Into Jeffrey Epstein’s Death In Custody
& Jeffrey Epstein’s Endless Connections


Perhaps the best illustration of how the connections between many of these players often meld together can be seen in Ronald Lauder: a Mega Group member, former member of the Reagan administration, long-time donor to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Israel’s Likud Party, as well as a long-time friend of Donald Trump and Roy Cohn.


From Cosmetics Heir to Political Player

One often overlooked yet famous client and friend of Roy Cohn is the billionaire heir to the Estee Lauder cosmetics fortune, Ronald Lauder.

Lauder is often described in the press as a “leading Jewish philanthropist” and is the president of the World Jewish Congress, yet his many media profiles tend to leave out his highly political past. 

In a statement given by Lauder to New York Times reporter Maggie Haberman in 2018, the cosmetics heir noted that he has known Trump for over 50 years, going back at least to the early 1970s.

According to Lauder, his relationship with Trump began when Trump was a student at the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, which Lauder also attended. 



President-elect Trump walks with Ronald Lauder after meeting at Mar-a-Lago, Dec. 28, 2016, in Palm Beach, Florida

Though the exact nature of their early friendship is unclear, it is evident that they shared many of the same connections, including to the man who would later count them both as his clients, Roy Cohn.

While much has been said of the ties between Cohn and Trump, Cohn was particularly close to Lauder’s mother, Estee Lauder (born Josephine Mentzer). Estee was even counted among Cohn’s most high-profile friends in his New York Times obituary

A small window into the Lauder-Cohn relationship surfaced briefly in a 2016 article in Politico about a 1981 dinner party held at Cohn’s weekend home in Greenwich, Connecticut.

The party was attended by Ronald Lauder’s parents, Estee and Joe, as well as Trump and his then-wife Ivana, who had a weekend home just two miles away.

That party was held soon after Cohn had helped Reagan secure the presidency and had reached the height of his political influence. At the party, Cohn offered toasts to Reagan and to then-Senator for New York Alfonse D’Amato, who would later urge Ronald Lauder to run for political office.

Two years later, in 1983, Ronald Lauder - whose only professional experience at that point was working for his parent’s cosmetics company - was appointed to serve as United States Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for European and NATO Affairs.



Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

Soon after his appointment, he served on the Dinner Tribute Committee for a dinner hosted by the Jewish fraternal and strongly pro-Israel organization B’nai B’rith, the parent organization of the controversial Anti-Defamation League (ADL), in Roy Cohn’s honor.

Cohn’s influential father, Albert Cohn, was the long-time president of B’nai B’rith’s powerful New England-New York chapter and Roy Cohn himself was a member of B’nai B’rith’s Banking and Finance Lodge.

The dinner specifically sought to honor Cohn for his pro-Israel advocacy and his efforts to “fortify” Israel’s economy, and its honorary chairmen included media mogul Rupert Murdoch, Donald Trump and then-head of Bear Stearns Alan Greenberg, all of whom are connected to Jeffrey Epstein. 

During his time as deputy assistant secretary of defense, Lauder was also very active in Israeli politics and had already become an ally of the then-Israeli representative to the United Nations and future prime minister of Israel, Benjamin Netanyahu.

Lauder would go on to be one of the most important individuals in Netanyahu’s rise to power, particularly during his upset victory in 1996, and a major financier of Israel’s right-wing Likud Party. 

In 1986, the year that Roy Cohn died, Lauder left his post at the Pentagon and became the U.S. ambassador to Austria, where his tenure was shaped by his confrontations with the then-Austrian president and former Nazi collaborator, Kurt Waldheim.



Related: Epstein Created $577 Million Trust Days Before His Death

Lauder’s interest in Austrian politics has continued well into recent years, culminating in accusations that he sought to manipulate Austrian elections in 2012.

After leaving his ambassadorship, Lauder founded the Ronald S. Lauder Foundation in 1987 and later went on to run for Mayor of New York against Rudy Giuliani in 1989.

Lauder was encouraged to run by then-Senator Alfonse D’Amato, who had close ties to Roy Cohn and his long-time law partner Tom Bolan, who was D’Amato’s adviser. At the aforementioned 1983 B’nai B’rith dinner honoring Cohn, D’Amato was the featured speaker.

The likely reason was that Giuliani, though once an ally of the “Roy Cohn machine,” was at the time deeply disliked by the late Cohn’s associates for prosecuting Cohn’s former law partner, Stanley Friedman, for racketeering, conspiracy and other charges.

Giuliani also had a history of bitter disagreements with D’Amato. Lauder’s primary campaign, though unsuccessful, was noted for its viciousness and its cost, as it burned through more than $13 million.

A few years later, in the early 1990s, Lauder would join a newly formed group that has long evaded scrutiny from the media but has recently become of interest in connection with the Jeffrey Epstein scandal: the Mega Group.




Judge Jeanine Drops Bomb on Epstein Case – One Look at His Cellmate and You’ll be Shocked

Judge Jeanine Pirro went on with Tucker Carlson this week to discuss the Jeffrey Epstein case. Judge Jeanine said the medical examiners jumped too quickly with their conclusions.

Judge Jeanine actually knew Jeffrey Epstein’s cellmate.Can you believe that?





Related: Tucker Carlson: I Hear There are Jeffrey Epstein Blackmail Tapes





Lauder, Epstein and the Mysterious Austrian Passport

Before getting to the Mega Group, it is worth noting one particular act apparently undertaken by Lauder while he was U.S. ambassador to Austria that has recently come to light in relation to the arrest in early July of Jeffrey Epstein, a finding first reported by journalist Edward Szall.

When police recently discovered an Austrian passport with Epstein’s picture and a fake name after raiding his Manhattan residence, the source and purpose of the passport came under media scrutiny.

According to the Associated Press, Epstein’s defense lawyers specifically argued that “a friend gave it to him [Epstein] in the 1980s after some Jewish-Americans were informally advised to carry identification bearing a non-Jewish name when traveling internationally during a period when hijackings were more common.”

This claim appears to be related to concerns that followed the hijacking of Air France Flight 139 in 1976 when Israeli and Jewish hostages were separated from other hostages based largely on the passports in their possession.

Given that Epstein was unable to meet the conventional qualifications for an Austrian passport - including long-term residency in Austria (the passport lists him as a resident of Saudi Arabia) and fluency in German - it appears that the only way to have acquired an Austrian passport was by unconventional means, meaning assistance from a well-connected Austrian official or foreign diplomat with clout in Austria.



Ronald Lauder, right, and Austrian Chancellor Viktor Klima pose with students from the Lauder Chabad School in Vienna, Austria in 1999

Lauder, then-ambassador to Austria for the Reagan administration, would have been well-positioned to acquire such a passport, particularly for the reason cited by Epstein’s attorneys that Jewish-Americans could be targeted during travel, and in light of Lauder’s very public concerns over threats Jews face from certain terror groups.

Furthermore, the passport had been issued in 1987, when Lauder was still serving as an ambassador.

In addition, Lauder was well-connected to Epstein’s former patron - former head of Bear Stearns Alan Greenberg, who had hired Epstein in the late 1970s immediately after the latter was fired from the Dalton School - and Donald Trump, another friend of Lauder and Greenberg who began his friendship with Epstein in 1987, the same year the fake Austrian passport was issued.

In 1987, Epstein also began his relationship with his principal financier, Leslie Wexner, who is also closely associated with Lauder (though some sources claim that Epstein and Wexner first met in 1985 but that their strong business relationship was not established until 1987). 

Though Epstein’s defense attorney declined to reveal the identity of the “friend” who provided him with the fake Austrian passport, Lauder was both well-positioned to acquire it in Austria and also deeply connected to the Mega Group, which was co-founded by Epstein’s patron Leslie Wexner and to which Epstein has many connections.



Billionaire Lesley Wexner owns among a number of businesses, Victoria's Secret

These connections to both the Austrian government and to Epstein’s mentor make Lauder the most likely person to have acquired the document on Epstein’s behalf.

Furthermore, Epstein and the Mega Group’s ties to the Israeli intelligence agency, Mossad, also suggest Lauder was involved in procuring the passport, in light of his close ties to the Israeli government and the fact that Mossad has a history of using ambassadors abroad to procure false, foreign passports for its operatives. 

Lauder himself has been alleged to have ties to Mossad, as he is a long-time funder of IDC Herzliya, an Israeli university closely associated with Mossad and their recruiters as well as Israeli military intelligence. Lauder even founded IDC Herzliya’s Lauder School of Government, Diplomacy and Strategy. 

Furthermore, Lauder co-founded the Eastern European broadcasting network CETV with Mark Palmer, a former U.S. diplomat, Kissinger aide and Reagan speechwriter.

Palmer is better known for co-founding the National Endowment for Democracy (NED), an organization often described as an accessory to U.S. intelligence, and one whose first president confessed to the Washington Post that “a lot of what we do today was done covertly 25 years ago by the CIA.”

A 2001 report in the Evening Standard noted that Epstein once claimed that during the 1980s he worked for the CIA, but Epstein later backed away from that assertion.



A man walks his dog next to an apartment building owned by Jeffrey Epstein in the 16th district in Paris

Related: France opens Epstein-linked rape investigation


The Origins of the Mega Group Mafia

The Mega Group - a secretive group of billionaires to which Lauder belongs - was formed in 1991 by Charles Bronfman and Leslie Wexner, the latter of whom has received considerable media scrutiny following the July arrest of his former protege Jeffrey Epstein.

Media profiles
of the group paint it as “a loosely organized club of 20 of the nation’s wealthiest and most influential Jewish businessmen” focused on “philanthropy and Jewishness,” with membership dues upwards of $30,000 per year. Yet several of its most prominent members have ties to organized crime.

Mega Group members founded and/or are closely associated with some of the most well-known pro-Israel organizations. For instance, members Charles Bronfman and Michael Steinhardt formed Birthright Taglit with the backing of then- and current Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

Steinhardt, an atheist, has stated that his motivation in helping to found the group was to advance his own belief that devotion to and faith in the state of Israel should serve as “a substitute for [Jewish] theology.” 

Other well-known groups associated with the Mega Group include the World Jewish Congress - whose past president, Edgar Bronfman, and current president, Ronald Lauder, are both Mega Group members - and B’nai B’rith, particularly its spin-off known as the Anti-Defamation League (ADL).

The Bronfman brothers were major donors to the ADL, with Edgar Bronfman serving as the ADL’s honorary national vice-chair for several years.



Former Israeli president Shimon Peres, second from left, listens to Edgar Bronfman during a 1995 lunch thrown in Peres’ honor. From left are: Laurence Tisch, Chairman, President and Chief executive officer of CBS; Israeli Ambassador to the United States. Itamar Rabinowitz and Bronfman

When Edgar Bronfman died in 2013, long-time ADL Director Abe Foxman said, “Edgar was for many years Chair of our Liquor Industry Division, Chair of our New York Appeal, and one of our most significant benefactors.”

Other Mega Group members that are donors and major supporters of the ADL include Ronald Lauder, Michael Steinhardt and the late Max Fisher.

As previously mentioned, Roy Cohn’s father was a long-time leader of B’nai B’rith’s influential New England-New York chapter and Cohn was later a celebrated member of its banking and finance lodge.

In addition, Mega Group members have also been key players in the pro-Israel lobby in the United States.

For instance, Max Fisher of the Mega Group founded the National Jewish Coalition, now known as the Republican Jewish Coalition - the main pro-Israel neoconservative political lobbying group, known for its support of hawkish policies, and whose current chief patrons, Sheldon Adelson and Bernard Marcus, are among Donald Trump’s top donors.

Though the Mega Group has officially existed only since 1991, the use of “philanthropy” to provide cover for more unscrupulous lobbying or business activities was pioneered decades earlier by Sam Bronfman, the father of Mega Group members Edgar and Charles Bronfman.

While other North American elites like J.D. Rockefeller had previously used philanthropic giving as a means of laundering their reputations, Bronfman’s approach to philanthropy was unique because it was focused on giving specifically to other members of his own ethno-religious background.



Related: Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

Sam Bronfman, as was detailed in Part I of this series, had long-standing deep ties to organized crime, specifically Meyer Lanksy’s organized crime syndicate. Yet, Bronfman’s private ambition, according to those close to him, was to become a respected member of high society.

As a consequence, Bronfman worked hard to remove the stain that his mob associations had left on his public reputation in Canada and abroad.

He accomplished this by becoming a leader in Canada’s Zionist movement and, by the end of the 1930s, he was head of the Canadian Jewish Congress and had begun to make a name for himself as a philanthropist for Jewish causes.

Yet even some of Bronfman’s activism and philanthropy had hints of the mobster-like reputation he tried so hard to shake. For instance, Bronfman was actively involved in the illegal shipping of arms to Zionist paramilitaries in Palestine prior to 1948, specifically as a co-founder of the National Conference for Israeli and Jewish Rehabilitation that smuggled weapons to the paramilitary group Haganah. 

At the same time Bronfman was abetting the illegal smuggling of weapons to the Haganah, his associates in the criminal underworld were doing the same.

After World War II, close aides of David Ben-Gurion, who would later become the first prime minister of Israel and was instrumental in the founding of Mossad, forged tight-knit relationships with Meyer Lansky, Benjamin “Bugsy” Siegel, Mickey Cohen and other Jewish gangsters of the period.



Related: Strange Things Are Happening on Epstein Island: Drone Footage

They used their clandestine networks to establish a vast arms smuggling network between the United States and Zionist settlements in Palestine, arming both the Haganah and the Irgun paramilitary groups.

As noted in Part I of this report, at the same time these gangsters were aiding the illegal arming of ZIonsit paramilitaries, they were strengthening their ties to U.S. intelligence that had first been formally (though covertly) established in World War II. 

After Israel was founded, Sam Bronfman worked with future Israeli Prime Minister Shimon Peres to negotiate the sale of Canadian armaments at half-price to Israel and the bargain weapons purchase was paid for entirely by a fundraising dinner hosted by Bronfman and his wife. Many years later, Peres would go on to introduce another future prime minister of Israel, Ehud Barak, to Jeffrey Epstein.

The rest of the Bronfman family’s march on “the road to respectability” was undertaken by Bronfman’s children, who married into aristocratic families such as the European Rothschilds and the Wall Street “royalty” of the Lehmans and the Loebs

The Bronfmans’ newfound respectability did not mean that their association with the Lansky-led criminal empire had dissolved.

Indeed, prominent members of the Seagrams dynasty came under fire in the 1960s and 1970s for their close association with Willie “Obie” Obront, a major figure in Canadian organized crime, whom Canadian professor Stephen Schneider has referred to as the Meyer Lansky of Canada.



Related: Jeffrey Epstein and the Spectacle of Secrecy

However, Edgar and Charles Bronfman were hardly the only members of the Mega Group with deep and long-standing ties to the Lansky-led National Crime Syndicate.

Indeed, one of the group’s prominent members, hedge fund manager Michael Steinhardt, opened up about his own family ties to Lansky in his autobiography No Bull: My Life in and out the Markets, where he noted that his father, Sol “Red McGee” Steinhardt, was Lansky’s jewel fence of choice and a major player in New York’s criminal underworld. Sol Steinhardt was also his son’s first client on Wall Street and helped him jumpstart his career in finance.

The ties between the Mega Group and the National Crime Syndicate don’t stop there. Another prominent member of the Mega Group with ties to this same criminal network is Max Fisher, who has been described as Wexner’s mentor and is also alleged to have worked with Detroit’s “Purple Gang” during Prohibition and beyond.

The Purple Gang were part of the network that smuggled Bronfman liquor from Canada into the United State during Prohibition, and one of its founders, Abe Bernstein, was a close associate of both Meyer Lansky and Moe Dalitz. Fisher was a key adviser to several U.S. presidents, beginning with Dwight D. Eisenhower, as well as to Henry Kissinger.



Max Fisher, center, and Henry Kissinger, right, meet with leaders of Jewish organizations prior to Kissinger’s 1975 Middle East trip

In addition to Fisher, Mega Group member Ronald Lauder was connected to Roy Cohn and Tom Bolan, both of whom were closely associated with this same Lansky-led crime network (see Part I and Part II) and who regularly represented top Mafia figures in court.

Furthermore, another member of the Mega Group, director Steven Spielberg, is a well-known protege of Lew Wasserman, the mob-connected media mogul and long-time backer of Ronald Reagan’s film and later political career, discussed in Part II of this series.

One surprise connection to Cohn involves Mega Group member, and former president of U.S. weapons firm General Dynamics, Lester Crown, whose brother-in-law is David Schine, Cohn’s confidant and alleged lover during the McCarthy hearings, whose relationship with Cohn helped bring about the downfall of McCarthyism.

Another member of the Mega Group worth noting is Laurence Tisch, who owned CBS News for several years and founded Loews Corporation. Tisch is notable for his work for the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the precursor to the CIA, where Donald Barr, who hired Epstein at the Dalton School, also served and which forged ties with Lansky’s criminal empire during World War II. 


Wexner’s Mansions and the Shapiro Murder 

Leslie “Les” Wexner, the other Mega Group co-founder, also has ties to organized crime. Wexner’s ties to Jeffrey Epstein have come under scrutiny following the latter’s recent arrest, as Wexner was the only publicly acknowledged client of Epstein’s suspicious hedge fund, the source of much of this wealth, and the previous owner of Epstein’s $56 million Manhattan townhouse, which Wexner transferred to an Epstein-controlled entity for free. 



Related: Russia Hoax Coup and Epstein Interlocked – Kevin Shipp

Before Epstein received the townhouse, Wexner appears to have used the residence for some unconventional purposes, noted in a 1996 New York Times article on the then-Wexner-owned residence, which included “a bathroom reminiscent of James Bond movies: hidden beneath a stairway, lined with lead to provide shelter from attack and supplied with closed-circuit television screens and a telephone, both concealed in a cabinet beneath the sink.”

The Times article does not speculate as to the purpose of this equipment, though the allusion to famous fictional superspy James Bond suggests that it may have been used to snoop on guests or conduct electronic surveillance.

The 1996 Times article also noted that, after Wexner bought the residence for $13.2 million in 1989, he spent millions more decorating and furnishing the home, including the addition of the electronic equipment in the “James Bond” bathroom, only to apparently never live in it.

The Times, which interviewed Epstein for the piece, quoted him as saying that “Les never spent more than two months there.” Epstein told the Times, which identified Epstein as Wexner’s “protege and one of his financial advisers,” that the house, by that time, already belonged to him.

That same year, Epstein was commissioning artwork for Wexner’s Ohio mansion. A recent article from the Times noted that:


In the summer of 1996, Maria Farmer was working on an art project for Mr. Epstein in Mr. Wexner’s Ohio mansion. While she was there, Mr. Epstein sexually assaulted her, according to an affidavit Ms. Farmer filed earlier this year in federal court in Manhattan.

She said that she fled the room and called the police, but that Mr. Wexner’s security staff refused to let her leave for 12 hours.”

Farmer’s account strongly suggests that, given the behavior of his personal security staff at his mansion following Epstein’s alleged assault on Farmer, Wexner was well aware of Epstein’s predatory behavior towards young women.

This is compounded by claims made by Alan Dershowitz - a former lawyer for and friend of Epstein’s, who has also been accused of raping underage girls - that Wexner has also been accused of raping underage girls exploited by Epstein on at least seven occasions.”

The presence of the electronic equipment in his home’s bathroom, other oddities related to the townhouse, and aspects of the links between Epstein and Wexner suggest there is more to Wexner, who has rather successfully developed a public image of a respectable businessman and philanthropist, much like other prominent members of the Mega Group.



Leslie Wexner and his wife Abigail tour the “Transfigurations” exhibit at the Wexner Center for the Arts

However, bits and pieces of Wexner’s private secrets have occasionally bubbled up, only to be subjected to rapid cover-ups amidst concerns of “libeling” the powerful and well-connected billionaire “philanthropist.” 

In 1985, Columbus (Ohio) lawyer Arthur Shapiro was murdered in broad daylight at point-blank range in what was largely referred to as a “mob style murder.” The homicide still remains unsolved, likely due to the fact that then-Columbus Police Chief James Jackson ordered the destruction of key documents of his department’s investigation into the murder.

Jackson’s ordering of the documents’ destruction came to light years later in 1996, when he was under investigation for corruption. According to the Columbus Dispatch, Jackson justified the destruction of one “viable and valuable” report because he felt that it “was so filled with wild speculation about prominent business leaders that it was potentially libelous.”

The nature of this “wild speculation” was that “millionaire businessmen in Columbus and Youngstown were linked to the ‘mob-style murder.’”

Though Jackson’s efforts were meant to keep this “libelous” report far from public view, it was eventually obtained by Bob Fitrakis - attorney, journalist, and executive director of the Columbus Institute for Contemporary Journalism - after he was “accidentally” sent a copy of the report in 1998 as part of a public records request.

The report, titled “Shapiro Homicide Investigation: Analysis and Hypothesis,” names Leslie Wexner as linked “with associates reputed to be organized crime figures” and also lists the names of businessman Jack Kessler, former Columbus City Council President and Wexner associate Jerry Hammond, and former Columbus City Council member Les Wright as also being involved in Shapiro’s murder. 



Related: Epstein’s New Mexico Ranch Has Story to Tell, Official Says

The report also noted that Arthur Shapiro’s law firm - Schwartz, Shapiro, Kelm & Warren - represented Wexner’s company, The Limited, and states that “prior to his death, Arthur Shapiro managed this account [The Limited] for the law firm.”

It also noted that, at the time of his death, Shapiro “was the subject of an investigation by the Internal Revenue Service because he had failed to file income tax returns for some seven years prior to his death, and he had invested in some questionable tax shelters.”

It also stated that his death prevented Shapiro from his planned testimony at a grand jury hearing about these “questionable tax shelters.”

As to Wexner’s alleged links to organized crime, the report focuses on the close business relationship between Wexner’s The Limited and Francis Walsh, whose trucking company “[had] done an excess of 90 percent of the Limited’s trucking business around the time of Shapiro’s murder,” according to the report.

Walsh was named in a 1988 indictment as a “co-conspirator” of Genovese crime family boss Anthony “Fat Tony” Salerno, whose long-time lawyer was Roy Cohn; and the Shapiro murder report stated that Walsh was “still considered associates of the Genovese / LaRocca crime family, and Walsh was still providing truck transportation for The Limited.” 

Notably, the Genovese crime family has long formed a key part of the National Crime Syndicate, as its former head, Charles “Lucky” Luciano, co-created the criminal organization with his close friend Meyer Lansky.

Upon Luciano’s imprisonment and subsequent deportation from the United States, Lansky took over the syndicate’s U.S. operations and his association with Luciano’s successors continued until Lansky’s death in 1983. 



Related: The Genesis and Evolution of the Jeffrey Epstein, Bill Clinton Relationship


The “Mega” Mystery and the Mossad

In May 1997, the Washington Post broke an explosive story - long since forgotten - based on an intercepted phone call made between a Mossad official in the U.S. and his superior in Tel Aviv that discussed the Mossad’s efforts to obtain a secret U.S. government document.

According to the Post, the Mossad official stated during the phone call that “Israeli Ambassador Eliahu Ben Elissar had asked him whether he could obtain a copy of the letter given to [Palestinian leader Yasser] Arafat by [then-Secretary of State Warren] Christopher on Jan. 16, the day after the Hebron accord was signed by Arafat and Israeli Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu.”

The Post article continued: 


According to a source who viewed a copy of the NSA transcript of the conversation, the intelligence officer, speaking in Hebrew, said, ‘The ambassador wants me to go to Mega to get a copy of this letter.’ The source said the supervisor in Tel Aviv rejected the request, saying, ‘This is not something we use Mega for.”

The leaked communication led to an investigation that sought to identify an individual code-named “Mega” that the Post said “may be someone in the U.S. government who has provided information to the Israelis in the past,” a concern that subsequently spawned a fruitless FBI investigation.

The Mossad later claimed that “Mega” was merely a codeword for the U.S.’ CIA, but the FBI and NSA were unconvinced by that claim and believed that it was a senior U.S. government official that had potentially once been involved in working with Jonathan Pollard, the former U.S. naval intelligence analyst later convicted of spying for the Mossad. 



One of Epstein's private jets - known as the "Lolita Express"

Related: 12-year-old French triplets allegedly flown to Epstein as a 'birthday present'

Almost one year to the day after the “Mega” spy scandal broke, the Wall Street Journal was the first outlet to report on the existence of a little-known organization of billionaires that was “informally” called the Mega Group and had been founded years prior in 1991.

The report made no mention of the spy scandal that had spread concerns of Israeli espionage in the U.S. only a year prior. However, the group’s distinctive “informal” name and the connections of its members to the Mossad and to high-ranking Israeli politicians, including prime ministers, raise the possibility that “Mega” was not an individual, as the FBI and NSA had believed, but a group.

In 1997, when the “Mega” spy scandal broke, Netanyahu had recently become prime minister of Israel after an upset victory, a victory that was largely credited to one well-connected Netanyahu backer in particular, Ronald Lauder.

Beyond being a major donor, Lauder had brought Arthur Finklestein on to work for Netanyahu’s 1996 campaign, whose strategies were credited for Netanyahu’s surprise win. Netanyahu was close enough to Lauder that he personally enlisted Lauder and George Nader to serve as his peace envoys to Syria.



Benjamin Netanyahu and his wife Sara with Ronald Lauder in 1997

Nader, who was connected to the Trump 2016 campaign and Trump ally and Blackwater founder Erik Prince, was recently hit with federal child sex trafficking charges last month, soon after Jeffrey Epstein had been arrested on similar charges.

At the time Nader was picked to work with Lauder on Netanyahu’s behalf, he had already been caught possessing large amounts of child pornography on two separate occasions, first in 1984 and later in 1990.

This strong connection between Netanyahu and Lauder during the time of the 1997 “Mega” spy scandal is important considering Mossad answers directly to Israel’s prime minister. 

Another possible connection between the Mega Group and the Mossad owes to the Mega Group’s ties to Meyer Lansky’s criminal network.

As was detailed in Part I, Lansky had established deep ties to U.S. intelligence after World War II and was also connected to the Mossad through Mossad official Tibor Rosenbaum, whose bank was frequently used by Lansky to launder money.

In addition, Lansky collaborated on at least one occasion with notorious Mossad “superspy” Rafi Eitan, who he helped acquire sensitive electronic equipment possessed only by the CIA but coveted by Israeli intelligence. Eitan is best known in the U.S. for being the Mossad handler of Jonathan Pollard.



Related: Burying Tunnels? Epstein Had $100,000 of Cement Delivered to His Island Before His Arrest

Notably, Eitan was the main source of claims that the code-word “Mega” used by the Mossad officials in 1997 referred to the CIA and not to a potential source in the U.S. government once linked to Pollard’s spying activities, making his claims as to the true meaning of the term somewhat dubious.

Given that the organized crime network tied to the Mega Group had ties to both U.S. and Israeli intelligence, the “Mega” codeword could plausibly have referred to this secretive group of billionaires.

More supporting evidence for this theory comes from the fact that prominent members of the Mega Group were business partners of Mossad agents, including media mogul Robert Maxwell and commodities trader Marc Rich.


The Mysterious Maxwells

The Maxwell family has become a source of renewed media interest following Jeffrey Epstein’s arrest, as Ghislaine Maxwell, long described in the media as a British “socialite,” was publicly cited as Epstein’s long-time “on and off” girlfriend, and Epstein’s victims, as well as former wives of Epstein’s friends, have claimed that she was Epstein’s “pimp” and procured underage girls for his sexual blackmail operation.

Ghislaine Maxwell is also alleged to have engaged in the rape of the girls she procured for Epstein and to have used them to produce child pornography

Ghislaine was the favorite and youngest daughter of media mogul Robert Maxwell. Maxwell, born Jan Ludvick Hoch, had joined the British Army in World War II.



Ghislaine Maxwell visiting Prince Andrew at Buckingham Palace

Afterwards, according to authors John Loftus and Mark Aarons, he greatly influenced the Czechoslovakian government’s decision to arm Zionist paramilitaries during the 1948 war that resulted in Israel’s creation as a state, and Maxwell himself was also involved in the smuggling of aircraft parts to Israel. 

Around this time, Maxwell was approached by British intelligence outfit MI6 and offered a position that Maxwell ultimately declined.

MI6 then classified him as “Zionist - loyal only to Israel” and made him a person of interest. He later became an agent of the Mossad, according to several books including Robert Maxwell: Israel’s Superspy by Gordon Thomas and Martin Dillon.

Furthermore, Seymour Hersh’s The Samson Option: Israel’s Nuclear Arsenal and American Foreign Policy alleges ties between Maxwell and Israeli intelligence.

According to Victor Ostrovsky, a former Mossad case officer: 


“Mossad was financing many of its operations in Europe from money stolen from Maxwell’s newspaper pension fund. They got their hands on the funds almost as soon as Maxwell made the purchase of the Mirror Newspaper Group with money lent to him by Mossad."

In exchange for his services, the Mossad helped Maxwell satisfy his sexual appetite during his visits to Israel, providing him with prostitutes, “the service maintained for blackmail purposes.”

It was later revealed that the hotel in which he stayed in Israel was bugged with cameras, allowing the Mossad to acquire “a small library of video footage of Maxwell in sexually compromising positions.



Robert Maxwell

As with the CIA, the Mossad’s use of blackmail against both friend and foe is well-documented and known to be extensive.

Maxwell was also a close associate and friend of Israeli “superspy” Rafi Eitan, who, as previously mentioned, was Jonathan Pollard’s handler and who had previously worked directly with Meyer Lansky.

Eitan had learned of a revolutionary new software being used by the U.S. government known as “Promis” from Earl Brian, a long-time associate and aide to Ronald Reagan.

Promis is often considered the forerunner to the “Prism” software used by spy agencies today and was developed by William Hamilton, who leased the software to the U.S. government through his company, Inslaw, in 1982.



Ariel Sharon (right)meets with Robert Maxwell in Jerusalem on Feb. 20, 1990

According to author and former BBC investigative journalist Gordon Thomas, Brian was angry that the U.S. Department of Justice was successfully using Promis to go after organized crime and money-laundering activities and Eitan felt that the program could aid Israel.

At the time, Eitan was the director of the now defunct Israeli military intelligence agency Lekem, which gathered scientific and technical intelligence abroad from both public and covert sources, especially in relation to Israel’s nuclear weapons program.

A plan was hatched to install a “trapdoor” into the software and then market Promis throughout the world, providing the Mossad with invaluable intelligence on the operations of its enemies and allies while also providing Eitan and Brian with copious amounts of cash.

According to the testimony of ex-Mossad official Ari Ben-Menashe, Brian provided a copy of Promis to Israel’s military intelligence, which contacted an Israeli American programmer living in California who then planted the “trapdoor” in the software.

The CIA was later said to have installed its own trapdoor in the software but it is unknown if they did so with a version of the already bugged software and how widely it was adopted relative to the version bugged by Israeli intelligence. 

After the trapdoor was inserted, the problem became selling the bugged version of the software to governments as well as private companies around the world, particularly in areas of interest. Brian first attempted to buy out Inslaw and Promis and then use that same company to sell the bugged version. 



Related: FBI to Examine Two Malfunctioning Cameras Outside Epstein’s Cell: Report

Unsuccessful, Brian turned to his close friend, then-Attorney General Ed Meese whose Justice Department then abruptly refused to make the payments to Inslaw that were stipulated by the contract, essentially using the software for free, which Inslaw claimed to be theft.

Some have speculated that Meese’s role in that decision was shaped, not only by his friendship with Brian, but the fact that his wife was a major investor in Brian’s business ventures. Meese would later become an adviser to Donald Trump when he was president-elect.

Inslaw was forced to declare bankruptcy as a result of Meese’s actions and sued the Justice Department. The court later found that the Meese-led department “took, converted, stole” the software through “trickery, fraud and deceit.” 

With Inslaw out of the way, Brian sold the software all over the world. Eitan later recruited Robert Maxwell to become another Promis salesman, which he did remarkably well, even succeeding in selling the software to Soviet intelligence and conspiring with Republican Texas Senator John Tower to have the software adopted by the U.S. government laboratory at Los Alamos.

Dozens of countries used the software on their most carefully guarded computer systems, unaware that Mossad now had access to everything Promis touched.

Whereas the Mossad’s past reliance on gathering intelligence had relied on the same tactics used by its equivalents in the U.S. and elsewhere, the widespread adoption of the Promis software, largely through the actions of Earl Brian and Robert Maxwell, gave the Mossad a way to gather not just troves of counterintelligence data, but also blackmail on other intelligence agencies and powerful figures. 



Related: Artist Who Painted Bill Clinton in a Dress Also Painted George W. Bush Re-Enacting 9-11

Indeed, Promis’ backdoor and adoption by intelligence agencies all over the world essentially provided the Mossad with access to troves of blackmail that the CIA and FBI had acquired on their friends and foes for over half a century. Strangely, in recent years, the FBI has sought to hide information related to Robert Maxwell’s connection to the Promis scandal.

According to journalist Robert Fisk, Maxwell was also involved in the Mossad abduction of Israeli nuclear weapons whistleblower Vanunu Mordechai. Mordechai had attempted to provide the media with information on the extent of Israel’s nuclear weapons program, which was eventually published by the Sunday Times of London.

Yet, Mordechai had also contacted the Daily Mirror with the information, the Mirror being an outlet that was owned by Maxwell and whose foreign editor was a close Maxwell associate and alleged Mossad asset, Nicholas Davies. Journalist Seymour Hersh alleged that Davies had also been involved in Israeli arms deals.

Per Fisk, it was Maxwell who contacted the Israeli Embassy in London and told them of Mordechai’s activities. This led to Mordechai’s entrapment by a female Mossad agent who seduced him as part of a “honey trap” operation that led to his kidnapping and later imprisonment in Israel. Mordechai served an 18-year sentence, 12 years of which were in solitary confinement.

Then, there is the issue of Maxwell’s death, widely cited by mainstream and independent media alike as suspicious and a potential homicide.

According to authors Gordon Thomas and Martin Dillon, Maxwell had sealed his own fate when he attempted to threaten top Mossad officials with the exposure of certain operations if they did not help him rescue his media empire from crippling debt and financial difficulties.



Robert Maxwell apparently drowned after falling off the back of his yacht, "Lady-Ghislaine" - named after his favourite daughter. It is widely understood that his death was a hit job

Many of Maxwell’s creditors, who had grown increasingly displeased with the media mogul, were Israeli and several of them were alleged to be Mossad-connected themselves.

Thomas and Dillon argue in their biography of Maxwell’s life that the Mossad felt that Maxwell had become more of a liability than an asset and killed him on his yacht three months after he demanded the bailout.

On the other extreme are theories that suggest Maxwell committed suicide because of the financial difficulties his empire faced.



Ghislaine Maxwell, far right, Robert Maxwell’s daughter, looks on his casket is unloaded from a plane in Jerusalem, Nov. 8, 1991

Some have taken Maxwell’s funeral held in Israel as the country’s “official” confirmation of Maxwell’s service to the Mossad, as it was likened to a state funeral and attended by no less than six serving and former heads of Israeli intelligence
.

During his funeral service in Jerusalem, Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir eulogized him and stated: “He has done more for Israel than can today be said.” Other eulogies were given by future Prime Ministers Ehud Olmert (then Health Minister) and Shimon Peres, with the latter also praising Maxwell’s “services” on behalf of Israel.


Swimming in the Same Swamp

As he built his business empire - and even became a member of Parliament, Maxwell was also doing work for Israeli intelligence, as several of the Israeli companies in which he invested became fronts for the Mossad.

In addition, as he became a media mogul, he developed a bitter rivalry with Rupert Murdoch, a close friend of Roy Cohn and an influential figure in American and British media.

Maxwell also partnered with the Bronfman brothers, Edgar and Charles - key figures in the Mega Group. In 1989 Maxwell and Charles Bronfman partnered up to bid on the Jerusalem Post newspaper and the Post described the two men as “two of the world’s leading Jewish financiers” and their interest in the venture as “developing The Jerusalem Post and expanding its influence among world Jewry.”

A year prior, Maxwell and Bronfman had become top shareholders in the Israeli pharmaceutical company Teva. 

Maxwell also worked with Charles Bronfman’s brother Edgar in the late 1980s to convince the Soviet Union to allow Soviet Jews to immigrate to Israel.




The Disturbing Case of Jeffrey Epstein





Edgar’s efforts in this regard have received more attention, as it was a defining moment of his decades-long presidency of the World Jewish Congress, of which Ronald Lauder is currently president. Yet, Maxwell had also made considerable use of his contacts in the Soviet government in this effort.

Maxwell also moved in the circles of the network previously described in Parts I and II in this series.

A key example of this is the May 1989 party Maxwell hosted on his yacht, the Lady Ghislaine - named for his youngest daughter and Epstein’s future “girlfriend.”

Attendees of the party included Roy Cohn’s protege Donald Trump and his long-time law partner Tom Bolan. A close friend of Nancy Reagan was also present, journalist Mike Wallace, as was literary agent Mort Janklow, who represented Ronald Reagan and two of Cohn’s closest friends: journalists William Safire and Barbara Walters.

The CEO of what would soon become Time Warner, Steve Ross, was also invited to the exclusive event. Ross’ presence is notable, as he had built his business empire largely through his association with New York crime lords Manny Kimmel and Abner “Longy” Zwillman. Zwillman was a close friend of Meyer Lansky, Michael Steinhardt’s father, and Sam Bronfman, father of Edgar and Charles Bronfman.

Another attendee of the Maxwell yacht party was former Secretary of the Navy and former Henry Kissinger staffer Jon Lehman, who would go on to associate with the controversial neoconservative think tank, Project for a New American Century.

Prior to being secretary of the Navy, Lehman had been president of the Abington Corporation, which hired arch-neocon Richard Perle to manage the portfolio of Israeli arms dealers Shlomo Zabludowicz and his son Chaim, who paid Ablington $10,000 month.



Related: Epstein’s Will Creates Additional Barriers for Accusers, Lawyers Say

A scandal arose when those payments continued after both Lehman and Perle joined the Reagan Department of Defense and while Perle was working to persuade the Pentagon to buy arms from companies linked to Zabludowicz. Perle had been part of the Reagan transition team along with Roy Cohn’s long-time friend and law partner Tom Bolan (another Maxwell yacht guest).

In addition to Lehman, another former Kissinger staffer, Thomas Pickering was present at Maxwell’s yacht part. Pickering played a minor role in the Iran-Contra affair and, at the time of the Maxwell yacht party, he was U.S. ambassador to Israel.

Senator John Tower (R-TX), who allegedly conspired with Maxwell in the Mossad-bugged Promis software at the Los Alamos laboratories, was also present. Tower died just months before Maxwell in a suspicious plane crash.

Ghislaine Maxwell was also at this rather notable event. After her father’s mysterious death and alleged murder on the same yacht that bears her name in 1991, she quickly packed her bags and moved to New York City.

There, she soon made the acquaintance of Jeffrey Epstein and, a few years later, developed close ties to the Clinton family, which will be discussed in the next installment of this series
.


Jeffrey Epstein and the New “Promis”

After it was revealed that Epstein had evaded stricter sentencing in 2008 due to his links to “intelligence,” it was the Mossad ties of Ghislaine Maxwell’s father that have led many to speculate that Epstein’s sexual blackmail operation was sharing incriminating information with the Mossad.

Former CBS executive producer and current journalist for the media outlet Narativ, Zev Shalev, has since claimed that he independently confirmed that Epstein was tied directly to the Mossad



Donald and Melania Trump with Jeffrey Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell at the Mar-a-Lago club, Palm Beach, Florida in 2000. Trump later barred Epstein from Mar-a-Lago after he became aware that Epstein had made inappropriate advances toward a young female staff member

Epstein was a long-time friend of former Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Barak, who has long-standing and deep ties to Israel’s intelligence community. Their decades-long friendship has been the source of recent political attacks targeting Barak, who is running in the Israeli elections against current Prime Minister Netanyahu later this year. 

Barak is also close to Epstein’s chief patron and Mega Group member Leslie Wexner, whose Wexner Foundation gave Barak $2 million in 2004 for a still unspecified research program.

According to Barak, he was first introduced to Epstein by former Israeli Prime Minister Shimon Peres, who eulogized Robert Maxwell at his funeral and had decades-long ties with the Bronfman family going back to the early 1950s. Peres was also a frequent participant in programs funded by Leslie Wexner in Israel and worked closely with the Mossad for decades.

In 2015, a few years after Epstein’s release from prison following his conviction for soliciting sex from a minor in 2008, Barak formed a company with Epstein with the chief purpose of investing in an Israeli start-up then known as Reporty.

That company, now called Carbyne, sells its signature software to 911 call centers and emergency service providers and is also available to consumers as an app that provides emergency services with access to a caller’s camera and location and also runs any caller’s identity through any linked government database.

It has specifically been marketed by the company itself and the Israeli press as a solution to mass shootings in the United States and is already being used by at least two U.S. counties.



Related: Our Enemies Are The Same People: San Diego Synagogue Shooter Inspired By New Zealand Anti-Muslim Massacre & Parents Catch FBI In Plot To Force Mentally Ill Son To Be A Right Wing Terrorist

Israeli media reported that Epstein and Barak were among the company’s largest investors. Barak poured millions into the company and it was recently revealed by Haaretz that a significant amount of Barak’s total investments in Carbyne was funded by Epstein, making him a “de facto partner” in the company. Barak is now Carbyne’s chairman

The company’s executive team are all former members of different branches of Israeli intelligence, including the elite military intelligence unit, Unit 8200, that is often likened to Israel’s equivalent of the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA).

Carbyne’s current CEO, Amir Elichai, served in Unit 8200 and tapped former Unit 8200 commander Pinchas Buchris to serve as the company’s director and on its board. In addition to Elichai, another Carbyne co-founder, Lital Leshem, also served in Unit 8200 and later worked for Israeli private spy company Black Cube.

Leshem now works for a subsidiary of Erik Prince’s company Frontier Services Group, according to the independent media outlet Narativ

The company also includes several tie-ins to the Trump administration, including Palantir founder and Trump ally Peter Thiel - an investor in Carbyne. In addition, Carbyne’s board of advisers includes former Palantir employee Trae Stephens, who was a member of the Trump transition team, as well as former Secretary of Homeland Security Michael Chertoff.

Trump donor and New York real-estate developer
Eliot Tawill is also on Carbyne’s board, alongside Ehud Barak and Pinchas Buchris.

Narativ, which wrote the first expose on Carbyne after Epstein’s arrest, noted that the Chinese government uses a smartphone app very similar to Carbyne as part of its mass surveillance apparatus, even though the original purpose of the app was for improved emergency reporting.




Jeffrey Epstein’s Suicide, Co-conspirators: A Deeper Look

Facts about Jeffrey Epstein's suspicious suicide, Epstein's alleged co-conspirators and who financially backed Epstein's fortune?

We dive in to all of that and an exclusive interview with journalist Whitney Webb who has been covering the Epstein case long before mainstream media in our first podcast episode of Truth In Media with Ben Swann.








According to Narativ, the Chinese Carbyne-equivalent “monitors every aspect of a user’s life, including personal conversations, power usage, and tracks a user’s movement.

Given the history of Robert Maxwell - the father of Epstein’s long-time “girlfriend” and young-girl-procuring madam, Ghislaine Maxwell - in promoting the sale of Carbyne’s modified Promis software, which was also marketed as a tool to improve government efficacy but was actually a tool of mass surveillance for the benefit of Israeli intelligence, the overlap between Carbyne and Promis is troubling and warrants further investigation.

It is also worth noting that Unit 8200-connected tech start-ups are being widely integrated into U.S. companies and have developed close ties to the U.S. military-industrial complex, with Carbyne being just one example of that trend. 

As MintPress previously reported, Unit 8200-linked outfits like Team8 have recently hired former National Security Agency (NSA) Director Mike Rogers as a senior advisor and gained prominent Silicon Valley figures, including former Google CEO Eric Schmidt, as key investors.

Many American technology companies, from Intel to Google to Microsoft, have merged with several Unit 8200-connected start-ups in recent years and have been moving many key jobs and operations to Israel with backing from key Republican donors like Paul Singer.

Many of those same companies, particularly Google and Microsoft, are also major U.S. government contractors.


Who Was Epstein Really Working For?

Even though Jeffrey Epstein appears to have had ties to the Mossad, this series has revealed that the networks to which Epstein was connected were not Mossad-exclusive, as many of the individuals close to Epstein - Lesie Wexner, for instance - were part of a mob-connected class of oligarchs with deep ties to both the U.S. and Israel.



Related: Jeffrey Epstein "Commits Suicide" & Epstein Arrest Supports Q Anon Claims Of Global Satanic Cult
Blackmailing Political Elites


As was discussed in Part I of this series, the sharing of “intelligence” (i.e., blackmail) between intelligence agencies and the same organized crime network connected to the Mega Group goes back decades.

With Leslie Wexner of the Mega Group as Epstein’s chief patron, as opposed to a financier with direct ties to the Mossad, a similar relationship is more than likely in the case of the sexual blackmail operation that Epstein ran.

Given that intelligence agencies in both the U.S. and elsewhere often conduct covert operations for the benefit of oligarchs and large corporations as opposed to “national security interest,” Epstein’s ties to the Mega Group suggest that this group holds a unique status and influence in both the governments of the U.S. and of Israel, as well as in other countries (e.g., Russia) that were not explored in this report.

This is by virtue of their role as key political donors in both countries, as well as the fact that several of them own powerful companies or financial institutions in both countries.

Indeed, many members of the Mega Group have deep ties to Israel’s political class, including to Netanyahu and Ehud Barak as well as to now-deceased figures like Shimon Peres, and to members of the American political class. 

Ultimately, the picture painted by the evidence is not a direct tie to a single intelligence agency but a web linking key members of the Mega Group, politicians, and officials in both the U.S. and Israel, and an organized-crime network with deep business and intelligence ties in both nations.

Though this series has so far focused on the ties of this network to main Republican Party affiliates, the next and final installment will reveal the ties developed between this web and the Clintons.

As will be revealed, despite the Clintons’ willingness to embrace corrupt dealings during the span of their political careers, their mostly friendly relationship with this network still saw them use the power of sexual blackmail to obtain certain policy decisions that were favorable to their personal and financial interests but not to the Clintons’ political reputation or agendas.


Related Articles:

Jeffrey Epstein 'told jail guards and inmates someone tried to kill him'

"Epstein" Gurney Picture, Anthony Bourdain?

Epstein Prison Guards "Not Cooperating" With DOJ Probe

The Plot Thickens: Epstein's Will Signed Two Days Before "Death"


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
September 5 2019 | From: RobertDavidSteele / KosmosJournal

We do not need a new paradigm but rather a return to the original indigenous paradigm that treated the Earth as a sacred Mother and understood that God was all of us, in harmony with one another and the cosmos, living by one principle (do no harm) and one practice (seventh generation thinking).



The Industrial Era has been both a blessing and a curse. It has radically altered the quality and diversity of life for a billion humans but it has also come at a great cost: the repression in extreme poverty of the other five billion; the eradication of thousands of species; and the destruction almost to a tipping point of the Earth.

Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And
Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening


Changes to the Earth that used to take ten thousand years now take three years or less. In combination, colonialism, militarism, and capitalism have squandered the wealth of the Earth, creating an elite 1% that profits from the misery, enslavement, and deception of the 99%.

A revolution is in the making, aided by the Internet. Pockets of cultural and ecological wisdom, both indigenous and modern, are now connected at the same time that the lies - such as the 935 lies that led us into the elective war on Iraq - more easily detected.

Still absent is a precipitant of revolution - our Tunisian fruit seller - and a groundswell of demand for the fundamentals of conscious evolution, the tools for information-sharing and sense-making as a collective, a new civilization, one without corruption and waste, both made possible by transformative politics, which is to say politics with integrity, based on evidence, and in the public interest.

How are we to achieve this mass elevation of humanity in the face of what some call the looming ‘sixth extinction?’ I offer three visual interventions for reflection.


Electoral Reform

With a humble apology to all of those fighting for climate change and other worthy causes, I will tell you what I told Tom Steyer: no amount of money or protest will lead to an honest hearing for any single issue as long as we continue to have a rigged system in which two parties control the public treasury and 70% percent of all eligible voters are disenfranchised.

While I speak of the US in this instance, the same conditions apply in most countries, where virtual dictatorships and virtual fascism (control by banks) is the common standard.



Electoral Reform Act of 2016

I tried eight times over two years to connect with Bernie Sanders. Note that point twelve would have assured him the nomination and he, not Hillary Clinton, would be facing off against Donald Trump today, at the same time that Gary Johnson and Jill Stein would be viable nominees given the Instant Run-Off reform (point ten) as well as all the others.

The current effort to re-ignite a race war in the US, with leftist billionaires funding Black Lives Matter protests and fascist billionaires funding white paramilitary shooters killing cops and seeking to place the blame on blacks, will fail. To their credit, black leaders have identified the twin elements of this strategy.

The race war is intended to distract us from the fact that it is now clear to most that we are in a fight between the 1% who have destroyed the Earth and the hopes of humanity for their own selfish profit, and the 99% capable of creating infinite wealth.



Open Source Everything Engineering (OSEE)

I wrote the book itemizing over sixty opens, The Open Source Everything Manfesto: Transparency, Truth, and Trust, and subsequently developed, with Michel Bauwens and Marcin Jacubowksi, the below starting point for radically expanding public appreciation for what an open source everything mindset can accomplish.


Open Source Everything



Using this approach, I was able to document how one million Somalis could be moved from ghastly United Nations resettlement camps in Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda, back to an uncontested portion of Somalia (the northeast) with three things only in abundance: dirt, sunlight, and seawater.

For a one-time cost per person of $500 (i.e., $500 million total), I documented how we could provide them all with free energy, water, housing, food, and communications.


End All Waste

We can not only lift up the five billion poor, we can eradicate waste, now documented at 50% on average across agriculture, energy, housing, health, and security, among the one billion ‘rich.’ The below diagram shows how we do that, with a tip of the hat to co-creator Bojan Radej of Slovania.


The Waste Eradication Tri-Fecto

We do not lack for money on Earth. We lack for applied collective intelligence with integrity. We lack the precipitating event that will spark the revolution in which we all say “ENOUGH!” to predatory capitalism, unilateral militarism, and virtual colonialism.

What we have in abundance, what we have repressed for centuries, is the human imagination. Electoral Reform and Open Source Everything Engineering are the twin pillars of our liberation.



Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality


Something miraculous is happening. The invisible is becoming visible. Human consciousness is taking a quantum leap into territory previously unknown as what began with just a few saints, sages, gurus, and a Savior is awakening in the hearts and minds of millions around the globe.



Human evolution is undergoing a profound shift; the proof can be seen with the naked eye. This shift is causing millennia-old beliefs and social structures to be scrutinized like never before - perhaps for the very first time.

Related: Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path

Even world-renowned physicist Dr. Stephen Hawking ditched his prior position in his book, The Grand Design: “belief in a creator was not incompatible with science” and now concludes that the Big Bang was as inevitable as gravity.

As science moves closer toward solving the Unifying Theory of Everything, would Dr. Hawking have changed his mind one more time?


Unifying Everything

What is presently emerging out of a weary world filled with very little practical value is a new and quantifiable reality being built by those already embodying a more expansive understanding of who we are and why we are here.

Most of us without a doubt have begun to ask questions - perhaps for the first time in our life. Whether you view current events as the end of the world or a new Golden Age is entirely dependent on whether you are bound by separation consciousness or have expanded beyond it into something new.


“There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.”

– Albert Einstein

What is currently crumbling around us is the fruit of humanity’s misguided labor, along with a planet stressed by an outdated and unsustainable human belief system. Most human suffering is self-created and derived out of inherent ignorance and limitation found in separation consciousness.

Separation consciousness is the belief that we are separate from one another, our environment, and even God.

Separation consciousness is the veil itself.


Separation Not Real

Just as its definition implies, a veil obfuscates a sun hidden by clouds, yet the sun remains ever present. Until recently, only a small number of people have transcended separation consciousness for humanity’s next stage of evolution: unity consciousness.

Whether you/we destroy ourselves is dependent on our ability to make the evolutionary leap from separation to unity consciousness where human suffering ends.



This is both the warning and reward contained within a universal prophecy spanning many cultures in various forms. The prophecy lends itself to both the physical and metaphysical planes of our lives.

With media focus on humankind’s struggle to emerge out of our collective cocoon of separation, we may be left blind to the miracle that is taking place right under our noses.

The biggest story of the millennium is the reality that millions are waking up to the realization that all life is irrevocably interconnected as the One - it always was. Most of humanity was still too unevolved to “get it” until now.


The Veil is Lifting

What unifies us and all of Creation is contained within the very air that we breathe. The all-pervasive answer to the riddle of the mystery of Life is hidden within the question, enigmatically lingering within reach. It is both the tangible and intangible aspects of our world as the scientific and unscientific.

Call it by any name you wish and you’ll find it there. The secret key that unlocks the end of human suffering is contained within you as your desire to know. Have you discovered it yet?

If you believe in a higher power or organizing force - and even if you don’t - when you awaken, you will be struck with the realization that the power that fuels and binds all of the Universe is not an outside intelligence.

What not even famous cosmologist, Dr. Stephen Hawking, biologist, and atheist Richard Dawkins or even Pope Francis have yet grasped (publicly) is that the creative power that unifies us is Creation itself. There is no separation.


'God' is Creation

Creation was not a singular event, but by self-definition, it will continue into perpetuity. What is so shocking is that this means that science and religion are not in opposition of one another, but are simply left- and right-brain interpretations of the One.



Our quest for knowledge of the One is the quest for reunion with and as the One. Joining hands in a way that has been all but forgotten, darkness turns to light. Fear becomes love. Competition changes to cooperation so that lack becomes abundance. Unworthiness becomes value that ends racism, genocide, and slavery. Our planet is restored to good health.

Personal peace and of Peace on Earth depend on a new, more evolved understanding of God. It’s our time to thrive!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

GMOs Are Killing Us: Facts You Probably Don’t Know
September 4 2019 | From: NaturalNews

You’ve probably heard that GMOs are bad, and that’s absolutely accurate – but it’s also an oversimplification.



It’s not like high fructose corn syrup, a toxic ingredient that you can easily avoid by not purchasing foods that are made with it.

Related: 5G Agriculture – Food from Frankenstein Farming

The problem is far more complex and insidious, and it’s killing people and animals every day.

When we talk about GMOs, we are referring to genetically modified organisms.

This can be a plant, a microorganism or even an animal – it’s anything with DNA that has been modified via genetic engineering or transgenic technology to create something new that does not occur in nature.

You’re very likely to encounter GMOs in corn and soy in the U.S., and even if you don’t eat those foods in their plain form, their byproducts can be found in nearly every processed food out there.

These plants are created to tolerate being sprayed directly with herbicides and resist certain insects. This means that farmers can – and do – spray them liberally with these dangerous chemicals.

In fact, that’s part of the deal. Many people aren’t aware of the fact that farmers who use GMO seeds form a legal contract with Monsanto to use only their toxic Roundup herbicide.



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

They’re forced to buy new seeds from Monsanto every year – something that has bankrupted many farmers and led to a slew of suicides in India – and buy deadly Roundup.

This brings us to the next disturbing fact about GMOs that tends to fly under the radar: Roundup isn’t just bad because it contains glyphosate; it contains other ingredients that make it even more toxic.

Glyphosate on its own is unquestionably dangerous, but a proprietary ingredient found in Roundup, polyethoxylated tallow amine, makes it even deadlier.

This is a surfactant that enhances glyphosate’s activity, but it also has the effect of enabling glyphosate to penetrate human skin and be stored inside bone marrow, which is where lymphoma can originate.

Last year, Monsanto was ordered to pay a school groundskeeper with terminal cancer $289 million after Roundup was identified as playing a role in the illness; they face hundreds of similar cancer-related lawsuits.



Related: Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted &
Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

One study found that these “inert” ingredients in Roundup can be incredibly toxic to humans at concentrations that are even 100,000 times more diluted than the products sold on store shelves.

For its part, Monsanto refuses to disclose the specific composition of Roundup on copyright grounds.


GMOs Don’t Live Up to the Hype

You might think that these downsides are a trade-off for the benefits gained by using GMOs, but the truth is that there isn’t any scientific evidence that the GMOs used today provide better yields, greater nutrition, or improved drought tolerance.

In fact, some studies have found that herbicide use has gone up while crop yields have gone down.

Another big unknown is the long-term safety of GMOs. Many people believe that anything sold to the public must be deemed safe prior to going on the market, but that hasn’t been the case with GMOs.



Related: “A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New
Letter


There has been no long-term epidemiological study to date exploring the long-term effects of GMOs on human health, with the biotech companies themselves behind most of the research that claims GMOs are safe.

The FDA doesn’t test genetically engineered foods for safety, saying that is up to the manufacturer. The food isn’t required to undergo independent pre-market safety tests, and they rely instead on voluntary “consultations” in which biotech firms submit their own studies.

Not surprisingly, studies have shown that industry-funded studies are a lot more likely than independent ones to reach findings that are favorable to the industry. How are they allowed to get away with this?

GMOs are killing us, filling our food supply with unnatural sustenance and prompting toxic glyphosate to be sprayed on our food and make its way into our soil, air and water while the FDA looks the other way.


Related Articles:

The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

Genetically modified SOY likely to replace the meat that’s being banned by New York City in the name of “saving the planet”

GE necessary to meet farm goals

Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices

Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters
September 3 2019 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / NaturalNews / Various

Sustainable Development: The Transformation of the Western World




Some think that the planet is in danger of global warming and over consumption. They really believe that the only way to fix the problem is to control the flow of resources and wealth, which literally means changing human civilization and the way we live.

This is an immense subject and many more articles are available in the Agenda 21 section of this website. This article is from the US but the principles of Agenda 21 are global - it came from the UN.

The problem is, that requires a forced transformation of our entire society to comply, and that ultimately leads to a thirst for power and topdown control – that will eventually lead to tyranny.

In his book, Earth in the Balance, Al Gore warned that a “wrenching transformation” must take place to lead Western countries away from the “horrors of the Industrial Revolution.”



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

The process to do that is called Sustainable Development and its’ roots can be traced back to a UN policy document called Agenda 21, adopted at the UN’s Earth Summit in 1992.

Sustainable Development calls for changing the very infrastructure of the nation, away from private ownership and control of property to nothing short of central planning of the entire economy – often referred to as top-down control.

Where and when did the term Sustainable Development originate?

The term “sustainable development” was born in the pages of “Our Common Future,” the official report of the 1987 United Nations World Commission on Environment and Development, authored by Gro Harlem Brundtland, Vice President
of the World Socialist Party.

For the first time the environment was tied to the tried and true Socialist goals of international redistribution of wealth. Said the report;


“Poverty is a major cause and effect of global environmental problems. It is therefore futile to attempt to deal with environmental problems without a broader perspective that encompasses the factors underlying world poverty and international inequality.”

The term appeared in full force in 1992, in a United Nations initiative called the U.N. Sustainable Development Agenda 21, or as it has become known around the world, simply Agenda 21. It was unveiled at the 1992 United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), ballyhooed as the Earth Summit.



In fact, the Earth Summit was one of the provisions called for in the Brundtland report as a means of implementing Sustainable Development around the world. More than 178 nations adopted Agenda 21 as official policy. President George H.W. Bush was the signatory for the United States.


What is Sustainable Development?


The 1989 Webster’s Dictionary defines “Sustainable Yield” as a requirement that trees cut down in a forest area be replaced by new plantings to ensure future lumber supplies.” That’s what most people think Sustainable Development means.

Proponents of Sustainable Development argue that it is about preserving resources for future generations. What’s wrong with that? Nothing in theory.

That would be sustainable with a small “s.” Just common sense usage of natural resources. The problem is, major forces now promoting it intend for Sustainable Development to be spelled with a capital “S.” They intend for a Socio-economic political movement that probes, invades and changes every aspect of human civilization.

And that’s the problem.




Imagine a world in which a specific “ruling principle” is created to decide proper societal conduct for every citizen.

That principle would be used to consider regulations guiding everything you eat, the kind of home you are allowed to live in, the method of transportation you use to get to work, what kind of work you may have, the way you dispose of waste, perhaps even the number of children you may have, as well as the quality and amount of education your children may receive.

Sustainable development encompasses every aspect of our lives.

According to its authors, the objective of sustainable development is to integrate economic, social, and environmental policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.


Top Sustainability Fallacies:


Lie: Sustainability is about protecting the environment

Reality: It is a political movement to replace capitalism with governement control of everything



Lie: Free market capitalism is the principle cause of planetary degradation and is not sustainable

Reality: It is government control of the economy that is not sustainable



Lie: Private property is a source of social injustice, and too valuable to be subject to free markets

Reality: The right to own and use private property is a fundamental source of wealth creation



Lie: Green energy creates jobs

Reality: Green energy is unreliable, uncompetitive and renders industry unable to compete in world parkets



Lie: C02 is a pollutant

Reality: C02 is the gas that all plants and crops breathe. More C02 = better agricultural production



Lie: The sustainability movement isn't trying to take away anyone's property rights or freedoms

Reality: The sustainability movement is relentlessly attacking property rights and freedoms



Lie: Climate change is catastrophic and anthropogenic and must be addressed through C02 abatement schemes

Reality: Man made climate change is a hoax with numerous provable data points and thousands of scientists going on the record - which is ignored by the cabal-controlled mainstream media



Lie: Compact development reduces pollution

Reality:Reality: Dense development is always correlated with intense pollution levels



Lie: Subways and mass transit can replace cars

Reality: They cannot. If they could there would be no cars in Manhattan



Lie: Compact urban development is more affordable for government

Reality: Empirical evidence proves compace development requires higher tax rates. Urbanisation strains police, fire, educational and social services



Lie: Afforable housing for people of all income levels will ensure healthier better balanced neighbourhoods

Reality: Low income housing usually creates more problems than it solves thereby damaging communities

The Sustainablists insist that society be transformed into feudal-like governance by making Nature the central organizing principle for our economy and society, not human need or wants.

This idea essentially elevates nature above Humans [we are all on this planet, their premise is bullshit]. As such, every societal decision would first be questioned as to how it might effect the environment.

To achieve this, Sustainablist policy focuses on three components; land use, education, and population control and population reduction.

Here is a direct quote from the report of the 1976 UN’s Habitat I conference which said:


“Land... cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market. Private land ownership is also a principle instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore, contributes to social injustice.”

Some officials claim that Sustainable Development is just a local effort to protect the environment and contain development -- just your local leaders putting together a local vision for the community.

Yet, the exact language and tactics for implementation of Sustainable Development are being used in nearly every city around the globe from Lewiston, Maine to Singapore.

Local indeed.

In short, Sustainable Development is the process by which the world is being reorganized around a central principle of state collectivism using the environment as bait.

One of the best ways to understand what Sustainable Development actually is can be found by discovering what is NOT sustainable.


According to the UN’s Biodiversity Assessment Report, items for our everyday lives that are NOT sustainable include:


Ski fields

Grazing of livestock

Plowing of soil

Building fences

Industry

Single family homes

Paved and tarred roads

Logging activities

Dams and reservoirs

Power line construction

Economic systems that fail to set proper value on the environment (capitalism, free markets).



Maurice Strong, Secretary General of the UN’s Rio Earth Summit in 1992 said;


“… Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class – involving high meat intake, use of fossil fuels, appliances, home and work airconditioning, and suburban housing are not sustainable.”

This goal is exactly the policies that are written into such legislation as Cap and Trade, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act.

It is also the policy behind the many corporate commercials seen nightly on television which advocate “Going Green".

They are all part of the efforts to modify consumer behavior to accept less, deal with higher energy prices, restrict water use and place severe limitations on use of private property – all under the environmental excuse.

And one of the most destructive tools used to enforce Sustainable Development policy is something called the “precautionary principle.”

That means that any activities that might threaten human health or the environment should be stopped - even if no clear cause and effect relationship has been established - and even if the potential threat is largely theoretical.

That makes it easy for any activist group to issue concerns or warnings by news release or questionable report against and industry or private activity, and have those warnings quickly turned into public policy – just in case.

Many are now finding non-elected regional governments and governing councils enforcing policy and regulations.

As these policies are implemented, locallyelected officials are actually losing their own power and decision-making ability in their elected offices. More and more decisions are now being made behind the scenes in non-elected “sustainability councils” armed with truckloads of federal regulations, guidelines, and grant money.

Related: Agenda 21: What Sustainable Development Really Means For You


The Three E's



According to its authors, the objective of Sustainable Development is to integrate economic, social, and environmental policies in order to achieve reduced consumption, social equity, and the preservation and restoration of biodiversity.

The Sustainable Development logo used in most literature on the subject contains three connecting circles labeled along the lines of Social Equity; Economic Prosperity; and Ecological Integrity (known commonly as the 3 E's).


Social Equity

Sustainable Development’s Social Equity plank is based on a demand for “social justice.” Social Justice is described as the right and opportunity of all people “to benefit equally from the resources afforded us by society and the environment.”

According to Sustainablist doctrine, it is a social injustice for some to have prosperity if others do not. It is a social injustice to keep our borders closed.

It is a social injustice for some to be bosses and others to be merely workers. Social justice is a major premise of Sustainable Development.

Another word for social justice is Socialism or Marxism. Karl Marx was the first to coin the phrase “social justice.



Most recently the theory of social justice has been used to justify government takeover of health care. Today, the phrase is used throughout Sustainablist literature.

The Sustainablist system is based on the principle that individuals must give up selfish wants for the needs of the common good, or the “community.”

This is the same policy behind the push to eliminate our nation’s borders to allow the “migration” of those from other nations into the United States to share our individually-created wealth and our taxpayers-paid government social programs.

Say the Sustainablists, “Justice and efficiency go hand in hand.” “Borders,” they say, “are unjust.”

Under the Sustainablist system, private property is an evil that is used simply to create wealth for a few. So too, is business ownership. Instead, “every worker / person will be a direct capital owner.”



Property and businesses are to be kept in the name of the owner, keeping them responsible for taxes and other expenses, however control is in the hands of the “community” (government).

Under Sustainable Development individual human wants, needs, and desires are to be conformed to the views and dictates of social planners.

Harvey Ruvin, Vice Chair of the International Council on Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI) said:


“Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective”
in the process of implementing Sustainable Development.


Economic Prosperity

Sustainable Development’s economic policy is based on one overriding premise: That the wealth of the world was made at the expense of the poor.

It dictates that, if the conditions of the poor are to be improved, wealth must first be taken from the rich.

[But this mandate does not apply to not the "elite" of course].


Consequently, Sustainable Development’s economic policy is based, not on private enterprise, but on public / private partnerships.

In the free-market of the past, most businesses were started by individuals who saw a need for a product or service and they set out to fill it. Some businesses prospered to become huge corporations, some remained small “mom and pop” shops, others failed and dissolved.

Most business owners were happy to be left alone to take their chances to run their businesses on their own, not encumbered by a multiplicity of government regulations.

If they failed, most found a way to try again. In the beginning of the American Republic, government’s main involvement was to guarantee they had the opportunity to try.

In order to give themselves an advantage over competition, some businesses -- particularly large corporations – now find a great advantage in dealing directly with government, actively lobbying for legislation that will inundate smaller companies with regulations that they cannot possibly comply with or even keep up with.



This government / big corporation back-scratching has always been a dangerous practice because economic power should be a positive check on government power, and vise versa. If the two should ever become combined, control of such massive power can lead only to tyranny.

One of the best examples of this was the Italian model in the first half of the Twentieth Century under Mussolini’s Fascism.

Together, select business leaders who have agreed to help government impose Sustainablist green positions in their business policies, and officials at all levels of government are indeed merging the power of the economy with the force of
government in
Public / Private Partnerships on the local, state and federal levels.

As a result, Sustainable Development policy is redefining free trade to mean centralized global trade “freely” crossing (or eliminating) national borders.

It definitely does not mean people and companies trading freely with each other. Its real effect is to redistribute manufacturing, wealth, and jobs out of our borders and to lock away natural resources.

After the regulations have been put in place, literally destroying whole industries, new “green” industries created with federal grants bring newfound wealth to the “partners.” This is what Sustainablists refer to as economic prosperity.

The Sustainable Development “partnerships” include some corporations both domestic and multination. They in turn are partnered with the politicians who use their legislative and administrative powers to raid the treasury to fund and enforce the scheme.



Of course, as the chosen corporations, which become a new elite, stamp out the need for competition through government power, the real loser is the consumers who no longer count in market decisions. Government grants are now being used by industry to create mandated green products like wind and solar power.

Products are put on the market at little risk to the industry, leaving consumers a more limited selection from which to choose. True free markets are eliminated in favor of controlled economies which dictate the availability and quality of products.


Ecological Integrity


“Nature has an integral set of different values (cultural, spiritual and material) where humans are one strand in nature’s web and all living creatures are considered equal.

Therefore the natural way is the right way and human activities should be molded along nature’s rhythms.”
from the UN’s Biodiversity Treaty presented at the 1992 UN Earth Summit.

This quote lays down the ground rules for the entire Sustainable Development agenda.

It says humans are nothing special – just one strand in the nature of things or, put another way, humans are simply biological resources.

Funny that, the Cabal see us as "Human Resources" also. What a coincidence...

Sustainablist policy is to oversee any issue in which man interacts with nature – which, of course, is literally everything.

And because the environment always comes first, there must be great restrictions over private property ownership and control.

This is necessary, Sustainablists say, because humans only defile nature. Under Sustainable Development there can be no concern over individual rights.



Individual human wants, needs, and desires are conformed to the views and dictates of social planners.

The UN’s Commission on Global Governance said in its 1995 report:


“Human activity… combined with unprecedented increases in human numbers… are impinging on the planet’s basic life support system.

Action must be taken now to control the human activities that produce these risks.”

Under Sustainable Development, limited government, as advocated by our Founding Fathers, is impossible because, we are told, the real or perceived environmental crisis is too great.



Only government can be trusted to respond. Maurice Strong, Chairman of the 1992 UN Earth Summit said:


“A shift is necessary toward lifestyles less geared to environmentally-damaging consumption patterns. The shift will require a vast strengthening of the multilateral system, including the United Nations.”

The politically based environmental movement provides Sustainablists camouflage as they work to transform systems of government, justice, and economics.

It is a masterful mixture of socialism (with its top down control of the tools of the economy) and fascism (where property is owned in name only – with no individual owner control).

Sustainable Development is the worst of both the left and the right. It is not liberal, nor is it conservative.

It is a new kind of tyranny that, if not stopped, will surely lead us to a new Dark Ages of pain and misery yet unknown to mankind.


UN Report: Habitat I Conference:

"Land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset, controlled by individuals and subject to the pressures and inefficiencies of the market.

Private land ownership is also a principle instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore, contributers to social injustice."


Related: Environmentalism Is a ‘Green’ Pagan Religion


The Reinvention of Government

Six months after his inauguration, President Bill Clinton issued Executive Order #12852 which created the President’s Council On Sustainable Development (PCSD) on June 29 1993.


The Council’s Membership included:


Twelve Cabinet-level Federal Officials

Jonathan Lash, Pres. World Resources Institute

John Adams, Ex. Dir. National Resources Defense Council

Dianne Dillon-Ridgley, Pres. Zero Population

Michelle Perrault, International V.P., Sierra Club

John C. Sawhill, Pres. The Nature Conservancy

Jay D. Hair, Pres. World Conservation Union (IUCN)

Kenneth L. Lay, CEO, Enon Corporation

William D. Ruckelshaus, Chm., Browning-Ferris Industries & former EPA Administrator



Some of these members were representatives of the same groups which helped write Agenda 21 at the UN level, now openly serving on the President’s Council to create policy for the implementation of Sustainable Development at the federal level.

With great fanfare the Council issued a comprehensive report containing all the guidelines on how our government was to be reinvented under sustainable development.

Those guidelines were created to direct policy for every single federal agency, state government and local community government. Their purpose was to translate the recommendations set forth in Agenda 21 into public policy administered by the federal government.

They created the American version of Agenda 21 called “Sustainable America - A New Consensus”.



The Four Part Process Leading to Sustainable Development

So how is this “wrenching transformation” being put into place? There are four very specific routes being used. In the rural areas it’s called the “Wildlands Project.”

In the cities it’s called “Smart Growth.” In business it’s called “Public / Private Partnerships.” And in government it’s called “Stakeholder Councils.”




The Wildlands Project


"WE MUST MAKE THIS PLACE AN INSECURE AND INHOSPITABLE PLACE FOR CAPITALISTS AND THEIR PROJECTS... WE MUST RELCAIM THE ROADS AND PLOWED LANDS, HALT DAM CONSTRUCTION, TEAR DOWN EXISTING DAMS, FREE SHACKLED RIVERS AND RETURN TO WILDERNESS MILLIONS OF TENS OF MILLIONS OF ACRES OF PRESENTLY SETTLED LAND.

- Dave Foremen, Earth First.

The Wildlands Project was the brainchild of Earth First’s Dave Foreman and it literally calls for the “re-wilding” of 50% of all the land in every state – back to the way it was before Christopher Columbus set foot on this land.

It is a diabolical plan to herd humans off the rural lands and into human settlements. Crazy you say! Yes. Impossible? Not so fast. From Foreman, the plan became the blueprint for the UN’s Biodiversity Treaty and quickly became international in scope.

But how do you remove people from the land? One step at a time. Let’s begin with a biosphere reserve. A national park will do. A huge place where there is no human activity.

For example, Yellowstone National Park, devoid of human habitation can serve as its center. Then a buffer zone is established around the reserve.



Inside the buffer only limited human activity is allowed. Slowly, through strict regulations, that area is squeezed until human activity becomes impossible.

Once that is accomplished, the biosphere is extended to the former buffer zone borders – and then a new buffer zone is created around the now-larger biosphere and the process starts again. In that way, the Biosphere Reserve acts like a cancer cell, ever expanding, until all human activity is stopped.

And there are many tools in place to stop human activity and grow the reserve.

Push back livestock’s access to river banks on ranches, many times as much as 300. When the cattle can’t reach the stream, the rancher can’t water them -- he goes out of business. Lock away natural resources by creating national parks.

It shuts down the mines -- and they go out of business. Invent a Spotted Owl shortage and pretend it can’t live in a forest where timber is cut. Shut off the forest.

Then, when no trees are cut, there’s nothing to feed the mills and then there are no jobs, and -- they go out of business.



Locking away land cuts the tax base. Eventually the town dies. Keep it up and there is nothing to keep the people on the land – so they head to the cities. The wilderness grows – just like Dave Foreman planned.

It comes in many names and many programs. Heritage areas, land management, wolf and bear reintroduction, rails to trails, conservation easements, open space, and many more.

Each of these programs is designed to make it just a little harder to live on the land – a little more expensive – a little more hopeless, literally herding people off their land and into designated human habitat areas – cities.

In the West, where vast areas of open space make it easy to impose such polices there are several programs underway to remove humans from the land. Today, there are at least 31 Wildlands projects underway, locking away more than 40
percent of the nation’s land.



The Alaska Wildlands Project seeks to lock away and control almost the entire state.

In Washington State, Oregon, Idaho, Montana parts of North and South Dakota, parts of California, Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico, Wyoming, Texas, Utah, and more, there are at least 22 Wildlands Projects underway.

For example, one project called Yukon to Yellowstone (Y2Y) – creates a 2000 mile no-man’s land corridor from the Arctic to Yellowstone.

East of the Mississippi, there are at least nine Wildlands projects, covering Maine, Pennsylvania, New York, West Virginia, Ohio, Virginia, Tennessee, North and South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Watch for names of Wildlands Projects like Chesapeake Bay Watershed, Appalachian Restoration Project and Piedmont Wildlands Project.


How Did We Get Here? J. Gary Lawrence - Bill Clinton's Advisor for Sustainable Development:

"Participating in a UN advocated planning process would very likely bring out many... right wing conspiracy groups... who would actively work to defeat any elected official... undertaking Local Agenda 21.

So we call our process something else, such as "Comprehensive Planning", "Growth Management", or "Smart Growth.""


Smart Growth

The second path is called Smart Growth. The process essentially puts a line around a city, locking off any growth outside that line.

Such growth is disdainfully labeled “Urban Sprawl.” The plan then curtails the building of more roads to cut off access to the newly created rural area. Inside the circle, concerted efforts are made to discourage the use of cars in preference to public transportation, restricting mobility.

Because there is a restriction on space inside the controlled city limits, there is a created shortage of land and houses, so prices go up. That means populations will have to be controlled, because now there is no room to contain more people.



Cities are now passing “green” regulations, forcing homeowners to meet strict guidelines for making their homes environmentally compliant, using specific building materials, forcing roof replacements, demanding replacement of appliances, and more.

Those not in compliance will be fined and will not be able to sell their homes. There are now efforts underway to impose so-called “smart meters” which replace thermostats in homes.

Homeowners will not have control of such meters. Instead, the electric company will determine the necessary temperature inside each home.

Government agencies or local policy boards will be tasked with the responsibility to conduct an energy audit in each home to determine the steps necessary to bring the home into energy compliance. In Oakland, California, such restrictions will cost each homeowner an estimated $36,000.



Related: Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

The Cap N Trade bill contains a whole section on such restrictions for the nation, and most local communities are now busy creating development plans that encompass many of the same restrictions.

There is now a new push to control food production under the label of Sustainable Farming. Food sheds are now being advocated.

These are essentially government run farms located just outside the smart growth area circling the city.

Food is to be grown using strict guidelines which dictate what kinds of food is to be produced and the farming practices to be used.

These are essentially based on the blue print of Chinese Agrarian villages that cannot possibly grow enough food to feed the community unless populations are tightly controlled. True Sustainable farming programs discourage importing goods from outside the community.


A Red Agenda Marked With a Pretty Green Name: "Sustainability"

Agenda 21 spread like an INFECTION: UN Agenda 21 > ICLEI > NGO's > Central / Regional Planners

Planning associations provide sample ordinances based on ECLEI doctin that originated in UN Agenda 21

Municipal plans become manifestos


Stake Holder Councils

Inside the cities, government is increasingly controlled by an elite ruling class called stake holder councils. These are mostly Non-governmental organizations, or NGOs, which, like thieves in the night, converge on the community to stake their claim to enforce their own private agendas.

The function of legitimately – elected government within the system votes to create a system of boards, councils and even regional governments to handle every aspect of day-to-day operation of the community.

Once in place, the councils and boards basically replace the power of elected officials with non-elected, appointed rulers answerable to no one.

The councils are controlled by a small minority in the community, but they are all - powerful. They force citizens to seek permission (usually denied) for any changes to private property.

They use such excuses as historic preservation, water use restrictions, energy use, and open space restrictions. They will dictate that homeowners must use special “green” light bulbs and force stores to only use paper bags, for example.



They over-burden or even destroy business, creating stiff regulations on manufacturing and small business in the community. They may dictate the number of outlets a business may have in a community, not matter what the population
demands. For example, in San Francisco there can only be seven McDonalds.

They can dictate the kind of building materials owners can use in their private home – or whether one can build on their property at all.

Then, if they do grant a permit for building, they might not decide to let the property owner acquire water and electricity for the new home – and they may or may not give you a reason for being turned down.

As part of Sustainable health care, they may even dictate that you get the proper exercise – as determined by the government. Again, San Francisco has built a new federal building – the greenest ever built.

The elevators will only stop on every third floor so riders are forced to use stairs – for their own health, of course.

These councils fit almost perfectly the definition of a State Soviet: a system of councils that report to an apex council and then implement a predetermined outcome. Soviets are the operating mechanism of a government-controlled economy.


So Many Things Making So Little Sense: (US)

EPA drives industries overseas where the pollution increases

EPA embraces ethanol while
blaming farming for pollution

Master plans across America
overtly ignore property rights

Environmental nooses rob property rights and individual freedoms based on unsettled science, distorted statistics and exaggerated predictions

Focus on
Social Equity eclipsing life-liberty property (Why?)

Municipal master plans have become
manifestos

People
in tears across America


Public / Private Partnerships

The fourth path to imposing Sustainable Development is Public/Private Partnerships (PPPs). Unfortunately, today, many Conservative / Libertarian organizations are presenting PPPs as free enterprise and a private answer for keeping taxes down by using business to make a better society.

There are certain areas where private business contracts to do jobs such as running school cafeterias through a competitive bid system. That type of arrangement certain does serve the tax payers and provides better services. That’s not how PPPs are used though Sustainable Development.

In truth, many PPPs are nothing more than government-sanctioned monopolies in which a few businesses are granted special favors like tax breaks, the power of eminent domain, non-compete clauses and specific guarantees for return on their investments.

That means they can fix prices, charge beyond what the market demands, and they can use the power of government to put competition out of business. That is not free enterprise. And it is these global corporations that are pushing the green agenda.



If you can stomach reading this horse shit, click on the image above

PPPs were the driving force behind the Trans Texas Corridor, using eminent domain to take more than 580,000 acres of private land - sanctioned by the partnership with the Texas government. And PPPs are taking over highways and local water treatment plants in communities across the nation.

PPPs in control of the water system can control water consumption – a major part of the Sustainable Development blueprint.

Fueled by federal grant programs through the EPA, the auto industry has produced and forced onto the market “green” cars that no one wants to buy, such as the Chevy Volt.

For its part of the partnership, government passed regulations that keep gas prices high to make them more inviting.

The federal government has entered into many partnerships with alternative energy companies in a move to force wind power and solar power on an uninterested public. Again, such industries only exist though the power and of government determined to enforce a certain political agenda. They would never survive in an honest free market.

Using government to ban its own product, General Electric is forcing the mercury- laden green light bulb, costing 5 times the price of incandescent bulbs. Such is the reality of green industry, which depends more on government subsidy and grants than on customers.







Related: These Light Bulbs Cause Anxiety, Migraines, And Even Cancer

The North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) is the root of the “Free Trade” process and the fuel for PPPs between international corporations and government, thereby creating an “elite” class of “connected” businesses – or what Ayn Rand called “the power of pull.”

Success in the PPP world is not based on quality of product and service, but on who you know in high places.

To play ball in the PPP game means accepting the mantra of Sustainable Development and helping to implement it, even if it means going against your own product. That’s why Home Depot uses its commercials to oppose cutting down trees and British Petroleum advocates reducing the use of oil.

It is not free enterprise, but a Mussolini-type fascism of government and private industry organized in a near impenetrable force of power. And it’s all driven by the Agenda 21 blueprint of Sustainable Development.


ICLEI: Charter 1.7 - Principles

The Association shall promote, and ask its individual members to adopt, the following Earth Charter Principles to guide local action:

6. Prevent harm as the best method of environmental protection and, when knowledge is limited, apply a precautionary approach.

7.
Adopt patterns of production, consumption, and reproduction that safeguard Earth’s regenerative capacities, human rights, and community well-being. (Communitarianism with forced sterilization?)
(9) Eradicate poverty as an ethical, social, and environmental imperative.

9.
Eradicate poverty as an ethical, social, and environmental imperative.

10. Ensure that economic activities and institutions at all levels
promote human development in an equitable and sustainable manner.

11. Affirm gender equality and equity as prerequisites to sustainable development and
ensure universal access to education, health care, and economic opportunity.

14.
Integrate into formal education and life-long learning the knowledge, values, and skills needed for a sustainable way of life.


What Kinds of Groups Promote this in the U.S.A.?

Many people ask how dangerous international policies can suddenly turn up in state and local government, all seemingly uniform to those in communities across the nation and around the globe.

The answer – meet ICLEI, a non-profit, private foundation, dedicated to helping locally elected representatives fully implement Agenda 21 in the community.

Originally known as the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives (ICLEI), today the group simply calls itself “ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability.”



In 1992, ICLEI was one of the groups instrumental in creating Agenda 21.

The group’s mission is to push local communities to transform the way governments operate, creating a “community plan,” creating a wide range of non-elected planning and councils which then impose severe regulations and oversight policies, affecting every homeowner, every business, every school; literally every aspect of the citizen’s lives.

And it’s having tremendous success.

Currently there are over 600 American cities in which ICLEI is being paid dues with tax dollars from city councils to implement and enforce Sustainable Development. ICLEI is there to assure that the mayors keep their promises and meet their goals. Climate change and the goal to cut the communities carbon footprint is, of course, the ICLEI mantra.


Here’s just some of the programs ICLEI provides cities and towns, in order to spread their own particular political agenda in the name of “community services” and environmental protection, they include:


Software programs to help set the goals for community development – which leads to controlling use of private property;

Access to a network of “Green” experts, newsletters, conferences and workshops – to assure all city employees are in the process;

Toolkits, online resources, case studies, fact sheets, policy and practice manuals, and blueprints used by other communities;

Training workshops for staff and elected officials on how to develop and implement the programs;

And, of course, there’s Notification of relevant grant opportunities – this is the important one – money – with severe strings attached.



ICLEI recommends that the community hire a full time “sustainability manager,” who, even in small towns, can devote 100% of his time to assure that every nook and corner of the government is on message and under control.

Using environmental protection as the excuse, these programs are about reinventing government with a specific political agenda. ICLEI and others are dedicated to transforming every community in the nation to the Agenda 21 blueprint.

In addition to ICLEI, groups like the Sierra Club, Nature Conservancy and Audubon Society, NGOs which also helped write Sustainable Development policy have chapters in nearly every city. They know that Congress has written legislation providing grants for cities that implement Sustainablist policy. They agitate to get the cities to accept the grants.





If a city rejects the plan, they then agitate to the public, telling them that their elected representatives have cost the city millions in “their” tax dollars. In the end, through such tactics, the NGOs usually get their way.

The NGOs are joined in their efforts by professional planning groups and associations such as the American Planning Association (APA), The Renaissance Planning Group, and the International City/County Management association (ICMA). IN fact there are literally hundreds, if not thousands, of non-profits, NGOs and planning groups living off the grant money, working to enforce Sustainable Development policy at every level of government.


The APA - Professional Planners [or Anti-Capitalist Political Advocacy?]

APA embraces ICLEI Programmes(s)

1.1 "The built envoronment is a primary contributor to climate change" ...Business as usual will not suffice."

1.3 Social Equity and Climate CHange (&Environmental Justice)

2.4 #6: "Should reduce reliance on coal..."

2.4 #10: Growe food for local consumption(Starve the world?)

2.4 #14: Reduce VMT (Vehicle Miles Travelled)

2.4 #15: Cap & Trade for carbon ...needed.

Land Use #15: Create city-funded housing repair programs

Transportation #4: Increase CAFE standards


Here Are Just a Few to Watch For:

The American Planning Association (APA) is the nation’s leading enforcer of Sustainable policy. It came into being in 1978 and can be found in literally every community in the nation. It doesn’t have the same open ties to the UN as does
ICLEI, but is every bit as involved, if not more so.

The APA’s “Growing Smart Legislative Guide Book” is found in nearly every university, state and county in the country. It is the planning guide preferred by most urban and regional planners.

The American Planning Association is one of many members of the PCSD. They partner with ICLEI & ICMA in the implementation of sustainable development. ICMA, International City / County Management Association, is an organization
of professional local government leaders building sustainable communities worldwide.


Christchurch, New Zealand

ICMA provides technical and management assistance, training, and information resources in the areas of performance measurement, ethics education and training, community and economic development, environmental management, technology, and other topics to its members and the broader local government community.

They are aided in their efforts through such as the U.S. Conference of Mayors, National Governors Association, National League of Cities, the National Association of County Administrators and several more groups that are supposed to
represent elected officials.

The Renaissance Planning Group is an urban planning firm. They played a critical role in Florida’s “Forever Program”. The Forever Program is Florida’s premier conservation and recreation lands acquisition program. Florida Forever is the
largest public land acquisition program of its kind in the United States.

With approximately 9.8 million acres of conservation land in Florida, more than 2.4 million acres were purchased under the Florida Forever and P2000 programs.



Propaganda from idiots for idiots

In 2007, the Virginia state legislature passed HB 3202 mandating that counties with the prescribed growth rate establish high density urban development areas. As a result, to date, 67 counties in the Commonwealth of Virginia are required to establish “urban development areas”.

The process and proposed land use planning that is being implemented, follows the very same policies called for in Agenda 21’s biodiversity plan. This requirement by the state forces local governments to compromise your private property through zoning measures called for in the Smart Growth program for sustainable development.

The American Farmland Trust (AFT) formed in 1980, works to acquire and control farmer development rights and the purchase of Agriculture Easements which drastically reduce, if not eliminate private ownership of the land.


PlannersNetwork.org

APA embraces ICLEI Programmes(s)

Statement of Principles:

"We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources... and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society... because the free market has proven incapable of doing this."


The Danger is in the “Process”

Sustainable policies are being sold universally to the public as a means to protect the environment and control growth. That is simply the excuse for the policies being implemented in its name.

The real problem is the “PROCESS” through which Sustainable Development is being forced on unsuspecting citizens.

The comprehensive land use plans are being steered by planning groups through manipulation by facilitated stakeholder consensus councils.

Though their meetings are “open” to the public, they are void of any public input.

The predetermined outcome severely restricts land use and compromises private property ownership in an already distressed market.

They answer to no one and they are run by zealots with their own political agenda imposing international laws and regulations.



Local homeowners have no say in the process and in most cases are shut out. Sometimes they are literally thrown out of council meetings because they want to discuss how a regulation is going to affect their property or livelihood.

Communities have dealt with local problems for 200 years. Some use zoning, some don’t. But locally elected town councils and commissioners, which meet and discuss problems with the citizens, are how this nation was built and prospered.

Today, under Sustainable Development, NGOs like ICLEI and the APA move in to establish non-elected boards, councils and regional government bodies.



Despite the Senate’s refusal to ratify the Biodiversity Treaty in 1994, the Agenda 21 policies called for by the convention, are being implemented nationwide. No matter where you live, rest assured Agenda 21 policies are being implemented in your community.

Proponents of Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development attempt to ridicule those who oppose the programs as being paranoid radicals who are spreading conspiracy theories about what they call an “obscure 20 year old UN document.”

Yet, in 2012 the UN sponsored Rio+20, in which 50,000 delegates from around the world to celebrate Agenda 21 and find means to complete its implementation.

Sustainable Development is not about “saving the environment.” It is about a revolutionary coup. It is about establishing global governance and abandoning the principles of Natural Law on which America was founded.

The politically-based environmental movement provides Sustainablists camouflage as they work to transform global systems of government, justice, and economics.



It’s a masterful mixture of Socialism, (with its top-down control of the tools of the economy); fascism (where property is owned in name only – with no private control); and Corporatism, (where partnerships between government and private business create government sanctioned monopolies.)

Sustainable Development is the worst of both the left and the right. It is bad policy pushed by both liberal and conservatives.

It is a new kind of tyranny that, if not stopped, will surely lead all human kind to a new Dark Ages of pain and misery.


What has Sustainability Become?

Unfortunately, the environmental movement has been
hijacked as a convenient excuse to attack capitalism; blame America; transfer wealth; impinge on Constitutional rights; and install a government-run socio-economic system.

United Nations paradigm: Capitalism and private property rights are not sustainable, and pose the single greatest threat to the world's ecosystem and social equity.


How to Fight Back Against Sustainable Development

Be aware of the world in which your elected officials live.


See below: ICLEI doesn't come with flashing lights that say "ICLEI".

It comes wrapped in a plain green package labelled "Smart Growth" or "Sustainability":

To begin the effort to fight back against Sustainable Development it is vital to first understand the massive structure you are facing.

You need to know who the players are and you need to understand the political world your officials are operating in.

This may help you to understand that perhaps they aren’t all evil globalists, but, perhaps, good people who are surrounded by powers that won’t let them see the reality of the policies they are helping to implement.

I’m certainly not making excuses for them, but before you rush in and start yelling about their enforcing UN policies on the community, here are some things you should consider.

In most communities, you mayor, city council members and county commissioners are automatically members of national organizations like the National Conference of Mayors, National League of Cities, and the national associations for city council members, and the same for commissioners.

Those in the state government also have the National Governors Association and state legislators have their national organization.

For the past twenty years or more, each and every one of these national organizations have been promoting Sustainable
Development and related policies. The National Mayors Conference and the National Governors Association have been leaders in this agenda, many times working directly with UN organizations to promote the policy.



That is the message your local elected leaders hear; from the podium; from fellow officials from other communities; from “experts” they’ve been told to respect; in committee meetings; from dinner speakers; from literature they are given at such meetings.

They are told of legislation that will be soon be implemented, and they are even provided sample legislation to introduce in their communities.

Back home, they are surrounded by a horde of “stakeholder” groups, each promoting a piece of the agenda, be it policies for water control, energy control, development control, specific building materials control, historic preservation and control of “downtown” development, conservation easements and development rights for control of rural property.

These groups like ICLEI, the American Planning Association, the Renaissance Planning Group, and many more, are heavily involved with state and federal plans. They arrive in your community with blue prints, state and federal plans, grants and lots of contacts in high places.

There are official programs for “going Green,” Comprehensive land use plans, and lots of programs for the kids in the classrooms.



There is also a second horde involved in the Sustainablist invasion – state and federal agency officials including EPA agents; air and water quality agents; Interior Department officials, HUD officials, energy officials, Commerce Department officials, and on and on – all targeting your locally elected officials with policy, money, regulations, reports, special planning boards, meetings, and conferences, all promoting the exact same agenda.

And don’t forget the news media, both locally and nationally, also promoting the Sustainablist agenda, attacking anyone not going along, ready to quickly use the “extremist” label against them.

The message is clear - Sustainable Development is reality – politically correct, necessary, unquestionable, and it has “consensus.”



Is your head spinning yet? Think of the affect all of this has on a poor local official who just thought he would run for office and serve his community. This is his reality. This is what he thinks government is supposed to be because, after all, everyone he is dealing with says so.

Now, as he is surrounded by all of these important, powerful folks, along comes a local citizen who tells him that some guy named Tom DeWeese says all of these programs are from the UN and are taking away our liberty.

Who? He said what? Come on, I’m not doing that. And I don’t have time to talk about it. I have another meeting to go to.

If we are going to successfully fight Agenda 21, it is vitally important that we all recognize this reality as we plan to deal with it and defeat it. With that in mind, I offer the following ideas.


How to Fight Back

First and foremost, don’t try to fight alone. If you try to attend local meetings by yourself you will be ignored. You will need others to plan and implement strategy.

You have family and friends. Start with them. Ask them to help look into some local policies. Even if they start off skeptical about your concerns, it won’t take them long to see the truth.

Check out of there is a local tea party or even a local Republican group. Churches are a target of such policies. Alert people at your church and ask them to help fight back.

Find people to help you!

Research: Don’t even begin to open up a fight until you know certain details. First, who are the players in your community. What privately funded “stakeholder” groups are there? What is their agenda?

What other communities have they operated in? What projects? What results? Who are their members in your community?

Are they residents or did they come from “out of town?” (That could prove to be valuable information later in the fight). Finding this information may be the hardest of your efforts. They like to operate out of the spotlight.

It’s not likely that the town will carry official documentation of who it is working with. It probably will require that you attend lots of meetings and hearings. Take note of who is there and their role. Do this quietly. Don’t announce to the community what you are doing. Don’t make yourselves a target. You may have to ask questions and that may raise some eyebrows. But stay out of the way as much as possible.

Second, get all the details on the plans your community is working on. Has there already been legislation passed? Most of this information can be found on the town website. Knowing this information will help you put together a plan of action.

Once you have it, you can begin to take your fight public.

With the information you have gathered, begin to examine the effect the policies will have on the community and its residents. Find who the victims of the legislation or regulation may be. This will be of great value as you confront city council. People understand victim stories – especially if it is them. It is the best way to undermine the process – and help get people to join your cause.

You will find that Conservation Easements have raised taxes as much of the county land is removed from the tax rolls – someone has to make up for the lost revenue and the payment of easements. Are “stakeholder” groups helping to get landowners to sign up for the easements – and if so – do they get any kind of kickbacks?

Who are getting the easements? You may find the rich land owners have found a great loophole to cut their own property taxes as the middle class makes up the short fall. This will help bring usually disinterested people to your cause.



Does the community plan call for reduction of energy use? If so, look for calls for energy audits and taxes on energy use. The audits mean that the government has set a goal to reduce energy use. It may follow that government agents are going to come into your home to inspect your energy use.

Then they are going to tell you what must be done in your home to cut usage. That will cost you money. Don’t fall for the line that it is all voluntary – to help you save money.

They haven’t gone to this much trouble to be ignored. Regulations are not voluntary.

These are just a couple of examples of what to look for as you do your research.

There are many more, including meters on wells to control water use, smart meters to take away your control of your thermostat; non elected boards and councils to control local development and implement smart growth, leading to
population growth; Public / Private Partnerships with local and large corporations to “go Green;” creation of open space; pushing back live stock from streams, enforcing sustainable farming methods that restrict energy and water use in farming practices; and much more.



It all leads to higher costs and shortages, in the name of environmental protection and conservation and controlling growth (anti-sprawl, they call it).

Your goal is to stop Sustainable Development in your community. That means a campaign to stop the creation of non-elected regional government councils that are difficult to hold accountable.

It means to stop local governments from taking grants that come with massive strings attached to enforce compliance.

And it means you must succeed in removing outsider organizations and Stakeholder groups that are pressuring your elected officials to do their bidding. Civic Action: Armed with as much information as you can gather (and armed with the ability to coherently discuss its details) you are ready to take your battle to the public.

First, it would be better for you to try to discuss it privately with some of your elected officials, especially if you know them. Tell them what you have found and explain why you are opposed.

First discuss the effects of the policies on the average citizen. Explain why they are bad. Only very slowly should you bring the conversation around to the origin of such polices - Agenda 21 and the UN.

Don’t start there. It is important that you build the case to show that these policies are not local, but part of a national and international agenda. If this conversation does not go well (and it probably won’t) then you have to take it to the next level – to the public.

Begin a two fold campaign. First, write a series of letters to the editor for the local newspaper. Make sure that you are not alone.

Coordinate your letters with others who will also write letters to back up and support what you have written. These will generate more letters from others, some for your position and other against you.

Be prepared to answer those against you as they are probably written by those “Stakeholders” who are implementing the policies in the first place. This may be a useful place for you to use what you’ve learned about these groups to discredit them.



Second, begin to attend Council meetings and ask questions. The response from the council members will determine your next move. If you are ignored and your questions met with silence or hostility, prepare a news release detailing your questions and the background you have as to why you asked those questions.

Pass the news release out to the people at the next meeting as well as the news media. Attend the next meeting and the next demanding answers. Be sure to organize people to come with you.

Don’t try this alone. If necessary, have demonstrators outside city hall carrying signs or handing out flyers with the name and picture of the officials who won’t answer your questions along with the question you asked – including the details you have about the policy.

The point in all of this is to make the issue public. Take away their ability to hide the details from the public. Expose the hoards of outsiders who are dictating policy in your community. Force the people you elected to deal with YOU – not the army of self-appointed “stakeholders” and government officials. Shine a very right spotlight on the roaches under the rock.

If the newspaper is with you, great, but you will probably find it working with the other side. It may be difficult to get a fair shake in the newspaper or on radio.



That’s why you deliver your news releases to both the media and the public. Get signs, and flyers in stores if necessary. And keep it up for as long as it takes. Don’t stop the public demonstration until you had acquired victory, or at least started a public debate.

The final step is to use the energy you have created to run candidates for office against those who have ignored and fought you. Ultimately, that is the office holders worst nightmare and may be the most effective way to get them to respond and serve their constituents.


New Tactic

As mentioned in the beginning, over the past couple of years, as we’ve educated people on Agenda 21 and its UN origins, the natural reaction by concerned citizens and activists has been to rush into city hall and accuse their elected representatives of implementing international policies on the town.

This has, of course, been met with skepticism and ridicule on the part of some of the elected officials (egged on by the NGO stakeholder groups and planning organizations).

Today, the promoters of Agenda 21, including ICLEI and the American Planning Association (APA) have worked overtime to paint our movement as crazed conspiracy theorists wearing tin foil hats and hearing voices.

So, it’s time to change tactics.

Here is an undeniable fact: Agenda 21 / Sustainable Development cannot be enforced without usurping or diminishing private property rights. So, we need to begin to challenge the plans that affect private property rights.



However, as we move in that direction, we must have a clear understanding of what property rights are. Many people today have little or varying ideas of property rights.

Forty years ago people understood things like “No Trespassing,” “My home is my castle,” and “step across that line and suffer the consequences.” Such ideas today seem quaint and antiquated to many, especially with government invading private property at will.

Sometimes, in order to purchase property or to get access to services, we sign documents that say government or utility agents are free to come on our property at will. The idea of “Keep Out” is almost unheard of.

However, to demand that your private property be honored and protected a definition must be established before you start the effort.

As you stand in front of the elected officials at their regular meeting, ask them simply;


“As you bring these planners into our community and begin to implement their programs, what guarantees do I have that you will protect my private property rights?”

At this point you haven’t mentioned Agenda 21, and you haven’t attacked planning. You are simply asking a non-combative question.

They will assure you that they are in full support of protecting private property.

And then you say;


“Well, I’m happy to hear that. But, I would really like to have that in writing.”

And you present the resolution to them. If you can read it aloud to the meeting, so much the better. They may say they need to take it under consideration and will get back to you. Fine.

Make sure you are back at the next meeting to ask about it. If they say “No.” You simply ask “Why?” and take it from there.

Do not attempt this alone. The key to this effort is persistence and organization.

If they have refused to sign it then you need 5 or 10 people to stand up and ask why. You need to escalate this at each meeting until it becomes a public issue -


“Why won’t your elected officials sign a simple document that says they will protect your private property rights? What are they hiding in the plans they are presenting to us?”

This can and will lead to protests, letters to the editor and other media available to you. Put the elected officials’ names on signs carried by protestors who are rallying outside the next council or planning meeting
.

Make them the issue. What you are really doing is laying the ground work for a campaign to defeat them in the next election. It is also important to do research into what planning groups, non-governmental organizations (NGO’s) federal grants and agencies may be involved in the process. All of them have a background.

Find out who they are and what they have done in the past in other communities and present that info to your fellow citizens as a warning of what is to come. I recommend that you create a “rapid response team” to be prepared to immediately respond in the media to anything they do. Make them scared to act.


ICLEI / Agenda 21 Dogma

Elevates nature above humans


40 chapters of socialist control mechanisms

Human settlements;

Educate with environment as central principle

Unsustainable: Ski lodges, Golf courses, asphalt, fossil fuels, consumerism, irrigation, commercial farms, livestock grazing.


Fighting ICLEI


If ICLEI is in your city, the details about Agenda 21 and the UN connection is easier. Your community is paying them dues with your tax dollars. Here is how to handle them:

If your council derides your statements that their policies come from the UNs Agenda 21, simply print out the home page from ICLEI’s web site: www.iclei.org





This will have all of the UN connections you’ve been talking about, in ICLEI’s own words
.

Pass out the web page copies to everyone in the chamber audience and say to your elected officials;


“Don’t call me a radical simply for reporting what ICLEI openly admits on its own web site. I’m just the one pointing it out – you are the ones who are paying our tax dollars to them.”

Then demand that those payment stop. You have proven your case.


Stopping Consensus Meetings

Most public meetings are now run by trained and highly paid facilitators whose jobs is to control the meeting and bring it to a preplanned conclusion. If he is good at his job, the facilitator can actually make the audience think the “consensus” they have reached on and issue or proposal is actually their idea.

This is how Sustainable Development is being implemented across the nation, especially in meetings or planning boards that are advertised as open to the public.

They really don’t want you there and the tactic is used to move forward in full view of the public without them knowing what is happening. There is nothing free or open about the consensus process.

It is designed to eliminate debate and close discussion.

To bust up the process you must never participate, even to answer a question.

To do so allows the facilitator to make you part of the process. Instead, you must control the discussion.


Here is a quick suggestion on how to foul up the works:


Never go alone to such a meeting. You will need at least three people – the more the better.

Do not sit together. Instead, fan out in the room in a triangle formation.

Know ahead of time the questions you want to ask: Who is the facilitator?

What is his association with the organizers? Is he being paid?

Where did these programs (being proposed) come from? How are they to be funded?

One question to ask over and over again, both at facilitated meetings and city council meetings, is this:


“With the implementation of this policy, tell me a single right or action I have on my property that doesn’t require your approval or involvement. What are my rights as a property owner?”

Make them name it.


You will quickly see that they too understand there are no property rights left. By asking these questions you are putting his legitimacy in question, building suspicion among the rest of the audience, destroying his authority.

They will try to counter, either by patronizing and humoring you, at first, or, then becoming hostile, moving to have you removed as a disruptive force.

That’s where the rest of your group comes in. They need to back you up, demand answers to your questions. If you have enough people in the room you can cause a major disruption, making it impossible for the facilitator to move forward with his agenda.

Do not walk out and leave the room to him. Stay to the end and make him shut down the meeting.


In Conclusion

These suggestions on how to fight back are, admittedly, very basic and elementary. They are meant only to be a guideline. You will have to do your homework and adapt these tactics to your local situation.

These tactics are designed to create controversy and debate to force the Agenda 21 issue out of the secret meetings and into public debate where they belong.

Many of these same tactics can be used at all levels of government, right up and into national legislation.

Our plan is to demand answers from elected officials who want to ignore us.

They must be taught that such actions have consequences. As we learn new, successful tactics, I’ll share them with activists across the world.

The American Policy Center is now a partner in a new effort to create tactics and provide education to activists called Sustainable Freedom Lab - and hopefully it can serve as a resource for thw eorld, not just America. Here activists can share their findings, successful tactics and research with the rest of the movement.

The website is www.sustainablefreedomlab.com.



The exciting news is that, finally, people are starting to understand that Agenda 21 is destroying our nations and they are beginning to fight back. The UN Agenda 21 house of cards is being exposed and it will fall with continued efforts and exposure by the people, and for the people - not just America - Worldwide.

The battle to stop the UN’s Agenda 21 is ragging on the local level across the world.


Related Articles:

Australian Ex-Politician Whistle-Blower Ann Bressington Exposes Agenda 21

Inevitable NIMBY Backlash Begins

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21

Palmy Beyond Petrol

Leaked plans for Auckland Suburbs: Will Apartments be Built in Your Backyard?



UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

This week, Michael Snyder published an important article entitled The 2030 Agenda: This Month The UN Launches A Blueprint For A New World Order With The Help Of The Pope.



That article references this UN "2030 Agenda" document that pushes a blueprint for so-called "sustainable development" around the world.

Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals

This document describes nothing less than a global government takeover of every nation across the planet.

The "goals" of this document are nothing more than code words for a corporate-government fascist agenda that will imprison humanity in a devastating cycle of poverty while enriching the world's most powerful globalist corporations like Monsanto and DuPont.

In the interests of helping wake up humanity, I've decided to translate the 17 points of this 2030 agenda so that readers everywhere can understand what this document is really calling for.

To perform this translation, you have to understand how globalists disguise their monopolistic agendas in "feel good" language.

Here's the point-by-point translation. Notice carefully that
nowhere does this document state that "achieving human freedom" is one of its goals.



Nor does it explain HOW these goals are to be achieved. As you'll see here, every single point in this UN agenda is to be achieved through centralized government control and totalitarian mandates that resemble communism.


Translation of the UN's "2030 Agenda Blueprint for Globalist Government" (Controlled by Corporate Interests)


Goal 1. End poverty in all its forms everywhere


Translation: Put everyone on government welfare, food stamps, housing subsidies and handouts that make them obedient slaves to global government.
Never allow people upward mobility to help themselves.

Instead, teach mass victimization and obedience to a government that provides monthly "allowance" money for basic essentials like food and medicine. Label it "ending poverty."


Goal 2. End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture

Translation:
Invade the entire planet with GMOs and Monsanto's patented seeds while increasing the use of deadly herbicides under the false claim of "increased output" of food crops.



Engineer genetically modified plants to boost specific vitamin chemicals while having no idea of the long-term consequences of genetic pollution or cross-species genetic experiments carried out openly in a fragile ecosystem.


Goal 3. Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages

Translation:
Mandate 100+ vaccines for all children and adults at gunpoint, threatening parents with arrest and imprisonment if they refuse to cooperate. Push heavy medication use on children and teens while rolling out "screening" programs. Call mass medication "prevention" programs and claim they improve the health of citizens.


Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all

Translation:
Push a false history and a dumbed-down education under "Common Core" education standards that produce obedient workers rather than independent thinkers. Never let people learn real history, or else they might realize they don't want to repeat it.


Goal 5. Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls

Translation: Criminalize Christianity, marginalize heterosexuality, demonize males and promote the LGBT agenda everywhere. The real goal is never "equality" but rather the marginalization and shaming of anyone who expresses any male characteristics whatsoever.



The ultimate goal is to feminize society, creating widespread acceptance of "gentle obedience" along with the self-weakening ideas of communal property and "sharing" everything.

Because only male energy has the strength to rise up against oppression and fight for human rights, the suppression of male energy is key to keeping the population in a state of eternal acquiescence.


Goal 6. Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all

Translation:
Allow powerful corporations to seize control of the world's water supplies and charge monopoly prices to "build new water delivery infrastructure" that "ensures availability."


Goal 7. Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all

Translation:
Penalize coal, gas and oil while pushing doomed-to-fail "green" energy subsidies to brain-dead startups headed by friends of the White House who all go bankrupt in five years or less.



Especially when ACTUAL "Green Energy" - actual "Free Energy" technologies and so many other advanced "Clean" technologies have been suppressed by the Cabal to control us and give them leverage to impinge their bullshit fascist New World Order sustainablility on us. Or try, at least.

The green startups make for impressive speeches and media coverage, but because these companies are led by corrupt idiots rather than capable entrepreneurs, they always go broke. (And the media hopes you don't remember all the fanfare surrounding their original launch.)


Goal 8. Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all

Translation:
Regulate small business out of existence with government-mandated minimum wages that bankrupt entire sectors of the economy. Force employers to meet hiring quotas of LGBT workers while mandating wage tiers under a centrally planned work economy dictated by the government. Destroy free market economics and deny permits and licenses to those companies that don't obey government dictates.


Goal 9.) Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation

Translation:
Put nations into extreme debt with the World Bank, spending debt money to hire corrupt American corporations to build large-scale infrastructure projects that trap developing nations in an endless spiral of debt.





See the book Confessions of an Economic Hit Man by John Perkins to understand the details of how this scheme has been repeated countless times over the last several decades.


Goal 10. Reduce inequality within and among countries

Translation: Punish the rich, the entrepreneurs and the innovators, confiscating nearly all gains by those who choose to work and excel.
Redistribute the confiscated wealth to the masses of non-working human parasites that feed off a productive economy while contributing nothing to it... all while screaming about "equality!"


Goal 11. Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

Translation: Ban all gun ownership by private citizens, concentrating guns into the hands of obedient government enforcers who rule over an unarmed, enslaved class of impoverished workers.

Criminalize living in most rural areas by instituting Hunger Games-style "protected areas" which the government will claim are owned by "the People" even though no people are allowed to live there. Force all humans into densely packed, tightly controlled cities where they are under 24/7 surveillance and subject to easy manipulation by government.


Goal 12. Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns

Translation:
Begin levying punitive taxes on the consumption of fossil fuels and electricity, forcing people to live under conditions of worsening standards of living that increasingly resemble Third World conditions.

Use social influence campaigns in TV, movies and social media to shame people who use gasoline, water or electricity, establishing a social construct of ninnies and tattlers who rat out their neighbors in exchange for food credit rewards.


Goal 13. Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts

Translation:
Set energy consumption quotas on each human being and start punishing or even criminalizing "lifestyle decisions" that exceed energy usage limits set by governments. Institute total surveillance of individuals in order to track and calculate their energy consumption.

Penalize private vehicle ownership and force the masses onto public transit, where TSA grunts and facial recognition cameras can monitor and record the movement of every person in society, like a scene ripped right out of Minority Report.


Goal 14. Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development

Translation: Ban most ocean fishing, plunging the food supply into an extreme shortage and causing runaway food price inflation that puts even more people into economic desperation.



Criminalize the operation of private fishing vessels and place all ocean fishing operations under the control of government central planning.
Only allow favored corporations to conduct ocean fishing operations (and make this decision based entirely on which corporations give the most campaign contributions to corrupt lawmakers).


Goal 15. Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss

Translation: Roll out Agenda 21 and force humans off the land and into controlled cities.
Criminalize private land ownership, including ranches and agricultural tracts. Tightly control all agriculture through a corporate-corrupted government bureaucracy whose policies are determined almost entirely by Monsanto while being rubber-stamped by the USDA.

Ban woodstoves, rainwater collection and home gardening in order to criminalize self-reliance and force total dependence on government.


Goal 16. Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels

Translation:
Grant legal immunity to illegal aliens and "protected" minority groups, which will be free to engage in any illegal activity -- including openly calling for the mass murder of police officers -- because they are the new protected class in society. "Inclusive institutions" means granting favorable tax structures and government grants to corporations that hire LGBT workers or whatever groups are currently in favor with the central planners in government.

Use government agencies to selectively punish unfavorable groups with punitive audits and regulatory harassment, all while ignoring the criminal activities of favored corporations that are friends of the political elite.


Goal 17. Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the global partnership for sustainable development

Translation:
Enact global trade mandates that override national laws while granting unrestricted imperialism powers to companies like Monsanto, Dow Chemical, RJ Reynolds, Coca-Cola and Merck.



Pass global trade pacts that bypass a nation's lawmakers and override intellectual property laws to make sure the world's most powerful corporations maintain total monopolies over drugs, seeds, chemicals and technology.
Nullify national laws and demand total global obedience to trade agreements authored by powerful corporations and rubber-stamped by the UN.


Total enslavement of the planet by 2030 As the UN document says, "We commit ourselves to working tirelessly for the full implementation of this Agenda by 2030."

If you read the full document and can read beyond the fluffery and public relations phrases, you'll quickly realize that
this UN agenda is going to be forced upon all the citizens of the world through the invocation of government coercion.



Nowhere does this document state that the rights of the individual will be protected.

Nor does it even acknowledge the existence of human rights granted to individuals by the Creator.

Even the so-called "Universal Declaration of Human Rights" utterly denies individuals the right to self defense, the right to medical choice and the right to parental control over their own children.

The UN is planning nothing less than a global government tyranny that enslaves all of humanity while calling the scheme "sustainable development" and "equality."

1984 has finally arrived. And of course it's all being rolled out under the fraudulent label of "progress."


However, it is not too late. Awareness is required before action may be taken.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Urgency To Educate On The Dangers Of 5G Technology, Especially With Mothers & “With 5G, We Are Guinea Pigs” - Media Reports 5G Injuries From Swiss Experiments In Geneva
September 2 2019 | From: OurPlanet / Smombiegate / Various

There is a Grass Roots Awakening across NZ, where more and more people are becoming aware of the escalating problems that 5G technology may cause.



Groups of people are organising across the country to have the discussion that the Teleco's are not prepared to have. This is especially to do with health.

Related: Vodafone’s first five 5G sites go live for testing

Recently groups have sprung up in Albany, Waiheke Island, Mangawhai, Torbay, West Auckland - Coromandel, Tauranga, Wanganui, Wellington, Nelson, and the Golden Bay / Takaka area so there is a grassroots movement spreading like mushrooms - because inherently there is a distrust of corporates, world wide as well as a reticence to believe in what our Governments are saying and not necessarily doing.  

Just now we have Whangarei,  Warkworth and Little River, in Banks Peninsula.





The Controversy

Sue was originally involved in researching 4G telephone wireless networks and that there was wifi very near to schools.

Also, that telephone towers were placed close to play centres - like in one case 5 metres away and that the 'standards for this technology are written by the ‘corporates' who produce this technology
.

She also researched how the standards are enforced - about the NZ Government Advisory Committee and that if you are concerned about the harm - you are not allowed on the Government Advisory Committee.



Related: 5G Wireless Technology Is War against Humanity & 5G – The Global Human Experiment Without Consent


5G Technology

5G radio waves are very short but very intense radio waves - and there is yet, not enough health data to support the safety of this technology.

There is also the deployment of telephone towers dispersed at around 100 meters distance from each other - especially in major built up areas like the inner city - but also across the suburbs and residential areas.

Where our children spend most of their lives, including biota - pets, cats and dogs as well as flora - trees and shrubs.

But, we as a community have not been asked if we agree to having the close proximity of these towers to our homes. What Sue questions is, where is the public dialogue around this, when did the Teleco's engage us to ask us for our permission?

It's like Spark and Vodafone and the NZ Government are all ready to roll this technology out and we the community are still waiting to have the conversation as to its safety. Where is the engagement with the localised community?




Documentary “An Invisible Threat” Investigates Conflict of Interest among Telecom, Politicians, and Scientists

This conflict of interest is happening all over the world; however, some governments have been taking a more active role in protecting citizens and the environment.  Not the U.S., though, and it’s only getting worse with the insane “Race for 5G.”





Related: Report: Smartphones Leaking More Radiation Than Legally Allowed





The ‘Precautionary Principle’

Scientific Experts who are 'independent' who are not profiting from this 5G tech are realising that there are some serious deficiencies in the actual technology that is being ‘sold’ to us - as well as the process as to how we should approach this ‘new’ technology.

The ‘Precautionary Principle’ is not being adhered to - in the rush to get this technology out into the marketplace.


Why the Hyped Up Rush to Roll 5G Out?

As of this moment - if 5G was not rolled out for another year or two - how many people would it really affect? Would it affect you and your family? Would the world come to an end?

Lets dwell on this, if we waited another year or two to really get clarity to its safety, would this not be prudent? Especially as we already see so many children suffering from health effects, that doctors can not diagnose as to what is the source.

Should we not also add to this a question around the decline in bee numbers? (The canaries in the coal mine?)



Related: Why Is The Minister Of Health Taking Advice About The Health Effects Of 5G From A Committee Influenced By
People With Ties To The Telecommunications Industry?



Sales Over Civilisation?

The hype that big business is salivating over is driverless cars - well take one look at the coagulated motorways into and out of Auckland at rush hour every day - what's the urgency of a driverless car or wanting to download a movie or a video game into our smart phone in 10 seconds ...?

Really, is this where the narrative is going - that ‘we have to have it now’ and get it ‘whilst it is hot?’ If this is the general consensus - then we have to realise that the term 'conscious' choices will never prevail, as we as a civilisation lose our moral compass in a race to the bottom.


The Time Lag of Learning the Pros and Cons

People who have been alive for 50 years or longer will realise that ‘old NZ’ - was a country where there was a closer relationship between neighbours and community.

That we once had politicians who we could approach and genuinely converse with. Political parties had ‘Manifestos” - which they produced prior to an election and that they would follow or do their best to adhere to.

Now-a-days it’s ‘ad hoc’ everything and intentions are thrown out the window as politicians 'make up policy on the fly' and they trust that because the world is moving at such a rapid pace that any flak or faux pas will have its 5 minutes in the headlines - to then be subsumed by more outrageous news to be quickly forgotten by the public - by the next election.




Child Testifies About WiFi at Her School Giving Her Microwave Sickness – a Medically Recognized Illness

Microwave Sickness is not new or uncommon. When it becomes disabling, it is referred to as Electromagnetic Sensitivity.  It is caused by exposure to sources of Electromagnetic Radiation which is sometimes referred to as “Electrosmog.” Exposure is cumulative and no one is immune, though some tolerate it better than others.





Related: Halt 5G in Aotearoa New Zealand


With the Corporate Agenda interlocking with Government, as the premise of the eroding of public confidence - we are finding that there is no real intent to educate the public on this global 5G issue.

We are being subjected to glitzy advertising - telling us how much better the world is going to be with slick computer graphics and yet, all these videos do not show anything of nature - no trees, flowers or pastures green. (see Spark) - Because they are all being commissioned by head trippers who are controlling the narrative to buy into 5G.


Grass Roots Awakening Across NZ

However - across NZ there are concerned people who are aware of the problems that 5G may carry with it. Groups of people are organising to have the discussion that Teleco's will not have.

Such as recently in Albany, Waiheke Island, Mangawhai, Torbay, West Auckland - Coromandel, Tauranga, Wanganui, Wellington, Nelson, and the Golden Bay / Takaka area that there is a grassroots movement spreading like mushrooms - because inherently there is a distrust of corporations worldwide as well as a reticence to believe in what our Governments are saying and not necessarily doing or ... vice versa.



Related: 5G Technology Is The "Stupidest Idea In The History Of The World" Says Washington State Science Professor & Lloyds Of London And Other Insurers Refuse To Cover Health Claims Caused By 5G Wireless Technologies


Global 5G Awakening

This grass roots uprising is happening overseas and at this stage it is in Brussels the seat of the EU Governmental Centre which has come out for a moratorium.

But, Mill Valley in California is calling for a halt - Byron Bay in Australia is making a lot of noise and in Switzerland one of the Cantons has dug in and said stop.

There are many other places, such as in Italy, Florence is pushing for the Precautionary Principle and the Rome district wants to follow suit. Even in Russia the Defence Ministry has acknowledged 5G’s problems.

However, as MSM - ‘mainstream media’ (along with Google) is all pro 5G - it is extremely difficult to get a full coverage of how many regions of all the world’s countries are involved in pushing back.

The Minister of the Government of the Brussels-Capital Region, Céline Fremault, has vowed to halt 5G deployment:


“The people of Brussels are not guinea pigs whose health I can sell at a profit,” states Fremault in an interview with L’Echo.

“I cannot welcome such technology if the radiation standards, which must protect the citizen, are not respected, 5G or not.”

Brussels halts 5G deployment indefinitely: 5G project, says authorities, not compatible with radiation safety standards.




5G Towers Cause Cancer And Kill Birds And Bees





Related: Hundreds of bees drop dead around ‘5G towers’ in California





How Citizens Can Organise To Come Together

In this interview NZ's Nuclear Free Movement back in the mid 1980s was invoked as an example of how individuals and communities across the country came together back then.

This was when local people, like mothers, churches, disarmament activists and people just wanting a peaceful world went to their local, regional councils, including towns, cities and boroughs and having them pass municipal by-laws that made each particular area a Nuclear Free Zone.

That over time the numbers increased until there were around 105 Nuclear Free 'Zones' across the whole nation. These covered an area of around 67% of human habitat - that allowed David Lange the NZ Prime Minister the mandate to make into Law, that NZ become a Nuclear Free Country.

This was an example of democracy being allowed to fulfil itself.


Building a Groundswell

This example of community involvement could be used to encourage NZer's to instigate more 5G communities to show the Government our ‘elected servants’ that there is a huge groundswell of public opinion that is not at all happy with the way 5G technologies is being enforced on the NZ public.

More so, that next year NZ is having its general election and this could very well be an election issue.



Related: Science on 5G and Wireless Radiation from Devra Lee Davis, PhD, MPH


Elections Coming Up

Also that later on this year there are Local Government elections and Councillors have to be elected - and already mentioned in this interview 4 Board Members attended the Albany local 5G presentation that allowed them to see the seriousness of what this technology presents.

As well as the concerns of the electorate.

Sue is also involved with Oceania Radiofrequency Scientific Advisory Association (ORSAA) It’s an Advisory Panel that brings together multidisciplinary scientific experts from the Oceania region as well as from other parts of the world.

They are connected to many other leading experts globally.


Doctors and Professionals are ‘Encouraged’ Not to Speak Out Against 5G

As a side note - because Doctors are in a profession with exacting standards - they have to have permission from their 'Medical Association' - if they wish to make any pronouncements on health issues in the public arena.

In the case of speaking up against technologies such as genetic modification, vaccines, fluoridation etc - this is way outside the bounds of what the Medial Association allows.

It is forbidden and if a medical professional speaks out against such subject matter they are 'warned' that they will lose their license and thus all such doctors etc are kept on a very short leash.

Hence, you will rarely see a Dr speak out on public health issues. The same goes for scientists and many University professors - as well. Doctor’s Grouping in Large Numbers.




Expert Says Radiation Levels Are "Off the Charts"

A Wifi radiation expert claims levels of radiation in parts of Byron Bay are “off the charts.”

Parents concerned about the possible impacts of 5G technology joined expert Kelly Abeleven, as she conducted tests in tourist hotspots this morning.




Related: 5G & Cell Tower Protests Worldwide



There is a large group of Doctors ready to speak out - so they are grouping in numbers large enough to have safely in numbers. This is about to happen very soon.

This is a Global Issue …and we are exposed to 5G radiation 24/7/365.

Science is finding DNA damage - and even our ability to clearly think, when in the presence of wireless radiation. Some liken this radiation to living in an airport security zone 24/7/365.


The NZ Health Act

Legislation and the 1956 NZ Health Act: It says that they are for improving, promoting and protecting public health.

What does it mean 'protecting public health?

This is where the focus of 5G needs to concentrate on. What are the NZ Authorities, the Government and the Health Department doing to prove that this technology is safe?

In this interview we learn that the Ministry of Health is interpreting the Act differently and not necessarily protecting public health - but more so vested interests! (Listen via the player at the top of this article) - even just for the first 1 minute will give you a startling understanding of what we are having to deal with.




5G Soft Kill Scanning Radar Weapon System Shown Here

Dying of central nervous system cancer using the LED 5G weapon system to deliver lethal radiation by using scanning radar to detect victims before turning up the radiation.





Related: 5G Apocalypse Hardware Crime Uncovered



Time for a 5G Moratorium Across NZ

By enacting a ‘moratorium’ in the meantime - allows the ‘precautionary principle’ to be acknowledged - this to any wise, civic, responsible elder is the prudent thing to do.


Can New Zealand Become a Global Leader and Become 5G Free?

This is a very quick synopsis of only 15 minutes into this very important understanding of the dangers of deploying 5G before the facts of its safety and efficacy are made known.


How to Organise Locally at Grassroot Levels

5GFree-NZ on Facebook and www.5G.org.nz are places for you to peruse - especially - if you want to start up a local 5G Group. See also: TakeBackYourPower.net


Related Articles:

5G - Great new technology or a tool for the destruction of humanity?

How to Take Action Against 5G - Max Igan In Conversation With Ray Broomhall

If you don’t want 5G in New Zealand, don’t do business with the companies that want to deploy it

Vodafone's 5G network concerns New Zealand meteorologists who say it could put lives at risk

Vodafone promises 5G by December, beating Spark and 2degrees to the punch

Broadband Map New Zealand

5GNZ

Sky teases new experiences for fans at Wellington's Cake Tin stadium



“With 5G, We Are Guinea Pigs” - Media Reports 5G Injuries From Swiss Experiments In Geneva

Since 5G antennas were installed near homes in the heart of Geneva, some residents immediately started to suffer from various health problems.



Are they victims of 5G technology whose dangers were not sufficiently tested? A doctor and member of parliament speaks out.

Related: Brussels and Geneva ban rollout of 5G for health reasons and call for investigation

Gathered in the apartment of one of the two, on the fifth floor of a building in the centre of Geneva, these residents of the same area look at each other. What they have in common is insomnia, tinnitus, headaches
.

And a lot of unanswered questions. The youngest, Johan Perruchoud, 29, has lived there for 11 years and is not the type to cultivate any sort of hatred of invasive technology.

He is a healthy young man, active and positive, who has just returned from four years in New York and makes finely crafted videos and films for the media or for individuals, often working in his room with his computer.

“Like in a microwave oven”

For him and for his neighbour it all started in April.


“I’ve never had a problem with Wi- Fi or any of that and never had problems sleeping – and then suddenly I had trouble falling asleep. In particular at home I felt – how can I put it? – like I was in a microwave. I didn’t feel good in the house, as if I was surrounded by ghosts.”



Related: 5G: The Big Picture & Brussels Becomes First Major City To Halt 5G Due To Health Effects

When he looked on Facebook and on the website of the Confederation, he saw that three 5G antennas had been put into service nearby and that other people were complaining of identical problems, headaches, tiredness.


“Was it psychological? I don’t know. But for the first time, although I have never had earaches while composing my music, my ears started whistling. It woke me up at night. All of this was unusual.”

He was assailed by the unpleasant sensation of being used, caught up in something not of his own making. So he called Swisscom. Scarcely ten minutes after he had filled out the basic form, a representative called him back sounding all empathetic.


“He was immediately on the defensive. He explained to me that tests had taken place and that everything was fine. At the end, for form’s sake, he wished me a good  recovery.”

Today, Johan is a little better, although his sinuses have been blocked for the past two months; an infection he has never experienced before.



Related: 5G Freedom of Information Request | How to Lawfully Expose Smart City Plans

Elidan Arzoni, 50, on the Rue de Coutance, in Geneva.


“When they installed 5G, I felt bad from one day to the next.”


The Solution: Move Home?


His neighbour Elidan Arzoni, 50, is not doing any better. On the same day, the actor, stage director and director of the Metamorphosis Company started having the same symptoms, but more acutely.


“It happened overnight”, he says, “My ears started to make very loud sounds, whereas at the time I didn’t even know what tinnitus was.”

At the same time he felt pains on the left side and at the back of his skull. And such violent discomfort in his heart that he thought he was having a heart attack and went to the hospital emergency room two days later.

There, after a few tests, he was reassured to be told that he had a “sportsman’s heart”.

When he raised the issue of the presence of the antennas, the nurse replied that nobody was trained to provide information on the potential effects of those transmitters.



Related: 5G: The Dominoes Are Starting To Fall

“The only advice I was given was to move. …” To him, there is no doubt: the arrival of the antennas was the cause of his ills.

“It is a no-brainer. Even Swisscom confirmed it in terms of the timing. And I’m in very good health, I don’t drink, I don’t smoke, I never go to the doctor.”

He states that his wife and children of 9, 16 and 21 are also newly suffering from insomnia.

More vocal than Johan, the actor does not hide his concern. He wrote to the President of the State Council, Antonio Hodgers (The Greens), and simply got told that everything was legal with this new technology. Dissatisfied, he does not hide his feelings:


How can we forget that the Confederation is the majority shareholder of Swisscom? As soon as you come up against the financial interests of these people, they go into total denial.

Nobody is interested in the citizens. Even the forthcoming report (Ed.: scheduled for the summer of 2019 and produced by a working group in collaboration with the Federal Office for Communication, it was just postponed until the end of the year) will not address the aspect of health.

If cases of leukaemia or brain cancers start mounting up, it will take years for them to be confirmed.




If 5G Isn’t Dangerous Why Are The Elite Fleeing It?

In Greenbank, West Virginia, there exists what is known as the National Radio Quiet Zone, 13,000 square miles almost entirely absent of cell towers.




Related: The Dangers Of 5G And The Elite’s Plan To Escape It



Out of the Question to Live Under an Antenna


Since then, he’s coped with his earaches, “but it’s unliveable, it’s very strong”. On Facebook, where he talks openly about his situation, he has to deal with attacks and accept being treated as backward. That said, there is no question of his moving home:


Why should I leave my home when I’m a citizen of Geneva and I pay my taxes here? That would be totally undemocratic. And where would I go anyway, given that there will soon be antennas everywhere?

Right now, I feel like an undesirable. I don’t know where to flee. My work and my children are here.

Equally disturbing: when he goes to neighbouring France, his pains subside. They come back as soon as he returns to the city. Installed rapidly in Switzerland, 5G antennas raise the issue of the health consequences of electrosmog.



Related: Why has there been no public consultation or appropriate risk assessment of 5G before the rollout in NZ?

As for Johan, he says that he is gradually getting used to it. However, he has promised himself that, if he had children, it would be out of the question for his family to live near an antenna.


In my view, what’s happening will have an impact on our generation when we’re older.”

Worse: if he understands the progress that 5G can bring in some specific areas such as medical or research fields, he thinks that, “for people, it’s virtually useless”.

The two neighbours’ parting comments are on the same wavelength: “We feel like guinea pigs.” Is anyone going to pay attention?

The precise location of the various antennas on the territory of Switzerland, see this.




“Boiling Frogs” with 5G: Dr. Frey’s Research on EM Cancer, Behavior Modification

Find out what the new technology could do to humans and the environment.




Related: Eric Schmidt, Google Chinese Plot To Sterilize America With 5G, Take Our Guns With Robot Army



A Doctor Accuses: “We are in Danger of a Catastrophe”

The practitioner and PDC member Bertrand Buchs filed the motion for a moratorium on 5G in Geneva. He sounds the alarm.



Related: DOJ just approved massive merger deal that will see Sprint, T-Mobile and Dish roll out a nationwide 5G network to expose nearly everyone living in any U.S. city to harmful radiation

What is your reaction to this testimony from citizens?


I’m seeing more and more of this. In the absence of clear studies, we have no right to tell these people that they are imagining their ills.

With the shorter waves of 5G, nobody knows what can happen. Especially when you consider their potentiation, in other words, their mixture with 3G, 4G and Wi-Fi.

Why did you file the motion?


They are treating us like idiots. Where this is concerned, our authorities are going against common sense.

The precautionary principle is clearly violated. Why do so many antennas appear in just two months (Ed.: a hundred in Switzerland today and 90% coverage of the territory by the end of the year)?

Whereas for any given drug, it takes years to evaluate whether it is good or bad? Everything is going too fast. We are in the midst of a race to the first operator to have 5G installed, which is happening in such haste, although there is no objective urgency to install 5G.

For the population, it’s virtually useless. They could have done as Germany did, where 5G is restricted to certain businesses, and heavily monitored.

What‘s at stake?


As nothing is seen or felt, the public believes that there is zero risk, a bit like in the nuclear field. However, there is a risk of us experiencing a catastrophe in a few years, in terms of tumours, for example. The State will be liable.

What do you recommend?


“I repeat, after having tried to inform myself in the databases that I have access to as a doctor: no serious study exists yet, which is not surprising when you know that this technology was developed in China, then in the United States.

In Switzerland, we could open up a line for people who feel ill, listen to these complaints and examine them. Our country has the means and the skills.

The debate must be launched because this story is far from over. But here, we just get “Move along, there’s nothing to see…”.

This article was originally published in French on L’illustré, translated into English by Claire Edwards on EMFacts Consultancy.


Related Articles:

Side Effects of living near 5G towers in Geneva Switzerland – testimonial

Tenth smartphone exceeding SAR: the Logicom M BOT 60 measured at 2.81 W/kg

International Actions to Halt and Delay 5G

Voice to Skull Technology Is Embedded In 5G

Small town spirit halts Spark cell tower plans in Tairua

Millenium Report: 5G gate: Epic War Shaping Up Between the FCC and NOAA/NASA

Concealed Transmitters: CityPole


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Weather Weapons Are Real, They Have A Treaty To Regulate Them
September 1 2019 | From: Geopolitics

There is still a sizable portion of our society who cannot grasp the reality of weather altering devices and technologies which have made us all unsure about which weather is real, and which ones are not.



This poses a big problem for those who understand how these weather devices are being used, but want to inform the public about the impending danger of the draconian laws that have been legislated based on the false pretext of global warming.

Related: Ten Years On: Al Gore's 'Inconvenient Truth' Propaganda Film Turns Out To Be Total Bunk - How Is His Profit From Carbon Taxes Not Criminal Fraud?

Surely, Al Gore’s Inconvenient Truth movie and his green energy companies continue making money for the guy, but when the lie became impossible enough to sustain, they have begun using the more generic term, i.e. climate change.


Kilimanjaro Still Has Snow

One of the first glaring claims Gore makes is about Mount Kilimanjaro in Africa. He claims Africa’s tallest peak will be snow-free “within the decade.” Gore shows slides of Kilimanjaro’s peak in the 1970s versus today to conclude the snow is disappearing.

Well, it’s been a decade and, yes, there’s still snow on Kilimanjaro year-round. It doesn’t take a scientist to figure this out.



Related: An Inconvenient Review: After 10 Years Al Gore’s Film Is Still Alarmingly Inaccurate

Climate does change, it’s been that way since the birth of our solar system, but the phrase is now synonymous to abnormal weather patterns, flash flooding, forest wildfires, and to some extent, even earthquakes, all of which could be the handiwork of highly covert government entities trying to justify their subsequent invasive policies.

All of these calamitous events can affect the economic productivity and greatly hamper the development of the targeted regions on the planet. Indeed, weather weapons are a very effective tool for geopolitical coercion.

The nations possessing these weather weapons agreed that they won’t be used in wars and geopolitical conflicts. But who can ever refuse the power to play like the mythical gods of thunder and lightning?

We are not only talking here about “cloud seeding” technologies like Wikipedia would like us to limit our understanding about weather warfare:



Related: U.S. Attacked Philippines with HAARP

Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.


"Weather warfare is the use of weather modification techniques such as cloud seeding for military purposes.

Prior to the Geneva Convention, the United States used weather warfare in the Vietnam War. Under the auspices of the Air Weather Service, the United States’ Operation Popeye used cloud seeding over the Ho Chi Minh trail, increasing rainfall by an estimated thirty percent during 1967 and 1968. It was hoped that the increased rainfall would reduce the rate of infiltration down the trail.

With much less success, the United States also dropped salt on the airbase during the siege of Khe Sanh in an attempt to reduce the fog that hindered air operations.

A research paper produced for the United States Air Force written in 1996 speculates about the future use of nanotechnology to produce “artificial weather”, clouds of microscopic computer particles all communicating with each other to form an intelligent fog that could be used for various purposes. “Artificial weather technologies do not currently exist… "

- Wikipedia (the trusted source...)

The above phrase, “Artificial weather technologies do not currently exist…” is in disagreement to the statement made by the US Air Force during a budget hearing for HAARP, like so:




HAARP, or High Altitude Auroral Research Program, is said to be an experimental electromagnetic wave propagator which could deliver radio signals in any desired frequencies with a twist of a button, to strike at any target. But as that US congressional hearing suggest, the Air Force is already using a more advanced version, they are now willing to abandon the existing HAARP site in Alaska.

There are, of course, radar systems mounted on mobile platforms which could emit high powered EM signals, and can be positioned in any of the 1,000 US military bases, for steering “weather disturbance” to any triangulated terrestrial and extraterrestrial targets.

The other side of this all-in-one ultrahigh powered radio broadcast technology is to foster positive disposition, fry the electronics of an incoming ICBM, or MiRVs simultaneously, and render their thermonuclear/chemical warhead inert, and deliver controlled rainfall on arid deserts of Africa so that food abundance is assured at last.



Related: When Plutocrats Own The Weather & Nobody Is Buying The “Climate Change” Hoax Anymore

Yes, the most versatile weather weapon is staring right in plain sight and is using that same technology still being used in the wireless broadcast industry today.

The only notable difference is that the weaponized version is using billion watts of sheer power which is very feasible just by transforming the transmission voltage from a few hundred volts into the range of hundreds of million volts which is what Tesla was actually playing with.

Consider three radar installations firing upward in a triangle configuration, all at the same time. Those three hot nodes will then experience high gas pressures, and as a result, their common center will then become the “low pressure area [LPA],” which will be news broadcasted by your weather channel as where the potential typhoon will come from.

The fact that they can move the three points of attack will make the typhoon steerable to hit at any desired target.

For more in-depth study, the researcher can refer to the US Patent 4686605 by clicking on the image below:


Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

But no, the United Nations, Inc., or any of its subsidiary corporate states, are not capable of providing these commonsensical solutions any time soon. It can only afford to pay lip service to those pressing problems, because the Old Men running the show can’t get over with their myopic appreciation of the power entrusted to them, which they use only to impress young women.

Considering that our body, like everything else in nature, is made up of EM waves propagating at certain frequencies in space, we can also be altered, or our bodily functions can be influence for any desired effect.

If at certain microwave frequencies, a radar system can cook the atmosphere to increase gas pressure, and change the weather, it can also be used to deliver modulated brain wave frequencies to stimulate docility, or hyperactivity to destroy an entire targeted population without firing a single bullet.

This is the reason why the authorities sought to limit, or eradicate, its use in actual conflict scenario.



Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques

The States Parties to this Convention,

Guided by the interest of consolidating peace, and wishing to contribute to the cause of halting the arms race, and of bringing about general and complete disarmament under strict and effective international control, and of saving mankind from the danger of using new means of warfare,

Determined to continue negotiations with a view to achieving effective progress towards further measures in the field of disarmament,

Recognizing that scientific and technical advances may open new possibilities with respect to modification of the environment,

Recalling the Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, adopted at Stockholm on 16 June 1972,

Realizing that the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes could improve the interrelationship of man and nature and contribute to the preservation and improvement of the environment for the benefit of present and future generations,

Recognizing, however, that military or any other hostile use of such techniques could have effects extremely harmful to human welfare,

Desiring to prohibit effectively military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques in order to eliminate the dangers to mankind from such use, and affirming their willingness to work towards the achievement of this objective,

Desiring also to contribute to the strengthening of trust among nations and to the further improvement of the international situation in accordance with the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations,

Have agreed as follows:

Article I

  1. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party.

  2. Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to assist, encourage or induce any State, group of States or international organization to engage in activities contrary to the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article.

Article II

As used in article 1, the term “environmental modification techniques” refers to any technique for changing – through the deliberate manipulation of natural processes – the dynamics, composition or structure of the Earth, including its biota, lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere, or of outer space.

Article III

  1. The provisions of this Convention shall not hinder the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes and shall be without prejudice to the generally recognized principles and applicable rules of international law concerning such use.

  2. The States Parties to this Convention undertake to facilitate, and have the right to participate in, the fullest possible exchange of scientific and technological information on the use of environmental modification techniques for peaceful purposes. States Parties in a position to do so shall contribute, alone or together with other States or international organizations, to international economic and scientific co-operation in the preservation, improvement and peaceful utilization of the environment, with due consideration for the needs of the developing areas of the world.

Article IV

Each State Party to this Convention undertakes to take any measures it considers necessary in accordance with its constitutional processes to prohibit and prevent any activity in violation of the provisions of the Convention anywhere under its jurisdiction or control. Blah, blah,blah.

In witness whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, have signed this Convention at Geneva, on the 18 day of May 1977.

- Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques

The reality on the ground is far from being straightforward, i.e. countries possessing weather weaponry may not be actively firing at each other, but that doesn’t mean that the United States government, for example, is not using the same capability against its own people, or its smaller nation allies, you know, to keep them in line.

The chemical based geoengineering, for instance, is being extended to spray harmful chemicals instead of merely “cloud seeding”.


Historical Perspectives

It was Dr. Nikola Tesla who tried to give us wireless power so that global prosperity can be achieved by providing free and unlimited access to energy, for the benefit of all.



Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

He constructed a “magnifying transmitter” which could deliver both power and data wirelessly to far off distances. In the process, he realized the vast potential of his device and the dangers it may pose when the technology falls into the wrong hands.

On April 28, 1997 U.S. Defense Secretary William Cohen made the following statement:


'"Others [terrorists] are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves…

So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon other nations…

It’s real, and that’s the reason why we have to intensify our [counterterrorism] efforts.”

In February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program.



Related: Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed

The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:


'Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.”

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999

The weapons referred to by Secretary Cohen are longitudinal EM wave interferometers (LWIs). Longitudinal EM waves easily travel through the ocean and earth with very little loss. In a distant interference zone, there appears real EM energy again, of the kind we have in our textbooks.

However, the energy arises from spacetime itself in the interference zone, as proven by M.W. Evans, P.K. Anastasovski, T.E. Bearden et al., “On Whittaker’s Representation of the Electromagnetic Entity in Vacuo: The Production of Transverse Fields and Energy by Scalar Interferometry,” Journal of New Energy, 4(3), Winter 1999, p. 76-78. (That entire issue of JNE contains some 60 papers by the Alpha Foundation’s Institute for Advanced Study (AIAS), dealing with the kind of higher symmetry electrodynamics needed to understand such weapons).

Though tested in prototype in the 1950s, the first strategic LWIs were deployed in Russia in April 1963, and were used to kill the U.S.S. Thresher nuclear attack submarine, underwater off the East coast of the United States, in April 1963. The signatures of the kill are 100% decisive.



USS Thresher

Related: Eco-Terrorism Correspondence

One day later, the same weapon placed an enormous electromagnetic burst (explosion) deep underwater, 100 miles north of Puerto Rico. From the surface of the ocean there arose a giant cone of water, rising a half mile into the air, turning into a mushroom, and falling back into the sea.

This was the second test of the new Russian strategic LWIs, under KGB control. By this test and the fact that the West did not even recognize what killed the Thresher, Khrushchev managed to stay in power another two years or so, after his Cuban Crisis fiasco where he lost face in front of the entire world.

World-wide weather engineering started in earnest by the Russians on July 4, 1976 - as a quirky sense of humor and “bicentennial gift” to the United States. The weapons have been used to shoot down aircraft, etc. worldwide also, mostly as tests, and have also destroyed ICBMs shortly after launch.

Both the scientific and political priesthoods are being used by the plutocrats at the highest totem pole of our society to impose upon humanity a world of endless scarcity in all aspects of our existence. They justify this policy by saying that if everything is free and easily accessible, people get lazy and just play around. What’s wrong with that?



Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview
With The Health Ranger

We are the only species in the entire solar system that consented to making life very difficult after we have discovered ways and means to make it easier.


"When I first joined the American Physical Society sixty-seven years ago it was much smaller, much gentler, and as yet uncorrupted by the money flood (a threat against which Dwight Eisenhower warned a half-century ago).

…The giants no longer walk the earth, and the money flood has become the raison d’être of much physics research, the vital sustenance of much more, and it provides the support for untold numbers of professional jobs.

For reasons that will soon become clear my former pride at being an APS Fellow all these years has been turned into shame, and I am forced, with no pleasure at all, to offer you my resignation from the Society.

It is of course, the global warming scam, with the (literally) trillions of dollars driving it, that has corrupted so many scientists, and has carried APS before it like a rogue wave.

It is the greatest and most successful pseudoscientific fraud I have seen in my long life as a physicist.

Anyone who has the faintest doubt that this is so should force himself to read the ClimateGate documents, which lay it bare. (Montford’s book organizes the facts very well.)

I don’t believe that any real physicist, nay scientist, can read that stuff without revulsion. I would almost make that revulsion a definition of the word scientist.

So what has the APS, as an organization, done in the face of this challenge? It has accepted the corruption as the norm, and gone along with it…”

- Top Scientist Resigns From His Post At The University Of California Admitting Global Warming Is A Big Scam

In February 1998, the European Parliament’s Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy held public hearings in Brussels on the U.S based weather warfare facility developed under the HAARP program.

The Committee’s “Motion for Resolution” submitted to the European Parliament:


"Considers HAARP… by virtue of its far-reaching impact on the environment to be a global concern and calls for its legal, ecological and ethical implications to be examined by an international independent body…; [the Committee] regrets the repeated refusal of the United States Administration… to give evidence to the public hearing …into the environmental and public risks [of] the HAARP program.”

- European Parliament, Committee on Foreign Affairs, Security and Defense Policy, Brussels, doc. no. A4-0005/99, 14 January 1999

The Committee’s request to draw up a “Green Paper” on “the environmental impacts of military activities”, however, was casually dismissed on the grounds that the European Commission lacked the required jurisdiction to delve into “the links between environment and defense”. Brussels was anxious to avoid a showdown with Washington. (see European Report, 3 February 1999).

The possibility of climatic or environmental manipulations as part of a military and intelligence agenda, while tacitly acknowledged, has never been considered relevant. Military analysts are mute on the subject.

Meteorologists are not investigating the matter, and environmentalists are strung on global warming and the Kyoto protocol.



Related: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Vindicated: HAARP Confirmed Weather-Manipulation Tool

Ironically, the Pentagon, while recognizing its ability to modify the World’s climate for military use, has joined the global warming consensus. In a major study (pdf) , the Pentagon has analyzed in detail the implications of various global warming scenarios.

Power is never given, or handed down in a silver platter. It must be taken away from those who are incapable of using it wisely for the good and benefit of all lifeforms everywhere.

In lieu of these deplorables, we must put in management positions the visionaries, engineers and technologists, so that only the progressive use of science and technology is given the light of day.

This is the revolution worth fighting for.

Related: Environmental Warfare and Climate Change


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Inventor Of ‘Free Energy’ Electrical Generator: “I’ve Been Poisoned Several Times”
August 31 2019 | From: CollectiveEvolution

What is a ‘free energy’ machine? It doesn’t mean ‘free’ as in the monetary sense, but more so ‘free’ as in the resource being extracted to produce the energy, as Nikola Tesla once said, is available in “unlimited quantities."



It’s not like extracting oil from the Earth, and using that oil to power our planet because we know, first of all, that it’s destroying our planet; secondly, it’s not a limitless source of energy.

Related: This Vancouver Startup Is Chasing the Dream of Clean, Limitless Energy Forever


In Brief:

The Facts:
Adam Trombly and colleague Joseph Kahn designed and applied for patents for the Closed Path Homopolar Generator, a revolutionary design for super-efficient generation of electrical power. He explains the suppression of free energy machines.

Reflect On: We have more than enough technology and resources to completely change the way we produce energy here on Earth. Why does it take so long to implement them? Why don't we ever see them?

New developments in all areas of science, especially ones that don’t seem to fit the frame, always receive harsh criticism, and are dealt blows to their progress and acceptance with labels like ‘pseudoscience.’

This is discouraging, as non-material science seems to be the next catalyst for a scientific revolution, which is why hundreds of scientists from around the world are coming together to emphasize this.


The day science beings to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence.”

- Nikola Tesla



Related: What Is The Ether, Dark Matter And Dark Energy? + The Big Secret Of Quantum Mechanics

Tesla also once said that,


Ere many generations pass, our machinery will be driven by a power obtainable at any point in the universe. This idea is not novel… We find it in the delightful myth of Antheus, who derives power from the earth; we find it among subtle speculations of one of your splendid mathematicians…

Throughout space there is energy. Is this energy static, or kinetic? If static our hopes are in vain; if kinetic – and this we know it is, for certain – then it is a mere question of time when men will succeed in attaching their machinery to the very wheel work of nature.


- Nikola Tesla - Source

This is exactly what I am talking about here, and why legendary quantum physicist John Wheeler told the world that:


"No point is more central than this, that space is not empty, it is the seat of the most violent physics.”


More Advanced than Current ‘Clean Energies’

The truth is that there are developments which are far more advanced than wind, solar, and other clean energy initiatives that could completely transform our planet and change the world forever. Imagine if everyone on the planet had access to clean, free, limitless amounts of energy, for an unlimited period of time?

If they do exist, and there is plenty of evidence to suggest that they do, then we are sitting on developments that can revolutionize our planet.

The question is, where are they? Why is there so much red tape, and why does it take decades for a revolutionary idea and or technology to hit the mainstream?




Related: The UK Just Switched on an Ambitious Fusion Reactor - and It Works

As it turns out, it’s not the technology that will change our world, but the consciousness and intention behind our technological developments.


37 Years to Grant Patent

One great example (out of many) of delayed patent applications come from Dr. Gerald F. Ross. He filed a patent application for a new invention he had devised to defeat the jamming of electromagnetic transmissions at specified frequencies. It was not until June 17, 2014 (almost 37 years later) that this patent was granted.

The program delaying patent applications is called the Sensitive Application Warning System (SWAS). Usually, when an application is submitted for a patent approval it requires a couple of examiners who work with the Patent office to go through their process of approval.

This process usually takes approximately 1 to 2 years, but applications that are filed in SAWS must be approved by several people and can be delayed for a number of years.

It’s also important to note (as reported by the Federation of American Scientists; see article linked below for sources) that there were over 5,000 inventions that were under secrecy orders at the end of the Fiscal Year 2014, which marked the highest number of secrecy orders in effect since 1994.

Related: Five Thousand Inventions In Limbo And Under “Secrecy Orders” At The US Patent Office




Related: US Military Free Energy & CIA UFO Disclosures are Here


The Invention Secrecy Act

This is all thanks to an act many people are unaware of. It’s called the “Invention Secrecy Act” and it was written up in 1951. Under this act, patent applications on new inventions can be subject to secrecy orders.

These orders can restrict their publication if government agencies believe that their disclosure would be harmful to national security.

So what type of technology is under restriction under the Invention Secrecy Act? We don’t really know, but a previous list from 1971 was obtained by researcher Michael Ravnitzky. Most of the technology listed seems to be related to various military applications. You can view that list Here, but this is what Steven Aftergood from the Federation of American Scientists said about it:


The 1971 list indicates that patents for solar photovoltaic generators were subject to review and possible restriction if the photovoltaics were more than 20% efficient. Energy conversion systems were likewise subject to review and possible restriction if they offered conversion efficiencies in “excess of 70-80%.” 

-
Source

It makes you think… doesn’t it? You can read more about patent secrecy in the well-sourced article linked below:

Invention Secrecy At All-Time High: Thousands of Patent Applications Placed Under Secrecy Orders



Related: Tesla’s Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects


Closed Path Homopolar Generator

Adam Trombly and colleague Joseph Kahn designed and applied for patents for the Closed Path Homopolar Generator, a potentially revolutionary design for super-efficient generation of electrical power. In June of 1982, International Letters of Patent were published by the International Patent Cooperation Treaty Organization. You can view that patent here.

The difference between the international patents and the US patent system is that in the US the material of the patent is secret until the patent is granted, while overseas the application itself is the basis of the patent, which stands until challenged by a third party.



Related: Unraveling Nikola Tesla’s Greatest Secret: Radiant Energy

The abstract for the patent reads as follows:


A co-rotating generator homopolar has a rotor (12) comprising a driver disc (30) and the co-rotating co-axial electro-magnets (32a and 32b) on each side, and has an improved operation using a magnetic return circuit low reluctance for the magnetic flux which passes through the driver disc (30). 

The low reluctance circuit allows the electro-magnets (32a and 32b) to produce a high intensity field with a value of the excitation current of the relatively low coil.
 Therefore, overheating is eliminated and the total potential of zero sequence generator is obtained. 

The low magnetic reluctance return circuit (220) is preferably formed by a co-rotating enclosure of relatively high permeability (with halves of speakers (37a and 37b) of sufficient radial and axial dimensions for holding the electromagnets and the driver disc of the rotor. the driver disc (30) is constructed preferably with a material of high permeability, low resistivity, such as iron, and may of course be integral with the cores of the electromagnets (35a and 35b) .

You can view the full patent application here.


The Casimir Effect

The Casimir Effect is a proven example of the free energy that cannot be debunked. The Casimir Effect illustrates zero point or vacuum state energy, which predicts that two metal plates close together attract each other due to an imbalance in the quantum fluctuations (source) (source).

You can see a visual demonstration of this concept here. The implications of this are far-reaching and have been written about extensively within theoretical physics by researchers all over the world.

Today, we are beginning to see that these concepts are not just theoretical, but instead very practical; the only reason they are not being widely utilized today is simply that they have been suppressed.



Related: First battery-free cellphone makes calls by harvesting ambient power


There is significant evidence that scientists since Tesla have known about this energy, but that its existence and potential use has been discouraged and indeed suppressed over the past half century or more."

- Dr. Theodor C. Loder III, Institute for the Study of Earth, Oceans and Space, University of New Hampshire

Vacuums generally are thought to be voids, but Hendrik Casimir believed these pockets of nothing do indeed contain fluctuations of electromagnetic waves. He suggested that two metal plates held apart in a vacuum could trap the waves, creating vacuum energy that could attract or repel the plates.

As the boundaries of a region move, the variation in vacuum energy (zero-point energy) leads to the Casimir effect.

Recent research was done at Harvard University, Vrije University in Amsterdam and elsewhere has proved the Casimir effect correct.


"These concepts have been proven in hundreds of laboratories throughout the world and yet they have not really seen the light of day. If these technologies were to be set free worldwide, the change would be profound, it would be applicable everywhere.

These technologies are absolutely the most important thing that have happened in the history of the world”

Dr. Brian O’leary, former Princeton Physics Professor & NASA Astronaut

Harold E. Puthoff is an American Physicist and Ph.D. from Stanford University and researcher at the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, Texas.

He published a paper in the journal Physical Review A, atomic, molecular and optical physics entitled Gravity as a zero-point-fluctuation force.”



Related: 200,000 Year Old Ancient Levitation Technology That Defies the Laws of Physics

His paper proposed a model in which gravity is not a separately existing fundamental force, but is rather an induced effect associated with zero-point fluctuations of the vacuum, as illustrated by the Casimir force.

Another astonishing paper entitled “Extracting energy and heat from the vacuum,” by the same researchers, this time in conjunction with Daniel C. Cole, Ph.D. and Associate Professor at Boston University in the Department of Mechanical Engineering was published in the same journal (source).


Relatively recent proposals have been made in the literature for extracting energy and heat from electromagnetic zero-point radiation via the use of the Casimir force. The basic thermodynamics involved in these proposals is analyzed and clarified here, with the conclusion that yes, in principle, these proposals are correct."

So, as you can see, these are not new ideas.


These are not just fringe scientists with with science fiction ideas. They are mainstream ideas being published in mainstream physics journals and being taken seriously by mainstream military and NASA type funders… I’ve been taken out on aircraft carries by the Navy and shown what it is we have to replace if we have new energy sources to provide new fuel methods."

- Dr. Puthoff



Related: You’re Telling Me Technology Like This Exists But We’re Still Using Oil, Gas & Coal? 


Paramahamsa Tewari

What’s interesting about the story from Trombly, is the fact that he mentions Paramahamsa Tewari. Tewari has also lectured with him and attended multiple conferences with Trombly. There is no shortage of videos from Trombly.

Out Of The Void (AUS DEM NICHTS) is a film that recently premiered in Austria. it’s a docudrama about Tesla’s vision and the work of Paramahamsa Tewari. You can view footage of the machine in the film and trailer (below), which has been built and independently tested as high as 250% efficiency.

In fact, a prototype of the machine was tested by  Kirloskar Electric, a manufacturer of electrical generators in India. There, it exhibited 165% efficiency (over-unity).

Below is a picture with, from right, Paramahamsa Tewari, Executive Director Nuclear Power Corporation, Ret., Murlidhar Rao, Technical Director, Karnataka Power Corporation, Ret., Chief Engineer, electrical engineer, a mechanical engineer. From Left, Vice President of Kirloskar Rotating Machines Group, General Manager Hubli facility.

That’s over-unity!

Tewari was successful in eliminating the back torque of the generator. What happens when you do that? He explains it on his website, where you can find more resources about him, his machine and his work.

Unfortunately, he recently passed away, and I was glad to see one of his papers recently published in Physics Essays. The full version is available on his website. Much of his work has been copied, stolen and published by many others.

You can see footage of Tewari’s machine Here.  

Here
 is the actual video of the machine in action, taken from the film.

The over unity test results are confirmed at the Kirloskar factory (India) where the vice president, factory manager, and lead electrical engineer discuss their replication of the device and over unity test results.


Below is a great picture of Tewari discussing his breakthroughts with fomrer NASA astronaut and Princeton Physics professor, Dr. Brian O’leary.

Why am I mentioning Tewari? Because Trombly believes in Tewari’s work. According to Trombly,


“As the eighties progressed, copies of the Closed Path Homopolar Generator Patent had circulated throughout the world. One scientist, Paramahamsa Tewari, who was then Head of Quality Control for the Tarapore Atomic Power Station in Trombay, India, received permission to carry out experiments with the design.

In 1986, Tewari (with the blessing of the late Prime Minister Rajeev Gandhi) published results of experiments carried out with a crude facsimile of the machine described in the patent. In the American Industrial Journal Magnets, Tewari wrote, ‘The test results have shown an efficiency of the machine above 250%.”

It was the first time in human history that claims of greater than 100% output had been independently verified by a bona fide third party using the description of the art provided by a patent document."

A prototype of TEWARI’S (from his own mind, not influenced by anyone, he influenced others in the field, he is an originator) machine was tested by  Kirloskar Electric, a manufacturer of electrical generators in India. There, it exhibited 165% efficiency (over-unity).

The Economic Times of India seemed to be the only media outlet, other than Collective Evolution, to pick up the story.

Below is a Discussion of test results during the filming of AUS DEM NICHTS (Out of the Void), with the device in the Kirloskar facility, where again, it demonstrated over-unity efficiency.

Below is a picture with, from right, Paramahamsa Tewari, Executive Director Nuclear Power Corporation, Ret., Murlidhar Rao, Technical Director, Karnataka Power Corporation, Ret., Chief Engineer, electrical engineer, a mechanical engineer. From Left, Vice President of Kirloskar Rotating Machines Group, General Manager Hubli facility.

I could not find the study that was referenced by Trombly, but again, the powerplant mentioned and the linked story about it shows it’s validity. Before Tewari’s passing, we were in contact with him for multiple years and were helping to fund his prototype. We have no doubts about Tewari’s legitimacy.


Testimony of Violent Suppression

Below are a couple of clips of Adam taken from the Thrive documentary. There are multiple videos and lectures by him up on Youtube, so if interested, I suggest you check it out.









“Lord Kelvin’s statements bare with it the voice of paradigms past … We knew that the Earth was flat, we knew that we were the center of the universe, and we knew that a man-made heavier than air piece of machinery could not take flight.

Through all stages of human history, intellectual authorities have pronounced their supremacy by ridiculing or suppressing elements of reality that simply didn’t fit within the framework of accepted knowledge. Are we really any different today?

Have we really changed our acceptance towards things that won’t fit the frame? Maybe there are concepts of our reality we have yet to understand, and if we open our eyes maybe we will see that something significant has been overlooked."


- Terje Toftenes (Via documentary, The Day Before Disclosure) 


Related Articles:

The Influence Vedic Philosophy Had On Nikola Tesla’s Idea of Free Energy

A Dialogue From 400 BC of Plato Describing Quantum Physics – The “Ether.” 

World Renowned Physicist Explains The Reality of “Free Energy” And How It’s Accessible

NASA Astronaut: “These Concepts Have Been Proven In Hundreds of Laboratories Around The World.”

The Ocean Cleanup: Amazing Technology Will Launch Within 12 Months | TheOceanCleanUp.com

Boy Genius Boyan Slat’s Giant Ocean Cleanup Machine Is Real

Supporting wind and solar energy at the expense of the environment

World Changing Device Locked Away by Illuminati


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Glyphosate Worse Than We Could Imagine: “It’s Everywhere” & Monsanto / Bayer Keeps Riding A Path Of Corruption
August 30 2019 | From: GlobalResearch / NoMoreFakeNews / Various

Glyphosate residues have been found in tap water, orange juice, children’s urine, breast milk, chips, snacks, beer, wine, cereals, eggs, oatmeal, wheat products, and most conventional foods tested. It’s everywhere, in brief.



As new studies continue to point to a direct link between the widely-used glyphosate herbicide and various forms of cancer, the agribusiness lobby fights ferociously to ignore or discredit evidence of human and other damage.

Related: Roundups other problem: Glyphosate is sourced from controversial mines

A second US court jury case just ruled that Monsanto, now a part of the German Bayer AG, must pay $ 81 million in damages to plaintiff Edwin Hardeman who contracted non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma cancer.

The ruling and a line-up of another 11,000 pending cases in US courts going after the effects of glyphosate, have hit Bayer AG hard with the company announcing several thousand layoffs as its stock price plunges.

In a trial in San Francisco the jury was unanimous in their verdict that Monsanto Roundup weed-killer, based on glyphosate, had been responsible for Hardeman’s cancer. His attorneys stated;


“It is clear from Monsanto’s actions that it does not care whether Roundup causes cancer, focusing instead on manipulating public opinion and undermining anyone who raises genuine and legitimate concerns about Roundup.” 

It is the second defeat for the lawyers of Monsanto after another jury ruled in 2018 that Glyphosate-based Roundup was responsible for the cancer illness of a California school grounds-keeper who contracted the same form of cancer after daily spraying school grounds with Roundup over years, unprotected.



Related: Proven: Monsanto Knew The Dangers Of Its Chemicals But Kept Selling Them Anyway & Gene Editing Drives
Into Dangerous Unknown Territory


There a jury found Monsanto guilty of “malice and oppression” in that company executives, based on internal email discovery, knew that their glyphosate products could cause cancer and suppressed this information from the public
.

A new independent study shows that those with highest exposure to glyphosate have a 41% increased risk of developing non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL) cancer.

A meta-analysis of six studies containing nearly 65,000 participants looked at links between glyphosate-based herbicides and immune-suppression, endocrine disruption and genetic alterations.

The authors found “the same key finding: exposure to GBHs (glyphosate-based herbicides) are associated with an increased risk of NHL (Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma).”

Further, they stated that glyphosate “alters the gut microbiome,” and that that could “impact the immune system, promote chronic inflammation, and contribute to the susceptibility of invading pathogens.”



Related: Monsanto Ordered To Pay $2 Billion To Cancer Victims & Bayer Discovers “Black Ops” Division Run By Monsanto, Shuts It Down, Initiates Internal Investigation As Law Enforcement Prepares Criminal Charges Against The Chemical Giant

Glyphosate also ”may act as an endocrine disrupting chemical because it has been found recently to alter sex hormone production” in both male and female rats.

In a long-term animal study by French scientists under Gilles Eric Seralini, Michael Antoniou and associates, it was demonstrated that even ultra-low levels of glyphosate herbicides cause non-alcoholic liver disease.

The levels the rats were exposed to, per kg of body weight, were far lower than what is allowed in our food supply. According to the Mayo Clinic, today, after four decades or more pervasive use of glyphosate pesticides, 100 million, or 1 out of 3 Americans now have liver disease. These diagnoses are in some as young as 8 years old.

But glyphosate is not only having alarming effects on human health. Soil scientists are beginning to realize the residues of glyphosate application are also having a possibly dramatic effect on soil health and nutrition, effects that can take years to restore.



Related: Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices


Killing Soils Too

While most attention is understandably drawn to the human effects of exposure to glyphosate, the most widely used agriculture chemical in the world today, independent scientists are beginning to look at another alarming effect of the agrochemical - its effect on essential soil nutrients.

In a study of the health of soils in the EU, the online journal Politico.eu found that the effects of spraying of glyphosate on the major crops in European agriculture is having disastrous consequences on soil health in addition to killing weeds.

Scientists at Austria’s University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences in Vienna showed that casting activity of earthworms had nearly disappeared from the surface of farmland within three weeks of glyphosate application.

Casting is the process of the worm pushing fertile soils to the surface as they burrow, essential for healthy soil and plant nutrition.

A study at Holland’s Wageningen University of topsoil samples from more than 300 soil sites across the EU found that 83% of the soils contained 1 or more pesticide residues. Not surprisingly,


“Glyphosate and its metabolite AMPA, DDTs (DDT and its metabolites) and broad-spectrum fungicides… were the compounds most frequently found in soil samples and at the highest concentrations.”



Related: Monsanto Loses Lawsuit And $289 Million & Bayer Needs More Than An Aspirin To Cure Its Monsanto-Sized Headache

The use of various pesticides, above all glyphosate-based ones like Roundup, has exploded over the past four decades across the EU much as across the USA. The agribusiness industry claims that this has been the key to the dramatic rise in farm crop productivity.

However if we look more closely at the data, while average yields of major grains such as rice, wheat and maize have more than doubled since 1960, the use of pesticides like glyphosate-based ones has risen by 15-20-fold. Oddly enough, while the EU requires monitoring of many things, monitoring of pesticide residues in soil is not required at the EU level

Until recently the effects of heavy use of pesticides such as Roundup have been ignored in scientific research.

Evidence of soil experts is beginning to reveal clear links between use of pesticides such as glyphosate and dramatic drops in soil fertility and the collapse of microbe systems essential to healthy soil. Worms are one of the most essential.

It’s well-established that earthworms play a vital role in healthy soil nutrients. Soils lacking such are soils that deprive us of the essentials we need for healthy diets, a pandemic problem of soil depletion emerging globally over the past four decades, notably the same time frame that use of pesticides has exploded worldwide.



Related: Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause

Earthworms are beneficial as they enhance soil nutrient cycling and enhance other beneficial soil micro-organisms, and the concentration of large quantities of nutrients easily assimilable by plants.

The EU puts no limits on how much glyphosate can be put on crops even though it is established that glyphosate can kill specific fungi and bacteria that plants need to suck up nutrients in addition to its effects on earthworms. That is a major blind spot.


Where Now?

What is becoming clearer is the colossal and obviously deliberate official blind eye given to potential dangers of glyphosate-based pesticides by regulatory bodies not only in the EU and the USA, but also in China, which today produces more glyphosate than even Monsanto.

Since the Monsanto Roundup patent expired, Chinese companies, including Syngenta, Zhejiang Xinan Chemical Industrial Group Company, SinoHarvest, and Anhui Huaxing Chemical Industry Company, have emerged as the world’s major producers of the chemical
as well as largest consumers, a not good omen for the future of the legendary Chinese cuisine.



Related: